Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D2000-281 - SOUTHCENTER MALL - WIZARDS OF THE COAST - TENANT IMPROVEMENTWIZARDS OF THE COAST 733 SOUTHCENTER MALL D2000 -281 City of Tukwila Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 * Tukwila, Washington 98188 WARNING: Parcel No: 262304 -9004 Address: 733 SOUTHCENTER MALL Suite No: Location: Category: Type: Zoning: Const Type: Gas/Elec.: Units: Setbacks: Water: Wetlands: ARET DEVPERM 001 North: N/A IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES, APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. .0 South: .0 Sewer: N/A Slopes: N Contractor License No: JLHARCI011CC OCCUPANT WIZARDS OF THE COAST 733 SOUTHCENTER MALL, TUKWILA WA 98188 RICHARD E JACOBS GROUP 25425 CENTER RIDGE ROAD, CLEVELAND OH 44145 SCOTT ARRINGTON 14900 INTERURBAN AV S, #273, TUKWILA WA 98168 J L HARDY CONSTRUCTION INC Phone: 1800 5 WEST TEMPLE #330, SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115 • k• k• k• kk• k: k ***kkk***k•k***k *•k•k** *k•k*i **** k•kk kk****** k* kk* *kk*kk*****kkk ***k**k**kkkkk *•k ;k* Permit Description: TENANT IMPROVEMENT - INTERIOR REMODEL * ***kk* * **** ** **kkk* ** ********** k*** ** *k ** *kkk * **k***** *k * * * * *•k *k k ** * * **k *kkk *•k *** OWNER CONTACT CONTRACTOR Construction Valuation: $ 130,000.00 PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS:' *(Water Meter Fermi Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: N N N N N N N N N N' N, Private: N Fire Loop Hydrant: No: Size(in): .00 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Cut: Fill: Landscape Irrigation: ' Moving Oversized Load: Start Tine: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: No Sewer Main Extension: Private: N Public: N Storm Drainage Street Use: Water Main Extension: Pubi • k***•******* k** *****•k** * **•k **•k * *•k **** k k * * **k*k**•k* * ** ****•k k * ** TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 1,921.39 * k*******• k* k* k• k** k• k* k***** k* k k: kk kk* kk k k k** k***** k* kk •k;kk * * * * *k *k* Permit Center Authorized Signature: DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Print Name:_ This permit shall become null and void 180 days from the date of issuance, or for a period of 180 days from the last Permit No: Status: Issued: Expires: Occupancy: UBC: Fire Protection: East: .0 West: Streams: (206) 431 -3670 02000 -281 ISSUED 09/14/2000 03/13/2001 STORE 1997 5PRINKLERE0 .0 Phone: Phone: 440- 871 -4800 Phone: 206 -674 -4623 801 - 467 -9849 is Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: Eax:Jt„ c.te: q-1/-1-00 I hereby certify that I have read and examined th's permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this development permit. Signature: ° Date: 9 -4040 0 if the work is not commenced within if the work is suspended or abandoned inspection. ic: N ***k*k•k* ****** *k•kk' Address: 73 Suite Tenant: T,y'pe: DEVPERM 'Parcel #: 262304 -9004 SOUTHCENTER MALL CITY OF TUKWILA Permit No: D2000 --281 Status: ISSUED Appl ied: 08/25/2000 Issued: 09/14/2000 ** *`•k 5 ** ** ** **** *•k *•k k•k * * * * *'k *•k k * * ** * *** * *•k *** 1 5. * * * ** * * *** *•5.1 *•k * * * ** * * * * ** Permit Conditions: 1. 'No `changes wi11 be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer- and the Tukwila Building Div- ision. Any new ceiling grid arid : 1ight • fixture,, in stal lat ion is required to meet lateral Y brac S ing requiremen'ts' for Seismic: Zone". 3. • Partition walls,a'ttached r tO ;ceiling' grid must braced if over eight (8), feet in length.: All construction t,o :be' done in :conformance with `approved ;plans and requ ire.,ents .o:f the Uniform Bu•i;i d i'hg ':Code (1997 :Edition) as . Uniform, Mec'h,anical Code (1997 . Edition) and Wa'shi ngton'State Energy 'Code '11997 Ed i tion) . Plumbing per. mi tts shall . be <<obtai ned: through the t'eat t 1 e -Kin'; .Couni.y/Depart'ment of Pu[ 1 ,;Flealth. Plumbing wi be i nspected tiy. that agency, inciud.ing all gas piping (296 ,4722 ) • Validity of ` Permit. ; The issuance of.:,a permit or appr o.va1' plans, ' specif:-icat ions, and 'compu,tat-tons sha11 not be con •strued? to be ,a .permit = for , or ■anc;app:roval of, any violation f; any =of: the• provisions oftthe building .code: or of any other .ordinance. ofd the juri ,No.'permit presuming t give .auth o to ";v1o1 ate ' or cancel - . the provisions of this code. shall be., valid Electrical ,permits shall be obtained.through.. the Washington •State 'Division,of Labor and Industries" and all electrical work€ wi 1 1 Lie a inspected by that agency (2;4$ 6630) ., 'There.:'sha 1.1 be no occupancy of the' bu i1 d i „ng (s) unt i 1 the final ,inspection has been completed by the Tukwila Bui ldin Inspector.` 9. Manufact i,rer 'i;nsta ll at ion instructions 'requi red on for the'u`ui 1dir g >inspectors review. A11 mechanical work shall' 'be..under,: separate permit issued by the City of Tuktvi la. 11 All permits, ' inspection r ecords,Jand: approved plans -shall avai lab le the ''Job site prio'r . to the` start of any con- struction. These 'documents are to be maintained and avai l- able until final inspection approval is granted. . w .. U y g w w ' uj gQ co ui w U D O N 01- w w 1-- 11 - - O Z iii O Project Name/Tenant: w I z A RAS o F - C ea PrST Value of Construction: evo Site Address: M 4 City State /Zip: ig33 son- ULIr622g /vrw,t oo ____12.4 Tax Parcel Number: Property Owner: so1/47714 egi.ntla. M If}1..L Phone: z o6 - Z¢G - 64'Z 3 Street Address: City State /Zip: 433 So �2 court 'Tu etomA 1st 1 / 8 /&x- Fax #: 266 241- 86°7 Contractor: Phone: , �7 23 J C[AJ- L1CS r r� Street Address: City State /Zip: irJ A- S SLI:�FG- 273 / !Y) /NITI i .kk Fax #: �� �� 2 7 Architect: 132oincre i cE p 2CH- rr rc TS Phone: 206-a'2-7S'Z5 Fax #: 682 - 7s Street Address: City State /Zip: S s. Arcoadr /C Sr S'w Std/ Se,►9nz." `p8/3¢ Engineer: e / Phone: 2.06- lig 3374 Street Address: City State /Zip: 600 S'7hw,ilCT S T. erelECO St 7rt9 % /D/ Fax #: 418— 4� Contact Person: SCOT AQetNc� Phone: - 7 4 - 4 2066 3 Street Address: City State /Zi / 4* /A/AYZt✓t live S '*273 ? rea., ?V Fax #: az - 67f- aff6oP Description of work to be done: 1,z-rev-toe (2t1m 0OtL Existing use: 111 Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse El Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ 'Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Proposed use: gi Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes E9 no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes ® no Existing fire protection features: r sprinklers ❑ automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Building Square Feet: 26 2.3 existing Area of Construction: (sq. ft.) 26 2 3 Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous Attach list of materials and stora • e location on se • arate material in the building? ❑ yes IX no 8 1/2 X 11 • a • er indicatin • • uantities & Material Safety Data Sheets Commercial / Multi - Family Tenant Improvement / Alteration Permit Application ❑ Channelization /Striping ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Water Meter /Exempt #: ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # ❑ Water Meter Temp # ❑ Miscellaneous Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Da � to ` pte op CTPERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 CITY OF TUK" Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS:SITE/CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Additional reviews may be determined by the Public Works Department) ❑ Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Flood Control Zone Size(s): cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension Size(s): 0 Deduct Size(s): Size(s): Est. quantity: Date elation It OR STAFF USE ONLY Project Number: Permit Number:D ❑ Landscape Irrigation 0 Private 0 Public 0 Private 0 Public 0 Water Only gal Schedule: ❑ Hauling Applicatio frog (Is) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FOR ALL COMMERCIAL/MULTI -F L Y TENANT IMPROVEMENT /A RATION PERMIT APPLICATIONS MU BE SUBMITTED WITH THE FOL OWING: ) 1 , C'�'tl C"E��Ii�ER CIVI BY EGANEERGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, ➢ ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN ➢ BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ ❑ Complete Legal Description ❑ ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include ❑ ❑ Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing /grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H- 9). ❑ zr Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled ❑ Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. ❑ cr Vicinity Map showing location of site 17 ❑ Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of ,.., /rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. e ❑ Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished ❑ 0' Construction details ❑ ❑ Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. ❑ ❑a Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. ❑ ❑ SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). CTPERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 ❑ ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. ❑ ❑ Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ❑ ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized! Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect /engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT 1 HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY T. A S OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW R • R D AGENT: • �'' a o 4. Signature: Print 24eig 67r /40ie'1N (i` Address /49co / dam . J" g # 273 l''hone: 479_fl‘23 Date: Fwelt2 l t City /State /Zip /a- qtflOg. z w 0 00 0 w = r- (.0LL w 0 2 uQ = • d � Z = 0 Z w w O (0 0 F- LU w r '— 0 .. Z w 0 ~ z h *A 4 ••A** eA k•kA• -A•A kk;k:l * *•,k*AAA:1*A* 4 .•A.•}**A*s4rkA.*4.4- .k * A *A*b ;.b:b: * CITY OF iti'.i];1.F1 WA 1 1PrIN,MIT : ,, 5 *t , Ak.k * *i•k;1-k A•kA* 4. k..l4hAbA*hit* *h 4 •; k: k: 4 . +r * *4ky 4do* 'f RANSMITG Number: R9E1003 ifi Amount: 23.50 11 13i 00 11 :00: P<•.yment Method: CNL•CI, Notai;ion: It114(IJ) :s ARt?1140T In t: 'rLU 1'r riiii•t No: 1)2001) -281 Type: DF:V1PEI iri DLt.)EI OPi1ENT PCIt19I I Parce 1 Not 262304 -9004 S i t e 'Add r'esq a 733 "at7IITt1CI1 TEIl ; MAI.1 fot.; I 944.09 This Payment 23.50 Total AI ,L Pmi 944.8":4 [Jai ancea .00 lcd; s1h.� *A :4y11. * :kh * i5 k 4lhfik *t1�c AAsk4•S.ko:+k/..h*..4.*** Account Cade Descr'l p 1; ion Arouh 000 /345`. E 3() F -IN . CHECK - hlONRES 23..5() '9 n e t * SxS4s;i � ';',We" Fv 4 I% y•• ?� 4 A 71.44,*. 4,-*** , A ****A • A • • k , % •k •A. S5 it ,4 ie i• * # ,5• :§ •F: ,4 is •fir :! i.•. A 4, it it 1 A ie k >1 le IA *.A •k •4 *4 - vt * k A k it *.A A t 1,- C a. r 'r tF: TUKWILA N CO(,) TRANSMIT 4 ik 4 A• *�4+ ' $ •A••A+4�tAMA :t ***�4 Ai,dit k•A *iC 4; u k k ir ' it ,4 . k :4 4 s 5 fl ie * k k S is �{ k k 1 ie k >t rRF+HSMIf itrruryr': 98003'39 i iiiaunt: 1.166'.215 09 11:05 . Pityrr,1frit t0tP%ad CHECtC ilt:,tat1ort° .i L iiARDY CONSTR' ). i►it TLB Pxrrt'it:Na D2000281 . Type pEVF'E.RM DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 'P ir,ce 1 do f2.62304 —'30.Q4 S it'e Addre , 733 a0113HOENTEl i�)ALL M 1 , q;y1, 3�3 •N I;a 1 1 i TNtis:;p ymeet 1,166.25 Total — ALL Pint 1.,f ►21.39 / tialOncra: .00 * ir'ir i< it 1, sl d 4, it .A. le ,t + * . *it :44 74 >1 k A •k Ae i+ i it 4e vt d L ,t ,t a! k• ,t A * it *.x 4- -,k4,- it i.• k A. •k .A. + v4 k it •, A o4 o'4.. k .. �. AlhptArl'C ..;Acrcurtt Cade be4.1tr Tpt'ton 000/322. 1 BUIi,L'ING . *iONRES 1.1161'..75: • 000 /3116 'U4 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 4 50 0010 09/15 9719 TOTAL 1166 , !.A z u.a CO d O co- : 0 H; w w s — O �. 1 z (.) M70 ?7'p;'per, lfdfj j'� «� 14 C" �r fir` R aT xt �1 ;00 tej- tst^ tA4.l•• A, tl •st•ksth4AkkA1.:tAstst;t•A•. *AtkA:'.t•A•kh*hAt ksk4cAskA*.k•A-t•:1stAlekA* AAhi.A cr. Y CIF tUt<W3L ►. WA 00 0 16 I TF W.1sr11T , kstA 1,AAA3:t*:litsti 1•k. st:t t:tAA•c tl..4:•‘*•A *A 4 A"A * *s t:t•1 st•.t*,tA t •t:Ast!•k*A. k A'A•k*st T1;'AN9M1 T ,Ne.mber : R9800347 °Amount: i,i5.14 OE4.. 10.48 r ` Pay.tti,ent `Method: CHECK Notation: J L HARDY £n i ( WEB • Perot No: 'D`000 )1 Type: DEt1PERid DEt1}:l.OP141i11'f I't:Ri+}TT • a ire Addr ew,5;�. 733 .80UTHGENTER MALL 'Cote Fees: 1.921.39 • Th i s FR ': 75S.,14 Ting'• ALL Pmts: i.`:�S 14'" Balance: 1 .r .1 :. ,.., . ,. .. .. 1 a,* ►, a it x .t .t i. i. s A.4, t .t *4 -:,4,...A- it •L de k 4. A m "0 '.t 11 't facc-c'un1; ,Code D; scni. ,ptian .. , ::000/34 .. E330 7 J , rvT.:: r t' kF 011 4r t r Mekc..tictyt15 of itikfl Cai s t Tie of I n e lon) Address: 1 5 ` , via I ( Dat T i z.S 00 Special instructions: Date wanted: it Z f Ov p.m. i Requester: V...,e INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, W/ %Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: C{ �C1 N iVo s PP Inspect Dater c A00 El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: •.:.+ i. �,.:++ � +:n at �iel.%��•��F r.�:- jb..�,ec�.�r.:.a�A'.ric+.: Proj t: i ga r-( � C ac &k• Type of Inspection: F- v1 cc t I'3s sc AA G.1 I Dit� ;I:in Special instructions: Date wanted: I I— P•a —CD p.m. R ester: Phone: Inspecto 0 Approved per applicable codes. 1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION . 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 981 X Corrections required prior to approval. „COMMENTS:. ..t 0) - e� - er - 1 - y \ n, no rnva 1 4 / M \\ V ��. C (W Y cA . YGhnt G tra we/ ) N 2nuo- G.7 O hex 004 e b 3) ill bCo rye * �1 ptnoLOt C'e p ar 1 Occ U a mec G Alr(4 1tr�u1 PERMIT NO. (206)431 - 3670, ( Date: I \ 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: P e. n:. tJ+: .yn..�luritCuLr.a..uu�5e.'�,� =� - <��;s'tl.,�e 15�:!; {t"S.n,v ✓Y%irav 79�+�5�..,:PvN 2.. A.. t:'w43,U<at4na:irrrrS..�x..,.tt project: it o C aecs f Type Fina / lion: Addres : + 73 sc A& �cf ( Date alle l t = 00 Special instructions: F -,- F -,- r , � 01 , 7 1. . I ", V I e Date wante . !1— r'-7 -1,Y7 "' • Regyesterr :: Pho t 2J)6 - 21n - C`S 1g 1 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION INSPECTION NO. 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. XCorrections required prior,to approval: COMMENTS: IVYA Ot InC\ s f - . L.\ 1-1. A : i v rtw„. o Acpra,� txwc \-1 1\ n# (340 I 4_0 Inspector~ ) Date: I k r i- 00 LI $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: S:fifbryu'r.i tyt "A%s.,1s NS'.{Kn it ia..Jnt1.MS.+C�r#i ravlhYll.e,�4SttkN.1.+4� ri'r+t74i;iY re c) a N W H ILL„ w O LL Q ; Z z �o. O 0 F_ c), O; Z , . oSf O ' 2 Project). /� . 7 —eta J i / / /�7J () Y.Y�/�. Type of IIn ' . 0— 1 /! -,,!( \:. /`/ C./ . 11 S Qu4 , Nce✓ c f(Ct1I Datecalle 1, J Special instructions: Date wanted: 11— 13-00 a.m. pm. Requester: Phone: Inspector: le pproved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECOR Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 1)Z 4 43 PERMIT NO. Corrections required prior to approval. (206)431-3670 COMMENTS: - Y 11k - 1- (- w1c * I } 'A 2 i ` L COLA iL Date:. 11- 1 2 - G $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedulereinspection. Date: . Receipt No: y z t h h•c r v dStiglit itigi _ • a�rt�zd+�aCS.K`�v... e.'FwetY +:L.. ,t4.Y,.: Z.Wil i�ka,:i4:7:Guwu k /a5 .fyw:).3r.,,t Ki:. «:.Lk .,d3 Project: L W l 7 n e7 L� 5 dr LI k eLXl Sr Type of Inspection: ' I -1 p rv_ d.e.�l n Le 1 1 1 1 Address: -- 75 (- 51)iri'h L'& rt1 e& ht rI Date called: 1 a " 0 (D Special instructions: Date wanted: a.m. Reequuester: ITIO Phone: OOP" ) CDC) l q INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 U Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: S0I61 , LI,; 101 ()rie e`tsw" c �� C1t s C o,ANe(4,t,t Couyvvrr s'Ptc,, UJ Y`' k , INNOYG PVi OLA 0 \ (c,I A("`c( et Li mitAs 3. R.Pv Wye sk'fr W\rp Nvo- c k SCrt'uj sO S--uc,,4 hlnr, 51 pr)v`t Y1 i ��! wcY �e Wc1' c' ) 44- � Inspectof'� ' da Ai. Tb L Date: 1 I 9 1 n $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: if� r fIP1.GL«.T:�r 'Yi=.i�i�Y'S'. ' ' + A•a:i....r1s -. . a. � 1$ s... Ft4' aJ^ JS.....: iPs :.,.= !6%.."?-}U.+.- ".!3'+C..,� .�. °« v+' @x. ,?' =. ". Project: WI zcircls c 4- *he. Cis-}— T e of Inspection: ?ramirq Address: 133 SC Mc,.►� Date called:. I cD 1 - D n Special instructions: Date wanted: 1� ICS - 2.a — Old P.m. Requester: tie n T1nurr?s Phone: 2Db — ZOO— OR lc? INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECO Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -367 A pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: o) L. 0,5-t y rre. - rnv,1' Cowl1J S-Viec -cvrAn Oow L. i e ( 1Z_ ' h .art roc �! Inspectorf Date: I t l 1— lib $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid ► at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: 1- -' L.A.... 'fu� v"LR..uA'.El,M1 ssaw;bia&VZA4.44 kiiida (.Ai iMele:L1Y N Lat u. W 2 N u . ww u) LL` W o g D co O , m LLI I— O z t C.) 'W W uL Z . U Ni z Proje t: Type of Inspeci4 Address: Date called: Special instructions: Date wanted: /0 -- /0 *P/ a.m. Requester: Phone: INSPECTION RECOR Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. • COMMENTS: m 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION F REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: N 'W • ? • CT HW Z W V O N' 0'I_ tu 1 — ' u. — Z IJJ 0 0 ' -iiii e_06Q i 1-1/6Wli/frt Date called: 13�U A d r ss: ( ! 3 Souf h Special instructiqns: Date wanted: } / / G / a - I p' 1 Requester K Phone _ _ow 8 / I I ( i i i INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior tb approval. COMMENTS: p ihkci lip/ �.� 1�ipr ist$ G . 5 / Z - u.`w ,r t/oe /C /��� Leh- e-00 Std L 1) 6U. a No c _ r .�t'' Inspector: Date: /0 0 $47.00 INSPECTION ION FEE(EQUIREb. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: t1" w3• '"r,,1f1'ra�.��•P'�.._• �,..,,.d.: :r.',r L. ...x• <,,;.�� ..t .,..L�....... . - hsz ;V, .nt4 fl..,4.Sti 9 N u. W }} g Iu_D - Z . zo ui 0 1- . 1 - Vi L ~ • — O • w z' co z TA-77,774. . .rt .+r • � + {i fr��l �y n,�a+^ ..,.) ' n 4 �' 07. f r" '' ''r -..:. N;• ,.�,,,. �n� �:.... — t,�+ -n -. ?� it t ,.,, � � "> a•. ,.1.� ;,:�` ��' u, »2l�t�r �at�':;: t "'' c�• ,:+ -{ e ,,:. . 4,• , FINALAPP.FRM Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL'FORM Retain' current,inspe.ction.schedule, Needs' shift inspection Approved without correction' notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct / Halon: / Monitor: Pre Fire: / Permits: Project Name kJ-47_041c 0 -` J, -Oti Address. - 713 .50.A Suite Authorized Signature Date Rev. 2/19/98 T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206-575-4439 City of Tukwila Steven M. Mullet, Mayor z .w p : 0 C : N (n W 9 • u. .W 0 u. < z d Lu Zo uj 0 0- 0 H : = O w co O H z FRUIT : BRODERICK RRCHITECTS STORAGE AREA •. 213 S.F.* USE: STORAGE OCCUPANCY:1 (PAINT 6 IN NON - PUBLIC AREAS) WALLS TO +10' -0" __ _ EXISTING TUNNEL ACCESS (E) ONE -HOUR CORRIDOR 61 S.F.± 5' -0" ?LAN EVI$ION N01 3' -0" PHONE N0. : 206 682 7529 WALLS TO - STRUCTURE 31.611 CITY OF TUKWIL APPRO\.lf O WALLS TO - +3' -10" Oct. 10 2000 02:45PM P3 OCT 2 4 21000 INOtk fSbATED ALUM. ANGLE 3t er� E O SUPR RYP. RECEIVED CITY OF TUI(' FURRING PERMIT CEN•i'c -. $ TO +10' -O" POWDER - COATED ALUM. ANGLE (SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK SUPPLIER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) TYP. RELOCATE DOOR: HOLD TIGHT TO WALL (2)6 E SLAB T r BEI. 1 h11c ?•r :.',1: :: h. -) ''. r... , plans (ill: r.: 1 co _D 20c0- 23 1__ w ' y W O N om`, =d; I = Z O Z I-- li) Lu D p' i 0 — o W W, O : tii Z :: O Z ,_ FROM : BRODERICK ARCHITECTS NEL () GA�1nt �I.A't' PHONE N0. : 206 682 7529 WAINSCOT SORCERESS CHARACTER WAINSCOT CM OF b }'Pt:JW1 runt OCI 2 'i lct. 10 2000 02:46PM P4 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIIA U . s i !AM PERMIT CENTER PROM : BRODERICK ARCHITECTS '" PHONE NO. : 206 682 7529 / / /,"'/ STORAGE AREA CORRIDOR ELEC. PANEL SWITCHED DUPLEX LOCATED ABOVE FOR L.E.D. READERBOARD SUSPENDED CEILING GRID OUTLET CENTER 0 +6-6". CENTERED ON PILASTER 'Jct. 10 2000 02: 46PM P5 1 r RECEIVED P ITY OF TUKWILA 1 s ? PERMIT ( bh FROM : BRODER I CK ARCHITECTS BUD Di : 0:0: CITY OF WWII), APO\.q=0 OCT 2 2.003 AS hOU ' PHONE NO. : 206 682 7529 (EIONE-HOUR 0%5 CEILING •§ ±8 (PAINT 6) t. 10 2000 02:47PM P6 CASEWORK LIGHTS (2 TOTAL) • SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, CONNECTED TO OUTLETS PROVIDED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER FROM : BRODERICK ARCHITECTS v4 O T5 (2 TOTAL) CASEWORK • . CONNECTED • IS PROVIDED :IONE-HOUR I CEILING go .CY (PAINT 6) NEW C GRID TI (I) _„, PHONE NO. : 206 682 7529 Oct 24 2000 10:18AM PS §■ , • •••,• ,,, • e • 0 E 1 IIE Hillei JIM l 0PLEI INII0 Pir rillrj - gin or ir i111111111 NEL 11111 ESL . rel. 4515311 11111Ed , 1.5 EL E GE Tium SEE 3 A8 C DI i • =I i so MI Inv — a AworAl min" 5 1 (I) (I) (I) EILING AND LE tt4%44 OCT 31 2000 PERMIT CENTER REVISION NO1 24 • iwid 4.; 'if! e",i • D -2s Project Info Project Address Wixards of the Coast Date 8/1600 Allowed x Area Southceater Mall For Building Department Use 1.0 space 8 -228 Applicant Name: Open Parking Type o FILE COPY Applicant Address: 50.0 Outdoor Areas Type x Applicant Phone: 32.0 Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft Area in ft Allowed x Area Covered Parking Retail A 1.0 2622.0 2622.0 Open Parking Type o 2 25.0 50.0 Outdoor Areas Type x 5 32.0 160.0 ** From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 2622.0 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Covered Parking (4 Type Fl 31 75.0 2325.0 Open Parking Type o 2 25.0 50.0 Outdoor Areas Type x 5 32.0 160.0 Bldg. (by facade) Type J �� ++ 1 35.0 35.0 Bldg. (by perim) yp * C Conk. 7.5 W /If Total Proposed Watts m not e>tdeedotal Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 2570.0 Location Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area in ft (or If for perimeter) Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Covered Parking 0.2 W /ft Open Parking 0.2 W /ft Outdoor Areas 0.2 W /ft Proposed Wattp1y Bldg. (by facade) Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total 0.25 W /ft Bldg. (by perim) 7.5 W /If Note: for building exterior, choose either the facade area or the perimeter method, but not both) Total Allowed Watts i luirtme 4 a.,a5auui, a. auasc ‘uALC11UI J the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Proposed Wattp1y OF T KWILA Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total 1897 Wt hington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 1997 Washin State Nonresidential Ener Code Com•lianr' 'orm Lighting Summary LTG -SUM (Project Description I ❑ New Building ❑ Addition 0 Alteration Compliance Option Q Prescriptive Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures are new, and installed lighting wattage is not being increased Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also P S S g be used. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) First Edition • June, 1998 Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -wired ballasts only, D ZOOO 29I AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT OU"NTER Use' LPA (W /ft Use' LPA (W /ft Painting, welding, carpentry, machine stops 2.3 Police and fire stations" 1.2 Barber shops, beauty shops 2 Atria (atriums) 1 Hotel banquet/conterence/exhibition hall". 2 Assembly spaces", auditoriums, gymnasia", theaters 1 Laboratories 2 Process plants 1 Aircraft repair hangars 1.5 Restaurants/bars 1 Cafeterias, fast food establishments 1.5 Retail A' 1 Factories, workshops, handling areas 1.5 Retail B Retail banking 1.5 Gas stations, auto repair shops" 1.5 Locker and /or shower facilities 0.8 Institutions 1.5 Warehouses'', storage areas 0.5 Libraries 1.5 Aircraft storage hangars 0.4 Nursing homes 1.5 Parking garages See Secton 1532 Wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Mall concourses 1.4 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Schools buildings, school classrooms, day care centers 1.35 Common area, corridors, lobbies (except mall concourse) 0.8 Laundries 1.3 Toilet facilities and washrooms 0.8 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.2 ( Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers *Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. II not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: ❑ Check here If at least 95% of fixtures in the space meet all four criteria: 1. Fixtures are fluorescent, non - lensed, with only one or two lamps, and 2. Lamps are T -5, T -6, T -8 or PL, and 3. Lamps are 5 -50 Watts, and 4. Ballasts are electronic ballasts ) Lighting Summary (back) LTG -SUM 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 1997 Washin 'State Nonresidential Ener Code Com•hanr orm Table 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA) for Interior Lighting First Edition • June, 1998 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2. The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4. For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light PowerAllowance for assembly. 5. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6. Includes pump area under canopy. 7. In cases in which a lighting plan is submitted for only a portion of a floor, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.35 may be used for usable office floor area and 0.80 watts per square foot shall be used for the common areas, which may include elevator space, lobby area and rest rooms. Common areas, as herein defined do not include mall concourses. 8. For the fire engine room, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance is 1.0 watts per square foot. 9. For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square foot. 10. For both Retail A and Retail B, Tight for fro:- standing display, building showcase illumination and display window illumination installed within two feet of the window are exempt. Retail A allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.0 watts per square foot. Ceiling mounted adjustable tungsten halogen and HID merchandise display illuminaries are exempt. Retail B allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.5 watts per square foot, including all ceiling mounted merchandise display luminaries. 11. Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (accgEIV Q of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER .,1.•riiii.3'.d Lighting Permit Plans C ecklist LTG -CHK 1997 WaSAington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms First Edition • June, 1998 Project Address Wixard■ of the Coast (Date 8/16/00 The following information is necessary to check a lighting permit application for compliance with the lighting requirements in the 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. ` pplicability) I es, no, n.a. Code I Section Com onent p !Information Re wired q Location I on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations El yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch El n. a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans n.a. 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location a. a. (a) timer w/backup Indicate location (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location n.a. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations n.a. 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans yes Lighting Sum. Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture Yes I l E motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency mach dwgs 1997 Washin State Nonresidential Energy Code Complianr'" "orm If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: ern OF TUKKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PeRMt T CENTER 4 Lighting Permit Plans C ecklist 1997 Wv hington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms LTG -CHK First Edition - June, 1998 Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls 1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling- height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. Exceptions: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a while. 2. Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 15132 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a twenty ampere circuit loaded to not more than eighty percent. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. Exceptions: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than five percent of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 12, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant - sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition, and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition, or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut -off Controls, Exterior: Exterior lighting not intended for 24 -hour continuous use shall be automatically switched by timer, photocell, or a combination of timer and photocell. Automatic time switches shall also have 1997 Washin l State Nonresidential Ener. Code Com • lian �?orm program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. 1513.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Office buildings greater than 25,000 ft and all school dassrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch, or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. Exceptions: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated, or illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut -off" feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. Is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the Tights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than two hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5 percent of footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. RECEIVED CITY OF UKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CCNT[r To: DAVE LARSON From: MIKEL HANSEN Date: November 20, 2000 Re: WIZARDS OF THE COAST Dave, due to the overhead air handlers we have approved Wizards of the Coast to take the storage room wall up to 11' 6" instead of to the roof deck as the plans state. Southcenter Mall approves the existing configuration. If I can answer any further questions please contact me 246-0423. c. Ron Hopkins Bruce Harrell SOUTHCENTER MALL 1 RECEIVED cny OF TUKWILA NOV 2 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER . • ■• ••••,, • •'/;:•.: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D2000 -281 DATE: 8 -25 -2000 PROJECT NAME: WIZARDS OF THE COAST SITE. ADDRESS: 733 SOUTHCENTER MALL XX Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # _ After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Buil i�Division • AW & q -u-°° Public Works G V24-6D DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete 1PRROUTE.DOC 5/99 TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved REVIEWER'S INITIALS: PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention II AU X' 6 1-6p - oD Structural Incomplete Comments: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Structural Review Required Approved with Conditions n APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved n Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division b 8 -n-co Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 8 -29 -2000 Not Applicable n No further Review Required • DATE: DUE DATE: 9- 26-2000 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: t t i D ON = 9 - - 0 U . z. 0 DEP Buil Division Ar I{ Zroo Public Works Complete M K OUn.DOC srri PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D2000 -281 DATE: 10 -31 -2000 PROJECT NAME: WIZARDS OF THE COAST SITE ADDRESS: 733 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # XX Revision # 2 After Permit Is Issued APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Fire reP t u4A_ - Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete u Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTI G: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 11-2-2000 Not Applicable n No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE 11 -30 -2000 Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DEPARTMENTS: Building Division ity (O- ?O-64 Public Works Complete Approved WRROOII.000 L'1) n PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D2000 -281 DATE: 10 -17 -2000 PROJECT NAME: WIZARDS OF THE COAST SITE ADDRESS: 733 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # XX Revision # 1 After Permit Is Issued Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) . CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved with Conditionsn n Permit Coordinator Incomplete n Not Applicable n Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTI G: Please Route Structural Review Required I No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division DUE DATE: 10 -19 -2000 DUE DATE 11 -16 -2000 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) Li REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: U V Q � w N LL+ W 0 u_ W ` z LLI ZI- F-> 3 p O,N ' , : 0 1- W W - Z - U 0) r Revision No. • • Date - Received Staff I Initials Date Issued Staff Initials I . _.___ -... - 1 1 Summary of Revision: • Received By: Revision No. I Date Staff Received I Initials Date Issued Staff Initials I . _.___ -... - 1 1 Summary of Revision: Received By: l Revision Date Staff Date Staff No. Received Initials - Issued Initials Summary of Revision: Received By: - PROJECT NAME: i �. ' _�� - PERMIT r 0 :. • • i -2491 Site Address: �3 Mall— Original Issue Date: • u REVISION LOG Revision Date .. Staff Date Staff No.. Received Initials Issued .I Initials .1 1 l - 11-DO I I* t'0 -2(Q -oo Summary of Revision: ( P yes'f v000n i c tL( YY2 pd ' ca i -i� i nn 1a Received By: X S eOTT Attu t�1E�T f • (please print) i Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials 10- I -CO JFI i I ` i�-co 1 Summary of Revision: w rid Ce.A I( 1Y1 WOrk rOOt v . WorkrobwN Received By:x C. � ieghtJ �-0 (please prin please print pease prin 0 ' c o! u. w 0 ga co = a , F . w cp z� z H p O - w uj O kJ z ` U N 0 ` z PROJECT NAME: i �. ' _�� - PERMIT r 0 :. • • i -2491 Site Address: �3 Mall— Original Issue Date: • u REVISION LOG Revision Date .. Staff Date Staff No.. Received Initials Issued .I Initials .1 1 l - 11-DO I I* t'0 -2(Q -oo Summary of Revision: ( P yes'f v000n i c tL( YY2 pd ' ca i -i� i nn 1a Received By: X S eOTT Attu t�1E�T f • (please print) i Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials 10- I -CO JFI i I ` i�-co 1 Summary of Revision: w rid Ce.A I( 1Y1 WOrk rOOt v . WorkrobwN Received By:x C. � ieghtJ �-0 (please prin please print pease prin 0 ' c o! u. w 0 ga co = a , F . w cp z� z H p O - w uj O kJ z ` U N 0 ` z City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director f b 0R 4 a i� �"k :� - fj� riw+171GM1•HMN�1.. alri+ .ign .,t. F3i.w \I .7�Yv Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: OeraatR. 17 2000 Plan Check/Permit Number: 0 2 000 ` 2 8 I Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # I after Permit is Issued Project Name: 1 IZ d F "TV% COA Project Address: 7 33 soQ-n-4,c- 6A ` lA Contact Person: S C6JT P �? z //'feire)/✓ Phone Number: 2C.X2 6 T'/ - 1 Z Summary of Revision: D e L( TE ? eS 1 rn L A LL rno31 F l c A"r l o►J Aeozss Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Sierra on 1 D i 1 el RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 7 2000 Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision 06/29/99 • - . • • • 1 /0 • n 6J 43 • Far (206J 431-3665 0 98188 1 670 •:,�., Tukwll Washington , L� eL L' t � 0 c.) §, co u. W 0 u. Q d w .1. �; O` Z Z I— LL! w' 2 G' 1O co, 0 I- 111 z 0 - w z ' 0 ~ City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Revision submittals must submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: E] Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # rEr Revision # a after Permit is Issued Plan Check/Permit Number: 02C O Zg/ RECEIVE. CfTY OF TI I✓tM' ;, OCT 3 1 2000 �'RRMIT CENTER Project Name: L) 1 Q '_ 7 CC� T Project Address: 7 3 ,S 0271 Contact Person: gamy.- s /A/ 7,),/,/ Phone Number: 2GYv"c 71-- 1623 Summary of Revision: P S 010 C a I L I i.' ) 'Tr) W012-. Rc w' 1. 4I -It C.. 011_11P S - - So p° Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision "te� �J Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: �--1 [v]' Entered in Sierra on e 3 t` W e City of Tukwila Fire Department • September 7, 2000 Fire Department Review Control #D2000 -281 (511) John W. Rang Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chtef Re: T.I. at Wizards of the Coast - 733 Southcenter Mall Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Extinguishers shall be installed on the hangers or in the brackets supplied, mounted in cabinets, or set on shelves (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9), and shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9) Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575 - 443. City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 2 John W Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10A -4 -4) Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 2. No point in an unsprinklered building may be more than 150 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 1003.4) No point in a sprinklered building may be more than 200 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 1003.4) Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 1004.2) 3. Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. 4. When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 1013.1) When two or more exits from a story are required and when two or more exits from a room or an area are Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575.4404 • Fax (206) 575-44: John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 3 required by U.B.C. Section 3303, exit signs shall be illuminated. (UBC 1013.3) Internally illuminated exit signs shall have both bulbs working at all times. (UBC 1013.3) 5. Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 1012.1, 1012.2) The power supply for the exit pathway illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's wiring system. In the event of its failure, illumination shall be automatically provided from an emergency system. Emergency system shall be supplied from storage batteries or an on -site generator set and the system shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Electrical Code. (UBC 1012.2) 6. Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. Sprinkler protection shall be extended to all areas where required, including all enclosed areas, below obstructions and under overhangs greater than four feet wide. (NFPA 13 -4- 4.1.3.2.1) 7. Maintain hose station coverage per City Ordinance #1742 and N.F.P.A. 14. Addition /relocation of walls or partitions may require relocating and /or adding hose stations. 8. An approved hose station requires plans review. (Plans must be submitted to the Fire Marshal for approval prior to installation.) (City Ordinance #1742) Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 575443 Page number 4 9. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance. #1742) All sprinkler system plans, calculations and the contractors Materials and Test Certificates submitted to The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau must be stamped with the appropriate level of competency seal. (WAC 212 -80) 10. Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding automatic fire detectors. Maintain square foot coverage of detectors per manufacturer's specifications in all areas including: closets, elevator shafts, top of stairwells, etc. (NFPA 72, 5- 1.3.4) 11. All new fire alarm systems or modifications to - existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1742) (UFC 1001.3) 12. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 13. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive Head uarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575-44 .enY.mne..w.w rmMea. M+ nw�nx� +wux.e.wewa[NnNIM1YtX+ho _. a91nN MVOMPM1ay City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 5 John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 701) The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set . forth in Table No. 8 -B of The Uniform Building Code. (UBC 804.1) 14. Your street address must be conspicuously posted on the building and shall be plainly visible and legible from the street. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 901.4.4) In order to provide you with the fastest police and fire protection under emergency conditions, please post your suite, room or apartment number in a conspicuous place near the main entry door. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 901.4.4) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) • This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 57544i City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Page number 6 Yours truly, • The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 57$44: LICENSE DETAIL INFORMATION Form Page 1 of 1 Current Filter: None STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Specialty Compliance Services Division P. O. Box 44000 Olympia, WA 98504 -4000 THE RESULT OF YOUR INQUIRY FOR LICENSE NUMBER SELECTED IS: LICENSE DETAIL INFORMATION Registration# or License JLHARCI011 CC Name J L HARDY CONSTRUCTION INC Address 1800 S WEST TEMPLE #330 Address City SALT LAKE CITY State UT Zip 84115 Phone Number 8014679849 Effective Date 2/3/99 Expiration Date 4/5/01 Registration Status ACTIVE Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR Entity CORPORATION Specialty Code GENERAL Other Specialties UBI Number 601926306 * * *VIEW PRINCIPAL OWNER(S) FOR THIS LICENSE* * * * * *VIEW CONTRACTOR BOND /SAVINGS INFORMATION * * * * * *CHECK INQUIRY FOR SUMMONS AND COMPLAINTS* * * * * * VIEW CONTRACTOR INSURANCE INFORMATION * * * New inquiry by CITY, NAME, PRINCIPAL OWNER NAME, NUMBER, UBI NUMBER or return to the L &I Construction Compliance Home Page http: / /www.lni.wa.gov /CONTRACTORS /TF2Form.asp ?License= JLHARCI011 CC 9/14/00 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION In order to obtain a Building Permit from the City of Seattle. the following procedure will be required: Applications for building permits are submitted to the Department of Community Development. Upon receipt, plans are routed to the City's plan checker and if appropriate to the Fire Department, Planning Division, and Public Works Department. The following documents are required: 1. A completed building permit application form. 2. Two (2) copies of working drawings, to include, but not limited to, the following: a. Site plan b. Overall building plan c. Floor plan of TENANT space d. Construction details 3. Plan Review Fee to be paid at time of application. City of Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188, Tel: 206/431 -3670 FOOD & RESTAURANTS Food handling or restaurant type TENANTS shall submit two (2) sets of plans to: Seattle -King County Department:of Public Health 201 Smith Tower Seattle, WA 98104, Tel: 206/296 -4787 Attn: Joe Makelerny Requirements of a food service are detailed ih the Seattle or King County Food Code. For a copy of the Food Code contact your District Office. SPRINKLER DRWG. REQUIREMENT Prior to the fabrication of TENANT'S sprinkler system, TENANT's sprinkler contractor shall submit seven (7) blue line prints of shop drawings to the following for approval: Factory Mutual Insurance Great Lakes Operation - Cleveland 24950 Great Northern Corporates :Center Suite 201 North Olmstead, OH 44070 - 5319 Upon approval TENANT shall forward four (4) sets of black line (preferably) or blue line prints of the approved design bearing FACTORY MUTUAL'S approval stamp to LANDLORD'S Tenant Coordinator for LANDLORD'S approval and records as required in Exhibit C. UTILITY COMPANIES & SERVICES Contact the following utility company representatives for information concerning local installation requirements, application for service, billing procedures, etc.: ELECTRIC SERVICE Puget Sound Light & Power 600 116th NE Bellevue, WA Tel: 800/962 -9498 or 206/455 -5120 GAS SERVICE Washington Natural Gas Company 815 Mercer Street Seattle, WA 98111 Service /Billing: Tel: 206/464 -1999 Installation: Tel: 800/999-4964 TELEPHONE SERVICE U.S. West Communication P.O, Box 12480 Seattle, WA 98191-0001, Tel: 206/346 -8500 WATER SERVICE City of Tukwila City Hall 6200 South Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188, Tel: 206/433 -1849 ROOF CONTRACTOR Any and all roof work must be completed by the LANDLORD'S approved roofing contractors: Cascade Roofing 6308 212th SW Lynnwood, WA 98036 Attn: Chris Smith, Tel: 206/464 -0441 EXPANSION: Brills Roofing 500 Grade Street Kelso, WA 98624, Tel: 206/577 -0585 STRUCTURAL FLOOR ENGINEER Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs • Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3103 Tel: 206/340 -2255 Fax: 206/340 -2266 SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR Crown Fire Protection (formerly Able Fire) 4932 Pioneer Road Bothell, WA 98012, Tel: 481 -7669 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A minimum of five (5) days prior to starting construction, the CONTRACTOR shall contact the SHOPPING CENTER OFFICE to arrange a Preconstruction Meeting. Attendees should include at least the GENERAL CONTRACTOR, Superintendent and major Sub - contractors to be used in the construction. At the Preconstruction Meeting the GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall provide the following: • Building Permit - A copy of each of the Local and State Building permits. • Workers Compensation Certificate. • Insurance Certificate - *The Certificate of Insurance should be in the minimum amount of $2,000,000 in the aggregate, $1,000,000 each occurrence and should reflect the following as 'Additional Insureds': The Richard E. Jacobs Group, Inc. Southcenter Joint Venture JG Shopping Center Mgmt. LLC • Performance, Labor and Material Bond as required. • Sub - contractors List - setting forth the name, address and telephone numbers of Tenant's General Contractor and Sub - contractors. CONSTRUCTION DEPOSIT The CONTRACTOR will be required to provide a $1,500 company check, certified check or money order payable to: Southcenter Joint Venture Please have your Federal I.D. number ready and available. The deposit or any portion thereof may be applied by the LANDLORD as a reimbursement for materials issued to or services performed directly for the CONTRACTOR, including LANDLORD's correction of punch list items not corrected by the CONTRACTOR (see below). The DEPOSITOR agrees such deposit or any portion thereof, without prejudice to any other remedy which LANDLORD may have, may be applied as a reimbursement to the LANDLORD for materials issued to and /or for services performed directly for TENANT'S CONTRACTOR (which services may include the correction of punch list items and /or for the repair/ replacement of property damaged by TENANT'S CONTRACTOR). The deposit or any then remaining balance thereof (less a 15% administration fee) will be returned to the DEPOSITOR, without interest, within thirty (30) days after the completion of TENANT'S construction obligations as required in the LEASE. ON -SITE DOCUMENTATION The CONTRACTOR will keep the following documents on -site during construction: • Working drawings. The GENERAL CONTRACTOR will build from ONE set of drawings incorporating ncorporating LANDLORD S approval comments into the BUILDING DEPARTMENT STAMPED APPROVED SET. This set of drawings will be the primary working drawings and displayed at all times during construction. • A complete set of Typical Tenant Drawings and a set of working drawings bearing LANDLORD'S stamp of approval. • A copy of the Letter of Authorization for Access (issued by mall representative at Pre - construction Meeting.) • LANDLORD'S Construction Manual issued to CONTRACTOR at the Preconstruction Meeting. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The following Rules govern construction on LANDLORD'S property. All references to "CONTRACTOR" shall mean the GENERAL CONTRACTOR or the TENANT if acting as its own contractor. All references to LANDLORD may equally mean the MALL REPRESENTATIVE at the shopping center, if appropriate. ASBESTOS MATERIALS In the event TENANT'S construction encounters any asbestos containing materials (ACM), TENANT shall immediately cease construction for that part of the Work which may disturb the ACM and contact LANDLORD'S Representative at the Shopping Center to resolve how to proceed. The installation of any materials that contain asbestos is strictly prohibited. EXISTING CONDITIONS It shall be TENANT'S responsibility to verify all existing construction and equipment and subject to LANDLORD'S written approval to upgrade or replace same to comply with the more stringent of: 1) goveming building codes, 2) the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and regulations promulgated thereunder, 3) all laws, ordinances and regulations of applicable State, City and Local health departments and utility companies, 4) the requirements of LANDLORD'S fire and casualty insurer, or 5) the provisions of the lease. All costs shall be at TENANT'S expense. PROTECTION OF PROPERTY The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for protecting the LANDLORD'S and any other party's property from damage. Use of fuel operated engines inside the Mall and /or space will not be permitted. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate fire extinguishers within the premises, tagged for date of inspection, while under construction. SITE ACCESS & PARKING Specific areas will be designated by the LANDLORD for parking. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensure that all construction employees working in the premises use the designated parking areas. There will be no construction trailers allowed on the property. Parking will not be permitted in any of the driveways, fire lanes and truck docks except for temporary loading and unloading, as approved by the LANDLORD. DELIVERY OF MATERIALS The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to coordinate all material deliveries to the premises, whether for construction, fixturing or merchandising. All deliveries shall be made through the rear door of the premises either via the adjacent service corridor or truck dock area. Contact the LANDLORD prior to the delivery of materials and equipment which are too large to enter through the rear door of the Premises. Any such items are to be delivered during NON- Shopping Center hours. Where there is no rear door to access space, all deliveries, trash removal, etc., must be coordinated before or after Mall operating hours, according to LANDLORD'S direction. NO exceptions. WORK AREA & STORAGE The CONTRACTOR'S work area will be restricted to the Tenant's leased premises. Service and fire corridors and truck docks shall be kept clear of all materials, equipment, debris and trash at all times. SECURITY & AFTER HOURS WORK The CONTRACTOR must receive the prior permission of the LANDLORD for work after normal working hours. LANDLORD INSPECTIONS The Tenant's construction work will be observed periodically by the LANDLORD to verify that the work is being constructed as set forth in the Tenant's Lease, Tenant Manual, Typical Tenant Drawings Landlord approved Tenant Drawings and LANDLORD'S Construction Manual. SAFETY The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensure that all work is performed in accordance with O.S.H.A. standards. The LANDLORD may, without any liability therefore, stop work that is in violation of O.S.H.A. standards or which may, in the Landlord's opinion, cause injury or harm to persons or property. CONTRACTOR must obtain a written permit from the Mall office prior to any "hot" work (ex: welding, solder- ing, torch -work, etc.). It shall be the duty and responsi- bility of the CONTRACTOR performing any cutting or FIRM CITY TENANT'S ENGINEER CONTACT ADDRESS PHONE FAX STATE ZIP welding to comply with the safety provisions of the National Fire Protection Association's National Fire Codes pertaining to such work and the CONTRAC- TOR shall be responsible for all damages resulting from a failure to so comply. TEMPORARY POWER Temporary electric power will be made accessible for those Tenants where permanent power is not yet available. Where permanent power is available, it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide the necessary equipment to supply the electrical power needed for construction. Permanent power shoufd"be ascertained as soon as possible. TEMPORARY WATER Contact the LANDLORD for coordination of temporary water service. UTILITY CHANGEOVER CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for changeover of utilities to CONTRACTOR and /or TENANT Account as soon as possible. TEMPORARY TOILET TEMPORARY BARRICADE It will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide adequate toilet facilities for all employees working within the premises. The shopping center toilet facilities will not be available for contractors use unless specifically authorized by the LANDLORD. The location fora temporary portable type toilet facility must be approved by the LANDLORD prior to its placement. Prior to beginning any construction, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure, if required by the LANDLORD, that a temporary barricade is installed at the storefront (see Shopping Center Manager for barricade drawings and details). Where a barricade has been erected by LANDLORD using pre- formed panels, the LANDLORD shall extend the barricade past the lease line to accommodate the storefront work. The barricade shall not be extended until storefront work actually begins, shall not unreasonably obstruct mall traffic, and shall not be more than four feet (4') past the storefront lease line. All barricades shall be extended or constructed during the non - operating hours of the shopping center. No barricades shall be removed or dismantled without express written consent of the LANDLORD. Any barricade removed without prior consent will be reconstructed by the LANDLORD at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE The CONTRACTOR is not allowed to post any company name or sign on the temporary barricade. The CONTRACTOR shall post all signage as required by mall representative for public safety or general warning. BELOW GRADE CONSTRUCTION Prior to beginning any below grade construction and under slab confined spaces the Contractor must: • Prior to Locating Floor Penetrations, Tenant's Contractor must secure LANDLORD'S structural floor engineer's approval, see address this sheet • Meet hazardous confined space requirements. • Inform LANDLORD of the work to be undertaken and receive approval of same. • Submit ALL construction materials proposed for under slab installation to LANDLORD'S representative for approval. Once the approvals have been received and under slab construction commences the CONTRACTOR must photograph the installation in detail, both in progress and once completed, and submit copies of all photographs to LANDLORD. Any Below Grade construction must be inspected by LANDLORD prior to backfilling. CONCRETE Concrete must be saw -cut or core - drilled (no jack - hammering or breaking of concrete is permitted). Secure structural floor engineer's approval prior to reforming all floor work. Prior approval must be obtained from LANDLORD prior to penetrating any structural or structurally reinforced concrete. SPRAY PAINTING Spraying of finishes or paint must only be done if Mall HVAC and adjacent Tenant HVAC systems are either shut down or protected to avoid contamination. MALL CONTACT NAME Southcenter Mali 633 Southcenter Seattle, WA 98188 -2888 Tel: 206/246 -0423 Fax: 206/244 -8607 INTERRUPTION OF UTILITIES The CONTRACTOR must receive the LANDLORD'S approval at least three (3) days prior to any modification to utility services that may temporarily interrupt such service to other tenants or the shopping center. NOISY CONSTRUCTION The.kANDLDRD has established working hours when the ccttractor may perform "noisy" construction (i.e. saw outing, core drilling, "Hilti" type fastener guns, etc.).;ontact the LANDLORD for restricted hours. LANtLORD reserves the sole right to request that CONTRCTOR reschedule any activities deemed disruptive tvestricted hours. TRASH IEMOVAL & DUMPSTERS Trash Remval -All trash will be confined to the premises ari removed at the end of each day by the CONTRACOR. Any trash found in the service corridors, adjacent ter3nt units, and /or other public areas will be removed bythe LANDLORD and deducted from the CONTRAC deposit or billed to the TENANT. The locatiorof the CONTRACTOR'S dumpster will be determined ry the LANDLORD. LANDLORDS dumpsters and /or compactors are not to be used t CONTRACTOR. SPRINK.ER DRAIN - DOWN The CONTFACTOR shall seek the LANDLORD'S prior approval at least two (2) days in advance of needing to (rain the shopping center sprinkler system. No shopping center sprinkler system will be left drained ovenight. All systems Mill be charged and operational when the CONTRACTOR leaves for the night. A $75 fee will be charged for each time the LAND'ORD'S sprinkler system is drained or shut down to accommodate connection and testing requirements. ROOF & BUILDING MODIFICATIONS The CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to penetrate the roof or adjust or modify the LANDLORD'S sprinkler system, fixtures, utilities, structure, equipment or facilities without the IANDLORD'S express written consent and will be done Dy the LANDLORD'S original contractor (or LANDLORD'S designee) at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. OPERATING WHILE REMODELING In addition to my prior stated requirements, the following rules apply to stores remaining open during remodeling. PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING For stores remaining open during construction, The Store Manager must be present at the Preconstruction Meeting to dscuss plans for the remodel, time span of remodel anc related safety issues. BARRICADE The CONTFACTOR will be required to schedule the construction n phases and provide a phasing barricade plan indicating where the barricade will be placed. SAFETY SECURITY & AFTER HOURS WORK The CONTRACTOR must receive prior permission of the LANDLCRD for work after normal working hours. In addition, the Store Manager and the CONTRACTOR must prepare for and indidate whether a Security Officer or other service is needed: The LANDLORD will not be responsible for the security of the CONTRACTOR'S or the TENANT'S property. In addition to the O.S.H.A. safety standards referenced previously, the Store Managel and CONTRACTOR must observe the following: • a i m Provide ' d nimum of a four foot 4') barricade around all construction areas. • Apply plastic sheeting from the barricade up to the ceiling so as to minimize dust and related damage to merchandise, customers and the public mall areas. • Verify that all workman's tools, ladders, and loose construction supplies are out of the customers, and specifically, children's reach. • Verify that any overhead dangling light fixtures, conduits, etc. are well within the confines of the barricaded and plastic sheeted areas. • Verify that the store has down -sized its stock properly so as to remain open for business and still accommodate clear fire exits through both the rear and the front of the store. • If there is any storefront remodeling required, the CONTRACTOR will be required to erect a barricade per the above details. TENANT COORDINATOR Tel: 440/808- NAME The Richard E. Jacobs Group, Inc. 25425 Center Ridge Road Cleveland, OH 44145 -4122 Tel: 440/871 -4800 Fax: 440/808 -6909 OPENING REQUIREMENTS • Certificate of Occupancy: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the LANDLORD with a copy of the Occupancy Permit. • Certified Tenant Air Balance Report • Punch List: Upon completion of construction and PRIOR TO opening, the CONTRACTOR shall request that the LANDLORD conduct a final observation and compile a punch list. The premises will be allowed to open for business only after the LANDLORD has received a copy of the Occupancy Permit and the punch list items have been satisfactorily completed. LIEN WAIVERS & AFFIDAVITS The CONTRACTOR will be required to submit the following items at the end of the construction (forms are available from the LANDLORD): • An original notarized "General Contractor's Affidavit and Final Waiver of Lien ". • The original signed and notarized "Subcontractor's Affidavit and Waiver of Lien" for each contractor. CITY Of TUI NtU1 APPROVED SEP 1 2 20000 b OIJELC/!G DMIPOAI RECEIVED CITY CF TUIM /ILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER D ZO SOUTHCENTER TYPICAL TENANT GUIDELINES TTG -O'1 THIS SHEET MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANT'S SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND BIDDING CONTRACTORS The Richard E. Jacobs Group NOVEMBER 1999 DRAWN BY SCALE: REVISED BY: FILE NAME: UNIT NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON DBA REVISIONS SOUTHCENTER MALL DATE: JOBNUMBER: DATE: DRAWING SUBMISSION & REVIEW CHECKLIST TENANT'S SUBMISSION CHECKLIST TENANT'S drawing submission must include four (4) sets of black line (preferably) or blue line prints. PRELIMINARY CONCEPT: WORKING DRAWINGS: • Storefront Elevation (with sign) Working Drawings must be • Storefront Section(s) submitted in the following order: • Details at Neutral Pier(s) • LANDLORD'S TTG -01 Sheet • Details at LANDLORD'S Soffit • Architectural • Floor Plan • Electrical • Reflected Ceiling Plan • LANDLORD'S TTE Sheet(s) • Interior Elevations • Plumbing • Longitudinal Section • HVAC • Material Sample Board • LANDLORD'S TTM Sheet(s) • Photo of Similar Store • (other drawings) LANDLORD'S REVIEW CHECKLIST APPROVED APPROVED REVISE & DRAWING FOR CONSTRUCTION (INCLUDE WITH RESUBMIT RESUBMISSION) PRELIMINARY ARCHITECTURAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING HVAC NOTES: R E SUBMISSIONS: TENANT shall resubmit dr viings within ten (10) days. All resubmissions shall be COMPLETE sets with four (4) sets of black line (preferably) or blue line prints. SIGN: This review does not include final approval of TENANT'S sign. Prior to fabrication & installation of TENANT'S sign, TENANT'S sign fabricator (sign company) shall submit three (3) sets of shop drawings to LANDLORD for approval. CHANGES: Once approved by LANDLORD, no changes shall be made in TENANT'S Drawings except upon the PRIOR written consent of the LANDLORD. AS- BUILTS: Within thirty (30) days after the opening of the Premises, TENANT shall submit a complete set of as -built drawings to LANDLORD. THIS AREA FOR LANDLORD NOTE: DRAWINGS BY LANDLORD LANDLORD'S approval comments and shall not neering design of the Premises any conflict arise between shall be determinative. the requirements or criteria USE ONLY... RIGHT LANDLORD information and the Fit COPY FILE i.i. t' SEPARATE PERMIT �RE9UIPED FOR ice, CHANUCAL EC1'R1CAL I T P UN BtNC GAS PIPING CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION I understand that the Plan Checii, apprcva!s are subject to errors yr: omissions and approval of plans does not out' on - re t` , Vio!aticn of any adopted : ;ci con - tractor's c.,,, nt ,-iii.. i7pwiedged. _ By 1 ti c � Cat. q-_(..4 WITH III IN THE LOWER of TENANT'S Drawings is contingent be construed so as to hold or the accuracy of the any of TENANT'S Drawings LANDLORD'S approval of TENANT'S of the Lease. {y-,-030 �fF�, Permi' No J1L� — `--� I HAND CORNER ARE APPROVED upon TENANT'S compliance with LANDLORD'S liable for either the architectural and engi- contained in TENANT'S Drawings. Should Lease, the applicable portion(s) of the Lease Drawings will in no way alter, amend or waive BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION In order to obtain a Building Permit from the City of Seattle. the following procedure will be required: Applications for building permits are submitted to the Department of Community Development. Upon receipt, plans are routed to the City's plan checker and if appropriate to the Fire Department, Planning Division, and Public Works Department. The following documents are required: 1. A completed building permit application form. 2. Two (2) copies of working drawings, to include, but not limited to, the following: a. Site plan b. Overall building plan c. Floor plan of TENANT space d. Construction details 3. Plan Review Fee to be paid at time of application. City of Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188, Tel: 206/431 -3670 FOOD & RESTAURANTS Food handling or restaurant type TENANTS shall submit two (2) sets of plans to: Seattle -King County Department:of Public Health 201 Smith Tower Seattle, WA 98104, Tel: 206/296 -4787 Attn: Joe Makelerny Requirements of a food service are detailed ih the Seattle or King County Food Code. For a copy of the Food Code contact your District Office. SPRINKLER DRWG. REQUIREMENT Prior to the fabrication of TENANT'S sprinkler system, TENANT's sprinkler contractor shall submit seven (7) blue line prints of shop drawings to the following for approval: Factory Mutual Insurance Great Lakes Operation - Cleveland 24950 Great Northern Corporates :Center Suite 201 North Olmstead, OH 44070 - 5319 Upon approval TENANT shall forward four (4) sets of black line (preferably) or blue line prints of the approved design bearing FACTORY MUTUAL'S approval stamp to LANDLORD'S Tenant Coordinator for LANDLORD'S approval and records as required in Exhibit C. UTILITY COMPANIES & SERVICES Contact the following utility company representatives for information concerning local installation requirements, application for service, billing procedures, etc.: ELECTRIC SERVICE Puget Sound Light & Power 600 116th NE Bellevue, WA Tel: 800/962 -9498 or 206/455 -5120 GAS SERVICE Washington Natural Gas Company 815 Mercer Street Seattle, WA 98111 Service /Billing: Tel: 206/464 -1999 Installation: Tel: 800/999-4964 TELEPHONE SERVICE U.S. West Communication P.O, Box 12480 Seattle, WA 98191-0001, Tel: 206/346 -8500 WATER SERVICE City of Tukwila City Hall 6200 South Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188, Tel: 206/433 -1849 ROOF CONTRACTOR Any and all roof work must be completed by the LANDLORD'S approved roofing contractors: Cascade Roofing 6308 212th SW Lynnwood, WA 98036 Attn: Chris Smith, Tel: 206/464 -0441 EXPANSION: Brills Roofing 500 Grade Street Kelso, WA 98624, Tel: 206/577 -0585 STRUCTURAL FLOOR ENGINEER Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs • Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3103 Tel: 206/340 -2255 Fax: 206/340 -2266 SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR Crown Fire Protection (formerly Able Fire) 4932 Pioneer Road Bothell, WA 98012, Tel: 481 -7669 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A minimum of five (5) days prior to starting construction, the CONTRACTOR shall contact the SHOPPING CENTER OFFICE to arrange a Preconstruction Meeting. Attendees should include at least the GENERAL CONTRACTOR, Superintendent and major Sub - contractors to be used in the construction. At the Preconstruction Meeting the GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall provide the following: • Building Permit - A copy of each of the Local and State Building permits. • Workers Compensation Certificate. • Insurance Certificate - *The Certificate of Insurance should be in the minimum amount of $2,000,000 in the aggregate, $1,000,000 each occurrence and should reflect the following as 'Additional Insureds': The Richard E. Jacobs Group, Inc. Southcenter Joint Venture JG Shopping Center Mgmt. LLC • Performance, Labor and Material Bond as required. • Sub - contractors List - setting forth the name, address and telephone numbers of Tenant's General Contractor and Sub - contractors. CONSTRUCTION DEPOSIT The CONTRACTOR will be required to provide a $1,500 company check, certified check or money order payable to: Southcenter Joint Venture Please have your Federal I.D. number ready and available. The deposit or any portion thereof may be applied by the LANDLORD as a reimbursement for materials issued to or services performed directly for the CONTRACTOR, including LANDLORD's correction of punch list items not corrected by the CONTRACTOR (see below). The DEPOSITOR agrees such deposit or any portion thereof, without prejudice to any other remedy which LANDLORD may have, may be applied as a reimbursement to the LANDLORD for materials issued to and /or for services performed directly for TENANT'S CONTRACTOR (which services may include the correction of punch list items and /or for the repair/ replacement of property damaged by TENANT'S CONTRACTOR). The deposit or any then remaining balance thereof (less a 15% administration fee) will be returned to the DEPOSITOR, without interest, within thirty (30) days after the completion of TENANT'S construction obligations as required in the LEASE. ON -SITE DOCUMENTATION The CONTRACTOR will keep the following documents on -site during construction: • Working drawings. The GENERAL CONTRACTOR will build from ONE set of drawings incorporating ncorporating LANDLORD S approval comments into the BUILDING DEPARTMENT STAMPED APPROVED SET. This set of drawings will be the primary working drawings and displayed at all times during construction. • A complete set of Typical Tenant Drawings and a set of working drawings bearing LANDLORD'S stamp of approval. • A copy of the Letter of Authorization for Access (issued by mall representative at Pre - construction Meeting.) • LANDLORD'S Construction Manual issued to CONTRACTOR at the Preconstruction Meeting. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The following Rules govern construction on LANDLORD'S property. All references to "CONTRACTOR" shall mean the GENERAL CONTRACTOR or the TENANT if acting as its own contractor. All references to LANDLORD may equally mean the MALL REPRESENTATIVE at the shopping center, if appropriate. ASBESTOS MATERIALS In the event TENANT'S construction encounters any asbestos containing materials (ACM), TENANT shall immediately cease construction for that part of the Work which may disturb the ACM and contact LANDLORD'S Representative at the Shopping Center to resolve how to proceed. The installation of any materials that contain asbestos is strictly prohibited. EXISTING CONDITIONS It shall be TENANT'S responsibility to verify all existing construction and equipment and subject to LANDLORD'S written approval to upgrade or replace same to comply with the more stringent of: 1) goveming building codes, 2) the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and regulations promulgated thereunder, 3) all laws, ordinances and regulations of applicable State, City and Local health departments and utility companies, 4) the requirements of LANDLORD'S fire and casualty insurer, or 5) the provisions of the lease. All costs shall be at TENANT'S expense. PROTECTION OF PROPERTY The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for protecting the LANDLORD'S and any other party's property from damage. Use of fuel operated engines inside the Mall and /or space will not be permitted. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate fire extinguishers within the premises, tagged for date of inspection, while under construction. SITE ACCESS & PARKING Specific areas will be designated by the LANDLORD for parking. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensure that all construction employees working in the premises use the designated parking areas. There will be no construction trailers allowed on the property. Parking will not be permitted in any of the driveways, fire lanes and truck docks except for temporary loading and unloading, as approved by the LANDLORD. DELIVERY OF MATERIALS The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to coordinate all material deliveries to the premises, whether for construction, fixturing or merchandising. All deliveries shall be made through the rear door of the premises either via the adjacent service corridor or truck dock area. Contact the LANDLORD prior to the delivery of materials and equipment which are too large to enter through the rear door of the Premises. Any such items are to be delivered during NON- Shopping Center hours. Where there is no rear door to access space, all deliveries, trash removal, etc., must be coordinated before or after Mall operating hours, according to LANDLORD'S direction. NO exceptions. WORK AREA & STORAGE The CONTRACTOR'S work area will be restricted to the Tenant's leased premises. Service and fire corridors and truck docks shall be kept clear of all materials, equipment, debris and trash at all times. SECURITY & AFTER HOURS WORK The CONTRACTOR must receive the prior permission of the LANDLORD for work after normal working hours. LANDLORD INSPECTIONS The Tenant's construction work will be observed periodically by the LANDLORD to verify that the work is being constructed as set forth in the Tenant's Lease, Tenant Manual, Typical Tenant Drawings Landlord approved Tenant Drawings and LANDLORD'S Construction Manual. SAFETY The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensure that all work is performed in accordance with O.S.H.A. standards. The LANDLORD may, without any liability therefore, stop work that is in violation of O.S.H.A. standards or which may, in the Landlord's opinion, cause injury or harm to persons or property. CONTRACTOR must obtain a written permit from the Mall office prior to any "hot" work (ex: welding, solder- ing, torch -work, etc.). It shall be the duty and responsi- bility of the CONTRACTOR performing any cutting or FIRM CITY TENANT'S ENGINEER CONTACT ADDRESS PHONE FAX STATE ZIP welding to comply with the safety provisions of the National Fire Protection Association's National Fire Codes pertaining to such work and the CONTRAC- TOR shall be responsible for all damages resulting from a failure to so comply. TEMPORARY POWER Temporary electric power will be made accessible for those Tenants where permanent power is not yet available. Where permanent power is available, it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide the necessary equipment to supply the electrical power needed for construction. Permanent power shoufd"be ascertained as soon as possible. TEMPORARY WATER Contact the LANDLORD for coordination of temporary water service. UTILITY CHANGEOVER CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for changeover of utilities to CONTRACTOR and /or TENANT Account as soon as possible. TEMPORARY TOILET TEMPORARY BARRICADE It will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide adequate toilet facilities for all employees working within the premises. The shopping center toilet facilities will not be available for contractors use unless specifically authorized by the LANDLORD. The location fora temporary portable type toilet facility must be approved by the LANDLORD prior to its placement. Prior to beginning any construction, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure, if required by the LANDLORD, that a temporary barricade is installed at the storefront (see Shopping Center Manager for barricade drawings and details). Where a barricade has been erected by LANDLORD using pre- formed panels, the LANDLORD shall extend the barricade past the lease line to accommodate the storefront work. The barricade shall not be extended until storefront work actually begins, shall not unreasonably obstruct mall traffic, and shall not be more than four feet (4') past the storefront lease line. All barricades shall be extended or constructed during the non - operating hours of the shopping center. No barricades shall be removed or dismantled without express written consent of the LANDLORD. Any barricade removed without prior consent will be reconstructed by the LANDLORD at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE The CONTRACTOR is not allowed to post any company name or sign on the temporary barricade. The CONTRACTOR shall post all signage as required by mall representative for public safety or general warning. BELOW GRADE CONSTRUCTION Prior to beginning any below grade construction and under slab confined spaces the Contractor must: • Prior to Locating Floor Penetrations, Tenant's Contractor must secure LANDLORD'S structural floor engineer's approval, see address this sheet • Meet hazardous confined space requirements. • Inform LANDLORD of the work to be undertaken and receive approval of same. • Submit ALL construction materials proposed for under slab installation to LANDLORD'S representative for approval. Once the approvals have been received and under slab construction commences the CONTRACTOR must photograph the installation in detail, both in progress and once completed, and submit copies of all photographs to LANDLORD. Any Below Grade construction must be inspected by LANDLORD prior to backfilling. CONCRETE Concrete must be saw -cut or core - drilled (no jack - hammering or breaking of concrete is permitted). Secure structural floor engineer's approval prior to reforming all floor work. Prior approval must be obtained from LANDLORD prior to penetrating any structural or structurally reinforced concrete. SPRAY PAINTING Spraying of finishes or paint must only be done if Mall HVAC and adjacent Tenant HVAC systems are either shut down or protected to avoid contamination. MALL CONTACT NAME Southcenter Mali 633 Southcenter Seattle, WA 98188 -2888 Tel: 206/246 -0423 Fax: 206/244 -8607 INTERRUPTION OF UTILITIES The CONTRACTOR must receive the LANDLORD'S approval at least three (3) days prior to any modification to utility services that may temporarily interrupt such service to other tenants or the shopping center. NOISY CONSTRUCTION The.kANDLDRD has established working hours when the ccttractor may perform "noisy" construction (i.e. saw outing, core drilling, "Hilti" type fastener guns, etc.).;ontact the LANDLORD for restricted hours. LANtLORD reserves the sole right to request that CONTRCTOR reschedule any activities deemed disruptive tvestricted hours. TRASH IEMOVAL & DUMPSTERS Trash Remval -All trash will be confined to the premises ari removed at the end of each day by the CONTRACOR. Any trash found in the service corridors, adjacent ter3nt units, and /or other public areas will be removed bythe LANDLORD and deducted from the CONTRAC deposit or billed to the TENANT. The locatiorof the CONTRACTOR'S dumpster will be determined ry the LANDLORD. LANDLORDS dumpsters and /or compactors are not to be used t CONTRACTOR. SPRINK.ER DRAIN - DOWN The CONTFACTOR shall seek the LANDLORD'S prior approval at least two (2) days in advance of needing to (rain the shopping center sprinkler system. No shopping center sprinkler system will be left drained ovenight. All systems Mill be charged and operational when the CONTRACTOR leaves for the night. A $75 fee will be charged for each time the LAND'ORD'S sprinkler system is drained or shut down to accommodate connection and testing requirements. ROOF & BUILDING MODIFICATIONS The CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to penetrate the roof or adjust or modify the LANDLORD'S sprinkler system, fixtures, utilities, structure, equipment or facilities without the IANDLORD'S express written consent and will be done Dy the LANDLORD'S original contractor (or LANDLORD'S designee) at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. OPERATING WHILE REMODELING In addition to my prior stated requirements, the following rules apply to stores remaining open during remodeling. PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING For stores remaining open during construction, The Store Manager must be present at the Preconstruction Meeting to dscuss plans for the remodel, time span of remodel anc related safety issues. BARRICADE The CONTFACTOR will be required to schedule the construction n phases and provide a phasing barricade plan indicating where the barricade will be placed. SAFETY SECURITY & AFTER HOURS WORK The CONTRACTOR must receive prior permission of the LANDLCRD for work after normal working hours. In addition, the Store Manager and the CONTRACTOR must prepare for and indidate whether a Security Officer or other service is needed: The LANDLORD will not be responsible for the security of the CONTRACTOR'S or the TENANT'S property. In addition to the O.S.H.A. safety standards referenced previously, the Store Managel and CONTRACTOR must observe the following: • a i m Provide ' d nimum of a four foot 4') barricade around all construction areas. • Apply plastic sheeting from the barricade up to the ceiling so as to minimize dust and related damage to merchandise, customers and the public mall areas. • Verify that all workman's tools, ladders, and loose construction supplies are out of the customers, and specifically, children's reach. • Verify that any overhead dangling light fixtures, conduits, etc. are well within the confines of the barricaded and plastic sheeted areas. • Verify that the store has down -sized its stock properly so as to remain open for business and still accommodate clear fire exits through both the rear and the front of the store. • If there is any storefront remodeling required, the CONTRACTOR will be required to erect a barricade per the above details. TENANT COORDINATOR Tel: 440/808- NAME The Richard E. Jacobs Group, Inc. 25425 Center Ridge Road Cleveland, OH 44145 -4122 Tel: 440/871 -4800 Fax: 440/808 -6909 OPENING REQUIREMENTS • Certificate of Occupancy: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the LANDLORD with a copy of the Occupancy Permit. • Certified Tenant Air Balance Report • Punch List: Upon completion of construction and PRIOR TO opening, the CONTRACTOR shall request that the LANDLORD conduct a final observation and compile a punch list. The premises will be allowed to open for business only after the LANDLORD has received a copy of the Occupancy Permit and the punch list items have been satisfactorily completed. LIEN WAIVERS & AFFIDAVITS The CONTRACTOR will be required to submit the following items at the end of the construction (forms are available from the LANDLORD): • An original notarized "General Contractor's Affidavit and Final Waiver of Lien ". • The original signed and notarized "Subcontractor's Affidavit and Waiver of Lien" for each contractor. CITY Of TUI NtU1 APPROVED SEP 1 2 20000 b OIJELC/!G DMIPOAI RECEIVED CITY CF TUIM /ILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER D ZO SOUTHCENTER TYPICAL TENANT GUIDELINES TTG -O'1 THIS SHEET MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANT'S SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND BIDDING CONTRACTORS The Richard E. Jacobs Group NOVEMBER 1999 DRAWN BY SCALE: REVISED BY: FILE NAME: UNIT NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON DBA REVISIONS SOUTHCENTER MALL DATE: JOBNUMBER: DATE: TYPICAL HANDICAP WATER CLOSET URINAL TYPICAL RESTROOM MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS 1/4" =1' -0" LAVATORY /MIRROR AND MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURES DRINKING FOUNTAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET GENERAL NOTES 1. All General Notes given herein apply to all allied trades for the Project amended elsewhere to include isolated conditions. 2 The Drawings are intended to show the general arrangement, design and extent of the work and are partly diagrammatic. The are not intended to be scaled for rough -in dimensions, or to serve as shop drawings or portions thereof. 3 All details and sections shown on the Drawings are intended to be typical and shall be construed to apply to any similar situation elsewhere on the Project, except where a different detail is shown. 4. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall verify all grades, lines, levels, conditions and dimensions at the job site and as shown on the Drawings. They shall report any errors or inconsistencies in the above to the Architect before commencing Work. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall out their Work from established reference points and be responsible for all lines, elevations and measurements in connection with their own. 5. Protection: a The Contractor is responsible and shall comply with the requirements of the Building Code having jurisdiction and all local, state and federal laws. b. Provide all shoring and bracing as required for the proper execution of the work. Remove when Work is completed. Provide and maintain guard lights at all areas of the Work adjacent to public ways or spaces. Baricade and graphics by Landlord at Tenants expense. At all times provide protection against weather (rain, wind, storms or heat) so as to maintain all work, materials, apparatus and fixtures free from damage. e. The Contractor shall pay for all damages to adjacent structures, sidewalks and to streets or other public property or to any public utilities. f. G.C. must dust proof space prior to start of construction. 6. Contractor agrees that he will hold the Owner, Architect and /or any of their employees or agents harmless from any and all damage claims which may arise by reason of any negligence on part of Contractor, any of his Subcontractor's and /or Subcontractor's materials and equipment suppliers and /or any of their employees or agents, in performance of this Contract; and, in case any action is brought before thereof against the Owner, Architect and /or any of their employees or agents, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for defense thereof, and upon his failure to do so on proper notice, Owner, Architect and/or any of their employees or agents reserve the right to defend such action and charge all costs thereof to Contractor. 7. If any errors or omissions appear in the Drawings, Specifications or other documents the Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing of such omissions or errors prior to proceeding with any Work which appears in question. In the event of the Contractor's failing to give such notice,, he shall be held responsible for the results of any such errors or omissions and the cost of rectifying the same. The contractor shall have all items or details clarified with', the Architect prior to submitting a bids otherwise the Architects interpretation shall be final. 8. The Contractor shall use the Structural Drawings together with the Architectural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings to locate depressed slabs, slopes, drains, outlets, recesses, openings, reglets, bolt setting, sleeves, dimensions, etc. Potential conflicts shall be transmitted to the Architect before proceeding with the Work. 9. All nominal layout dimensions given in new construction are to FACE OF FINISH. 10. Some connections indicated on the Drawings are schematic. Secure all components rigidly to structure and each other. Use fasteners designed for each inservice connection. 11. Obtain clarification and interpretation of Drawings and Specifications. Include additional detail, directly from Architect. 12. Waste material and rubbish from demolition and alteration operations shall be removed from site as rapidly as possible and shall not be allowed to accumulate on premises. Disposal of materials will be at the discretion of the Contractor. Open fires will not be permitted for disposal of waste. Contractor shall provide an exterior area to collect all demolished not to be reused. This area shall be safe and unobstructing the building function and the Owner's daily business operations. 13. Existing utility lines indicated or noted on the Drawings are shown as obtained from existing information and are probably incomplete and only approximate in location. The Contractor shall take extreme caution to avoid damage to existing utility lines and /or harm to personnel engaged in working in area. d. 2 SENSORMATIC ° INSTRUCTIONS 1. ALL SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT IS SCHEDULED TO ARRIVE AT THE STORE ON THE DATE LISTED FOR "FIXTURE DELIVERY" ON THE TRACKING REPORT. IF THE EQUIPMENT DOES NOT ARRIVE, THE SENSORMATIC PROJECT COORDINATOR NEEDS TO BE CONTACTED, SEE #2. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO CONTACT THE SENSORMATIC PROJECT COORDINATOR, SHANNON SMITH AT 425- 917 -2037 (OFFICE) OR 206- 369 -0156 (CELL). THE CONTRACTOR 15 TO INFORM SHANNON THAT THE EQUIPMENT HAS ARRIVED AND SHANNON WILL SCHEDULE THE INSTALL DATE. THE INSTALLATION DATE SHOULD OCCUR WITHIN 7 -10 DAYS AFTER THE EQUIPMENT ARRIVES, IF NOT SOONER. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR I5 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLING ALL ELECTRICAL FOR THE SYSTEM. 4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CUTTING OF THE P.O.S. COUNTER FOR THE DEACTIVATOR (POWERPAD) UNIT. SEE FULL SIZE TEMPLATE ON THIS SHEET, AND CASEWORK MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS. 5. ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE SENSORMATIC INSTALLATION SHALL BE DIRECTED BY THE G.C. TO THE PROJECT MANAGER, AS DESIGNATED BY WIZARDS OF THE COAST. SENSORMATIC TEMPLATE CUT PER NOTE 2 E 0E E0 D D 0E REMOTE HOUSING NOTES: 1. POSITION TEMPLATE. 2. FOR, KEYHOLE MOUNTING USE CENTERS MARKED "D" AND DRILL (2) 3.2 DIA PILOT HOLES. 3. START SCREWS IN PILOT HOLES REMOVE TOP COVER AND SLIDE BOTTOM ASSY ONTO SCREWS AND TIGHTEN. 4. FOR THRU P.G. BOARD MOUNTING USE CENTERS MARKED "E" AMD DRILL (2) 3.2 DIA PILOT HOLES. 5. REMOVE COVER AND INSERT SCREWS THRU HOLES INTO PILOT HOLES AND TIGHTEN. 6. FOR MOUNTING ON METAL SURFACES, PLACE ADHESIVE PAD CENTERED ON BACK OF HOUSING, REMOVE RELEASE LINER AND MOUNT. 1. POSITION TEMPLATE ON COUNTER AT INTENDED MTG LOCATION. CHECK AREA DIRECTLY UNDERNEATH TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO OBSTRUCTIONS. 2. CUT OUT COUNTER OPENING FOLLOWING DOTTED LINE AND REMOVE TEMPLATE. 3. PLACE DOUBLE -SIDED ADHESIVE FOAM TAPE (SUPPLIED) ALONG EDGE OF CUTOUT. NOTE: THIS STEP OPTIONAL. 4. PLACE POWER PAD DEACTIVATOR INSIDE FLUSH MOUNT TRAY. NOTE; OPENING IN TRAY BOTTOM IS FOR RUNNING POWER CABLE. 5. PLACE DEACTIVATOR/TRAY UNIT INTO COUNTER CUTOUT. LED INDICATOR CAN FACE EITHER THE CUSTOMER OR SALES ASSOCIATE. CHECK WITH STORE MANAGEMENT FOR PREFERRED LED INDICATOR ORIENTATION. 6. CONNECT CABLE TO POWER PACK. PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NAME: Tenant povmnt For Wizar r 01 e the e Coast Wizards of the Coast P.O. Box 707 Renton, WA 98057 -0707 PROJECT OWNER: PROJECT ADDRESS: ARCHITECT: Broderick Architects 55 S. Atlantic St., Suite 301 Seattle, WA 98134 206.682.7525 phone 206.682.7529 fax MECH / ELEC ENGINEER: Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart St., Suite 1800 Seattle, WA 98101 206.448.3376 phone 206.448.4450 fax ASSESSOR'S TAX ID NUMBER: on file with the City of Tukwila LEGAL DESCRIPTION: on file with the City of Tukwila CODE INFORMATION FORMER OCCUPANCY: RETAIL SALES PROPOSED OCCUPANCY: RETAIL SALES OCCUPANCY GROUP: MERCANTILE MALL LEVEL: 1 OF 1 LEASE AREA: 2823 S.F. EXITING OCCUPANT LOAD: RETAIL AREA = 1493 S.F. = 30 = 50 LAN / GAMING AREA = 565 S.F. = 30 =19 STORAGE AREA = 163 _ 300 =1 TOTAL OCCUPANTS = 70 EXITS REQUIRED: 2 EXITS PROPOSED: 2 SHEET INDEX TTG -01 LANDLORD'S TENANT GUIDELINE SHEET AO PROJECT NOTES, A.D.A. DETAILS, VICINITY MAP Al FLOOR PLAN, DOOR SCHEDULE A2 DEMOLITION PLAN, FLOORING PLAN A3 CASEWORK PLAN, FINISH LEGEND A4 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4.1 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS A5 WALL SECTIONS, DETAILS A5.1 WALL SECTIONS, DETAILS A5.2 STOREFRONT FRAMING DETAILS A5.3 DETAILS A6 SIGNAGE PLAN A7 ELECTRICAL PLAN (ARCH.) A7.1 LOW VOLTAGE WIRING PLAN A8 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, DETAILS (ARCH.) A9 ARCH. SPECIFICATIONS Al0 ARCH. SPECIFICATIONS Al 1 ARCH. SPECIFICATIONS El ELECTRICAL LEGEND, LIGHTING PLAN, SCHEDULE E2 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN, PANEL SCHEDULES E3 SPECIFICATIONS E4 SPECIFICATIONS TTE -1 LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL SHEET TTE -2 LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL SHEET M1 MECHANICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES M2 MECHANICAL HVAC, PLUMBING PLAN M3 SPECIFICATIONS M4 SPECIFICATIONS, MALL SCHEDULES TTM -1 LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL SHEET TTM -2 LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL SHEET TTM -3 LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL SHEET TTM-4 LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL SHEET TIM-5 LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL SHEET TTM -6 LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL SHEET NORDSTROM • hill' THE BON ®irI 11111 '1 o�na O = ;Ill w�" Nie Wilma Malta RILE vim ri 111 m -JIB mnnum IIIIIirhi MEI els s JCPENNEY \ /lC lMITY MAP SEARS Southcenter Mall - Unit B228 Tukwila, Washington UNIT B228 MERVYN'S RECENH6 CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER I■ 1 11 Aug. 21, 2000 1 1 1 e L co uJ 0 co N Ul Q Z I N < Q 2 0 cc w W w LJ ce v � 0 AO DOOR NUMBER FINISH WIDTH FINISH HEIGHT DOOR FINISH FRAME FINISH HARDWARE GROUP FIRE RATING REMARKS 1 3' -0" 7' -0" PAINT 6 PAINT 6 HW -1 20 MIN. EXISTING. SEE NOTE 1 2 3' -0" 7' -0" PAINT 6 PAINT 6 HW -2 - 3 3L0" 7 PAINT 6 PAINT 6 HW -3 20 MIN. EXISTING 4 3'4" 7 - 0" PAINT 3 PAINT 3 HW -4 20 MIN. 5 9' -0" 9 -0" CLEAR CLEAR - - OVERHEAD GRILLE 60" TURNING CIRCLE 30" X 48" CLEAR SPACE LOGO SIGN ABOVE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR / 1' -6" EQUAL ED FLOOR PLAN 114" =1' - 0" EQUAL LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE (AND LEASE LINE) MALL NEUTRAL PIER Y 1�1 L �1 , TOILET. 48 S.F.. STORAGE AREA 163 S.F.: USE STORAGE OCCUPANCY:1 (PAINT 6 IN NON- PUBLIC AREAS) WALLS TO WALLS TO , STRUCTURE ` b!;I %i ii/ (E) ONE -HOUR CORRIDOR 61 S.F.: e 5' 3' -0" MINIMIZE WALLS TO STARUCTURE 1'- EQUAL LAN /GAMING AREA 565 S.F.: USE: RETAIL OCCUPANCY:19 ALL EXISTING DEMISING WALLS: STUDS BY LANDLORD. G.C. TO REPAIR/REPLACE 5/8" TYPE 'X GWB FULL HEIGHT, TYP. (TENANT SIDE) 3' -6" - 10' _WAL1o" LS TO '\- FURRING FJ o W VIL �pw LLZ2 cc¢u >r¢ POWDER - COATED ALUM. ANGLE (SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK SUPPLIER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) TYP. 10'_21/2' 447)) 1111111 AI ANGLE POWDER-COATED ALUM. CASEWORK SUPPLIER, O INSTALLED BY G.C.) TYP. 4 RELOCATE DOOR: I ■ HOLD TIGHT TO WALL / /� (E) ELEC. PANEL m1)) BE RETAINED / / 20'5" WALLS TO__ +12' -O" I (2)1.25'0 POWER/DATA CONDUITS EXTENDING I SLAB TO ACCOMMODA E END: ORE DRILL SLAB'_ i AND RUN CONDUIT THROUGH PLENUM I BELOW. CLARIFY ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD \ 2 ,\ \ \ L.E.D. READERBOARD ABOVE 1\ LINE OF HUNG CEILING ABOVE - 11 6,o el L ++ 2 '- 7 1/4 ' 6" LINE OF P.0.5. CEILING \ PLANE ABOVE LINE OF FIXTURE 001 (FIXED) , � ,// 1 /7' RETAIL AREA / 1493 S.F.. ' USE• RETAIL �( OC CUPANCY:50 1 i I t "MISSION STATEMENT' SIGN ABOVE ' \ , t 25' - a/e' LINE F HUNG / CEILINOG ABOVE 21'-11 f -- 1/2' WAL TO +10' -0" FREESTANDING SEN5ORMATIC TOWERS WITH CASEWORK COVERS POWDER - COATED ALUM. ANGLE SUPPLIED CASEWORK SUPPLIER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) TYP. SOFFIT LINE (@ +9,_0 " ) l 1 1 %�� WALLS TO SOFFIT (TYP.) F SEE SHEET A5.2 OR STOREFRONT FRAMING, TYP.) T -0'/ I 10'-1" �f I I 1 1 1 (D i I II o I ill I I 1 0 ■ D PARTITION LEGEND smusam FULL' HE ONE -HOUR RATED PA SEE 1/A5 NON -RATED PARTITION TO HEIGHT INDICATED. SEE 2/A5 EXI5TING PARTITION OR DEMISING WALL NOTES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING TO BE 20 GA. 3 -5/5" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. (OR BETTER). STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL GOVERN. EXTEN REPAIR/REPLACE ON ALL GWB TO WALLS AND SOFFITS TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FINISH. DOOR SCHEDULE WALLS 7O WALL TO 1. PROVIDE BATTERY - OPERATED AUDIBLE ALARM 2 0 W MALL NEUTRAL PIER LEASE LINE ACR -1 SHEATHING ON METAL STUD CONSTRUCTION (TYP.) LOGO SIGN ABOVE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD GRILLE STOREFRONT GLAZING: 1/4" GAP AT SIDES, STAINLESS CLIPS AS REQUIRED MALL NEUTRAL P RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER 1■ W N I..L 0 N L m M V cn I— J Q Q 2 0 V W W I- _ LL 0 r n 0 I..L Aug. 21, 2000 Al TOILET VINYL -1 STORAGE AREA S (E) CONCRETE: CLEAN AND SEAL CORRIDOR (E) VCT CLEAN - L- 1 CD FLOORING PLAN 1/4 " =P -0" LAN /GAMING AREA NOTE: ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS TO BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. REDUCER STRIPS NOT PERMITTED. RETAIL AREA , 1 MEWEEMiA MininiMEME ■ .. ■:�M EXTEND ALL CONCOURS ® - TO EDGE M OF STOREFRONT E TILE BRONZE TRANSITION STRIP AT !I ■� ■ FLOORING CHANGE. SEE 3/A5 w �� MM 11111 �i®e� 4 4111111MIIIMEN "MIIIMEM DEMOLISH (E) STOREFRONT AND SOFFIT UP TO MALL NEUTRAL BAND - DEMOLISH (E) VGT THIS AREA RETAIN (E) VCT IN EXIT CORRIDOR DEMOLISH ALL (E) FLOORING THIS TENANT SPACE (E) ELEC. PANELS TO BE RETAINED ED DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" =1 -0" DEMOLISH (E) DEMISING WALL •_ -4 PARTITION TO BE DDEEMOLISHED (TYP.) - REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CASEWORK (TYP.) PROVIDE CORE DRILLING OR POWER/DATA CONDUITS (SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION) (E) PANEND OD FLOORIN A G TO BE DEMOLISHED (TYP.) NOTES: G.C. TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING TILE, W000, VINYL, AND CARPET FLOORING IN SALES AREA. PROVIDE FLOOR PREP AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FLOORING MATERIALS. PROVIDE CORE DRILLING /TRENCHING FOR NEW PLUMBING A5 NEEDED. COORDINATE WITH MALL FACILITIES DIRECTOR PRIOR TO START. DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIALS NOT BEING RE -USED: DO NOT ABANDON. G.G. TO PROTECT EXISTING MALL CONCOURSE, UTILITIES, STRUCTURE, ETC. DURING ALL PHASES OF WORK. G.C. TO DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING SOFFITS AND SUSPENDED CEILINGS NOT BEING RE -USED. G.G. TO DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING SLOTWALL FURRING, AND PARTITIONS NOT BEING RE -USED. REPAIR OR REPLACE GM ON ALL EXISTING DEMISING WALLS (1 -HOUR RATED). G.L. TO REMOVE ANY EXISTING FIXTURES, CASEWORK, OR OTHER ITEMS ABANDONED BY PREVIOUS TENANT. DEMOLISH EXISTING STOREFRONT UP TO MALL NEUTRAL BAND. G.C. MAY RETAIN SOME EXISTING STOREFRONT FRAMING IF IT CAN BE UTILIZED TO EXECUTE TENANTS DESIGN EXACTLY. (E) FITTING ROOMS, MIRRORS, ETC. TO BE DEMOLISHED (TYP.) (E) P.0.5. SOFFIT AND CASEWORK TO BE DEMOLISHED (TYP.) CONSTRUCTION , INFILLING AREA OUT TO LEASE LINE TILE LEGEND CT -1,12" X12" C1- 2,12" X12" (E) . PANELS AND WOOD FLOORING TO BE DEMOLISHED (TYP.) CARPET TO BE WOOD FLOORING TO BE DEMOLISHED ( APPROX.) -. DEMOLISHED (APPROX.) G.G. TO PERFORM EXPLORATORY DEMO AS 500N AS POSSIBLE TO DETERMINE IF THIS FURRING CAN BE DEMOLISHED BACK TO DEMISING WALE- CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF'THI515 NOT POSSIBLE DEMOLISH E STOREFRONT AND SOFFIT UP TO MALL NEUTRAL BAND DZ000 Wi REC EIVED CIIYCF TUI(WILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER 1■ 0 • 00 m 0 I..I. V J 0 W U 0 0 I..L. N_ F tn tn 5- M W � W � N Z U 0 z z Q D 0 N w Aug. 21, 2000 A2 KEY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT COLOR REMARKS FURNISHED BY ACR -1 NEVAMAR VITRICOR VX -257 MATTE CUSTOM COLOR OWNER ACR -2 NEVAMAR VITRICOR VS -1 -911 MATTE OWNER MT -1 CASEWORK SUPPLIER PRISMATIC 2176 BREWER BRONZE METALLIC PC CPT -1 SHAW 50334 MAZE BL 34600 ILLUSION BLACK POWDER COAT OWNER P.LAM 2 CT -1 THOMPSON TILE TECNOSTONE KARNAK 12" X12', 6" X 12" (FIELD CUT) 12" X 12" OWNER OWNER CT -2 THOMPSON TILE TECNOSTONE ABU SIMBEL NEVAMAR S -6 -1T BLACK TEXTURED P.LAM 5 WILSONART FRP -1 MARLITE PEBBLE FINISH F.R.P. P -151 LIGHT GRAY G.C. PT -1 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF YELLOW PAINT 1 BENJAMIN MOORE 172 [YELLOW] PURPLE G.C. PAINT 2 KELLY MOORE AC39 -N ROMANTIC KNIGHT SEE SPEC FOR FORMULA G.C. PAINT 3 BENJAMIN MOORE 516 [OLIVE] PT -5 G.C. PAINT 4 BENJAMIN MOORE 125 [ORANGE] G.C. PAINT 5 BENJAMIN MOORE 1427 [VIOLET -GRAY] APPLEPLY G.C. PAINT 6 BENJAMIN MOORE WHITE APPLEPLY CORDOVAN G.C. ST -6 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF CORDOVAN SAT -1 USG OMNI WIZARDS PURPLE PREFINISHED OWNER MDF CLEARCOAT WD -2 CASEWORK SUPPLIER APPLEPLY V -1 MANNINGTON FINE FIELDS GLACIER WHITE G.C. WB -1 CASEWORK SUPPLIER WOOD BASE CORDOVAN OWNER WC -1 KOROSEAL JOKER J02421 TAPESTRY RED OWNER KEY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT COLOR REMARKS CT -3 DALTILE MOSAIC TILE DS35 ALMOND SPECIAL ORDER, CHECKERBOARD W/ CT -4 CT -4 DALTILE MOSAIC TILE DS311 EBONY SPECIAL ORDER, CHECKERBOARD W/ CT -3 MT -1 CASEWORK SUPPLIER PRISMATIC 2176 BREWER BRONZE METALLIC PC MT -2 CASEWORK SUPPLIER BLACK POWDER COAT P.LAM 2 P.LAM 3 LAMINART 5028 -T COPPER BRUSHTONE TEXTURED P.LAM 4 NEVAMAR S -6 -1T BLACK TEXTURED P.LAM 5 WILSONART D411 -60 WILD ASTER PT -1 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF YELLOW PT -2 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF PURPLE PT -3 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF OLIVE PT -4 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF LAVENDER PT -5 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF PLUM ST -1 CASEWORK SUPPLIER APPLEPLY PLUM ST -2 CASEWORK SUPPLIER APPLEPLY CORDOVAN ST -6 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF CORDOVAN WD-1 CASEWORK SUPPLIER MDF CLEARCOAT WD -2 CASEWORK SUPPLIER APPLEPLY CLEARCOAT FIRE - RETARDANT 225 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS,TOP @ TYP. AT NEW WALL5 THROUGHOUT STORAGE ROOM PROVIDE (2) 2X6 CONT. FIRE - RETARDANT BLOCKING BEHIND LOGO SIGN IEEE STOREFRONT SECTIONS) CASEWORK / BLOCKING LEGEND MEN 4" WIDE 20 GA. STEEL STRAP BETWEEN STUDS, 24" 0.C. VERTICALLY, STARTING AT FLOOR, TO +12' -0" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. _a SOLID SHEETS OF 3/4" PLYWOOD, OUTSIDE OF WALL BEHIND SLOTWALL PANELS. SCREW ALONG STUDS AT 8" 0.C. APPLY SLOTWALL PANELS USING LIBERAL AMOUNTS OF CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE PLYWOOD FROM +1' -11" TO +7- 5 "JNLE S OTHERWISE NOTED). - -- BLOCKING AS DESCRIBED ON PLAN F.P. REQUIRES FIELD PAINTING LID* APPLY LID TO CASEWORK ARCH AFTER INSTALLATION (LID PROVIDED BY CASEWORK SUPPLI R) FINISH LEGEND - ARCHITECTURAL NOTE: SEE RESPONSIBILITY CHART (SHEET A11) FINISH LEGEND - CASEWORK (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) EQUIP. 4" X 3/4" FIRE - RETARDANT PLYWOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS, TOP @ +27 -1/2 ", TYP. BEHIND LAN STATIONS WAINSCOT SORCERESS CHARACTER WAINSCOT `\ \ \ \, PROVIDE EXALT R CUTOUT PAP. C NATE \ \ REQUIREMENTS WITH ' SENSORMATIC SUPPLIER L SEE ■2 /A0 I [ F.P. ( PAINT 2 CO PERF PANEL PERF PANEL ORGGE CHARACTER .P. (0 PAI 2 �NT 2 l t I PERE PANEL PERF PANEL PERF PANEL i) CASEWORK / BLOCKING PLAN 1/4" = 1' -0" IU PERF PANEL NOTES: STORAGE ROOM SHELVING SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO THE CASEWORK MANUAL SUPPLIED WITH CASEWORK FIXTURES FOR DETAILED INSTALLATION INFORMATI6N. REGARDING THE OWNER - SUPPLIED BASE AND OWNER - SUPPLIED CASEWORK IN THE 5ALE5 AREA: THE BLACK BASE GETS APPLIED TO THOSE CASEWORK FIXTURES THAT TOUCH THE FLOOR, WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS: - WAINSCOTING GETS RED BASE. - THERE 15 NO BASE ADDED UNDERNEATH THE "LAN AREA COUNTER (FIXTURE ASSEMBLIES "M" AND "N"). - FIXTURES WHICH ARRIVE WITH BLACK LAMINATE BASE DO NOT REQUIRE ADDITIONAL BASE TO BE APPLIED. - FIXTURES WHICH ARRIVE WITH GRAY LAMINATE BASE DO NOT REQUIRE ADDITIONAL BASE TO BE APPLIED. - GYPBOARD WALLS IN THE SALES AREA ARE TO RECEIVE RED BASE (EXCEPT AT STOREFRONT - SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. \ !I \ I II II O ' � - '��� •. �` II I UU CID 42) 4120 CD CO CD CD 40 CD LID' PAINT PAINT5 LID CI) Co PERF PANEL PERE PANEL PE4F PANEL E.P. PAINT 2/3 F.P. LI PAINT 2/3 DAKKON CHARACTER 1 , PROVIDE (2 226 CONT. FIRE - RETARDANT BLOCKING i BEHIND MAIN LOGO SIGN (SEE STOREFRONT SECTIONS) FREESTANDING SENSORMATIC TOWER UNITS WITH CASEWORK COVERS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER CO 4* w �// LL 0 N w 2 z 0 V J Q 0 W Lu Z = U - _ O 0 N ■ ■ ■ ■ Aug. 21, 2000 A3 \ ALL DECKING, PAINT GRID) SOFFITS, WALLS, STRUCTURE MECH. EQUIPMENT, ETC. TO BE 2 ABOVE GRID (OR +12 -0" IF NO (IF VISIBLE FROM RETAIL AREA) OPEN CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) @ +12 -0 "� - - MUR - -i ACR -1 (SHADED)! OVERHEAD GRILLE / / / / / / / / / / / // A My / / / / / / / / / / / / // PLATFORM: GWB PAINT 3 CT -1 BASE 6" X 12" TILES LAID HORIZONTALLY) TYP. AT STOREFRONT LO ATIONS L.E.D. 1 OARD STEEL EDGE TRIM PAINT 2 (TYP.) CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) W/ r SAT -1 TILES @ +10' -0" INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" =1' -0" INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = -0" SOFFIT. YELLOW MURAL ACR -1 (SHADED) PILATER: GWB S PAINT 5 EXTENT OF WC -1 (HEAVY DASH, TYP.) GENERIC MURAL • ALL SOFFITS, WALLS, STRUCTURE, • DECKING, MECH. EQUIPMENT, ETC. TO BE PAINT 2 ABOVE GRID (OR +12' -0" IF NO GRID) (IF VISIBLE FROM RETAIL AREA) BLUE MURAL BLUE MURAL SIGNAGE ON PERF PANEL (93" X 38 ") BLUE MURAL MALL BULKHEAD LOGO SIGNAGE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR FREESTANDING SENSORMATIC TOWER WITH CASEWORK COVER ALL SOFFITS, WALLS, STRUCTURE, DECKING, MECH. EQUIPMENT, ETC. TO BE PAINT 2 ABOVE GRID (OR +12 -0" IF NO GRID) (IF VISIBLE FROM RETAIL AREA) SOFFIT: GWB PAINT 1 GENERIC MURAL A CT -1 BASE (6" X 12" TILES LAID HORIZONTALLY TYP. AT�� ,,, STOREFRONT LOCATIONS STEEL EDGE TRIM PAINT 2 (TYP.) OPEN CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) @ +12' -0" GWB PAINT 3 -1 BLUE MURAL CASEWORK - MOUNTED MONITORS OPEN CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) @ +12 -0" YELLOW MURAL GWB PAINT 3 INTERIOR ELEVATION 1,4"= 1 w6 -1 BASE ON EXPOSED PLATFORM: G.C. TO APPLY WAINSCOT GWB WALLS (TYP.) GWB PAINT 3 TO +36" (SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK VENDOR) CEILING GRID (PAINT2) W/ MURAL SAT -1 TILES @ +10' -0" YELLOW MURAL BLUE MURAL (HIDDEN) GWB PAINT 3 WB -1 BASE ON EXPO5EDY GWB WALLS (TYP.) BLUE MURAL ALL SOFFITS, WALLS, STRUCTURE DECKING, MECH. EQUIPMENT ETC. TO BE PAINT 2 ABOVE GRID (OR +12 -0" IF NO GRID) (IF VISIBLE FROM RETAIL AREA) MALL BULKHEAD STEEL EDGE TRIM PAINT 2 (TYP.) MASS MARKET MURAL ON CASEWORK PANEL CASEWORK: FIELD INT3 GWB PAINT 1 SOFFIT: "8 PAINT 1 GWB PAINT 3 CASEWORK: '—CASEWORK: —J CASEWORK: FIELD PAINT 2 FIELD PAINT 2 FIELD PAINT 2 MALL BULKHEAD LOGO SIGNAGE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR SIT PAINT OFF: GWB 1 FREESTANDING 5ENEORMATIC TOWER WITH CASEWORK COVER ACR -1 (SHADED) CT -1 BASE (6" X 12" TILES LAID HORIZONTALLYt TYP. AT STOREFRONT LOCATIONS LOGO SIGNAGE BY LOGO SIGNAGE BY. SIGN CONTRACTOR SIGN CONTRACTOR CASEWORK: FIELD PAINT 5 / MONITORS SOFFIT: GWB PAINT 1 GWB PAINT 2 SIGNAGE ON PERF PANELS (51 "X48 ") CASEWORK: F ELD PAINT 2 7ZO�Y MALL BULKHEAD n� i ACR-1 - (SHADED) DED ) (SHADED) CT -1 BASE (6" x 12" TILES LAID CT -1 BASE (6" X 12" TILES LAID HORIZONTALLY) TYP: AT HORIZONTALLY) TYP. AT STOREFRONT LOCATIONS STOREFRONT L0/ ATION5� PROVIDE 24" X 24" ONE -HOUR RATED, FLUSH-MOUNTED ACCESS PANEL IN SOFFIT ABOVE CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) FREESTANDING CABINETS: FINISHED WALLS BEHIND YELLOW MURAL INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" =1' -0 GWB PAINT 3�y r PERF PANELS (48" X 48 ") BASE (6" X 12" TILES LAID HORIZONTALLY TYP. AT STOREFRONT LOCATIONS INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" =1' -0" CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) W/ SAT -1 TILES @ +10' -0" L.E.D. READ STEEL EDGE TRIM PAINT 2 (TYP.) WC -1 We -1 CASEWORK: FIELD PAINT 2 • ALL SOFFITS, WALLS, STRUCTURE, • DECKING, MECH. EQUIPMENT, ETC. TO BE PAINT 2 ABOVE GRID (OR +12' -0" IF NO GRID) (IF VISIBLE FROM RETAIL AREA) CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) W/ SAT -1 .TILES @ +10'-0" GENERIC MURAL TO +36" (SUPPED SCOT CASEWORK VENDOR) EXTENT OF WC -1 (HEAVY DASH, TYP.) GWB PAINT 2 CITY OPTUK LA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER co * LL ' O V J 0 w c 0 1— w 0 ce �3 d 0 N 1 ■ ■ Aug. 21, 2000 1/2" .1 1/2" = 1' -0" W.O.T.C. LOGO SIGN BY SIGN CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD GRILLE 5. 5. A5 W' BY SIGN CONTRACTOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION STOREFRONT ELEVATION 11/2" POWDER COATED ALUMINUM ANGLE (BRONZE- PAINTED SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) ACR -1 SHEATHING (B VITRICOR, BY G.C. 1W ) LUE NOTE: ALL SIGNAGE SHOWN I5 REPRESENTATIONAL AND DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. NOT INTENDED A5 LITERAL SHOP DRAWINGS. D2XY NOTE: ALL SIGNAGE SHOWN 15 REPRESENTATIONAL AND DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. NOT INTENDED AS L1 i 5RAL SHOP DRAWINGS. MALL BULKHEAD: PAINT TO MA TCH MALL STANDARD �___, 0 MALL MIRRORED BAND: REPAIR (E) NEUTRAL PIER: PAINT TO MATCH MALL STANDARD (TYP.) BLACK METAL REVEAL AROUND STOREFRONT PERIMETER (TYP.) J ACR -1 SHEATHING (BLUE VITRICOR, BY G.C. TYP.) 1 (BRONZE-PAINTED, COATED ALUMINUM ANGNG LE E (BRONZE- PAINTED, SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) STOREFRONT GLAZING.1 /4" GAP AT VERTICAL SIDES/ EDGES: STAINLESS CLIPS AS REQUIRED AGR -1 SHEATHING BLUE VITRICOR, BY G.G. TO HAVE APPLIED . PL PLASTIC PANE LS (BRONZE- PAINTED, P SU BY SIGN CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY G.C.) ACR -2 SHEAING ( VI G. TO HAVE TH APPL D S TRICOR, BY IN TRA CHA G. ACTER5 (GOLD- PAINTED, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR) ACTUAL CHARACTER LAYOUT DETERMINED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR CT -1 BASE (6" X 12" TILES LAID HORIZONTALLY) TYP. ACROSS STOREFRONT E MALL BULKHEAD: PAINTTO k TCH MALL STANDARD MALL MIRRORED BAND: REPAIR ACR -1 SHEATHING BLUE VITRICOR, BY G.C.) TO RONZE- HAVE APPLIED PERF. PLASTIC PANELS ( B P AINTED CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY G.C.) , SUPPLIED BY SIGN ACR-2 SHEATHING (RED VITRICOR, BY G.C. ) TO HAVE APPLIED SINTRA CHARACTERS (GOLD- PAINTED, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR) ACTUAL CHARACTER LAYOUT DETERMINED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR (E) NEUTRAL PIER: PAINT TO MATCH MALL STAN (TYP.) 3" BLACK METAL REVEAL AROUND STOREFRONT PERIMETER ( TYP. ) ACR -1 SHEATHING (BLUE VITRICOR, BY G.C. TYP) 11/2" POWDER COATED ALUMINUM ANGLE BRONZE- PAINTED, SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) STOREFRONT GLAZING.1 /4" GAP AT VERTICAL SIDES / EDGES: STAINLESS CLIPS AS REQUIRED CT -1 BASE (6" X 12" TILES LAID HORIZONTALLY) TYP. ACROSS STOREFRONT RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER ■ Aug. 21, 2000 A4.1 1 1 A5/ N.T.S. ACR ROUTED SEAM ACR TYPICAL ACR SEAM (E) MALL BULKHEAD 3" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL +12-0"x BOTTOM OF MALL BULKHEAD PERF. PLASTIC SIGN PANELS, SUPPLIED 6Y SIGN CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY G.C. +11'-0" TOP OF SIGN BOX ---- -i -� -- 1 W.O.T.C. LOGO SIGN BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 2X6 FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD LOCKING +9 -0" BOTTOM OF J - ENTRY SOFFIT METAL STUD FRAMING PER SHEET A5.2 ENTRY COLUMN BEYOND ex 12" CT -1 BASE TILE ON 5/8" GWB ON 6" M.5. FRAMING +O'-O" FINISHED FLOOR CONTINUOUS MDF BACKING 6" 1' PLAN DETAIL AT COLUMN CORNER HALF SCALE D2 0 STOREFRONT SECTION FOR FINISHES, SIM. OVERHEAD ROLLING GRILLE ENCLOSURE NOTE: ALL LIGHT GAUGE SOFFIT FRAMING TO BE 20 GA. MEMBERS @ 16" O.G. OR CLOSER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (SHEET A52 SHALL GOVERN) PROVIDE BASE /COVER PLATE TO COVER GAP IN SOFFIT (WHEN'GRILLE 15 IN OPEN POSITION) 5/8" TYPE 'X GWB (TYP.) 1/2" MDF ACR -1 METAL 5TUD FRAMING 11/2' POWDER COATED ALUMINUM ANGLE (SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) 1/8" BACKER STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS @ 12" O.G. (PROVIDED WITH ANGLES) PROVIDE 24" X 24" ONE -HOUR RATED, FLUSH-MOUNTED ACCESS PANEL IN SOFFIT ABOVE CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) WALL SECTION 1 -1/2" =1' CARPET- IIIIIIj /f 4 ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER EACH FLOOR MATERIAL TO ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION 5/8" TYPE 'V GWB TO METAL (E) MALL BULKHEAD DECK ABOVE 3 X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL 12 0" +12' -0 "± BOTTOM OF MALL BULKHEAD OPEN SUSPENDED CEILING GRID PERF. PLASTIC SIGN PANELS, SUPPLIED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY G.C. +11'-0" TOP OF SIGN 60X SINTRA CHARACTERS, SUPPLIED'AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR J -MOLD. ATTACH GWB PANELS TO TOP TRACK W! SCREWS @ 12" O.C. GONT. 3.5" STEEL STUD TRACK W/ 5CREW5 @ 24" O.C. 3.5" STEEL STUD TRACK ANCHORED TO FLOOR W/ RAWL 3211 @24 " O.C. (IC60 REPORT NO. 4514) (N WB -1 BASE (WHERE A PLICABLE) (N) FLOORING (A5 APPLICABLE) TILE / CARPET TRANSITION 2X6 FIRE- RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING +9 - BOTTOM OF STOREFRONT SOFFIT METAL 5TUD FRAMING PER SHEET A5.2 1/2" TEMPERED STOREFRONT GLAZING (TYP.) VERTICAL EDGES / CORNERS TO BE 1/4" OPEN GAP (STAINLESS CLIPS AS REQUIRED) CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME TOP AND BOTTOM 6" x 12" CT -1 BASE TILE ON 5/6" GWB ON 6" M.S. FRAMING +O -O" FINISHED FLOOR 1.25" TEK SCREWS (RAWL 2219) (E) STRUCTURE STEEL STUD STRUT @ 4' -0" O.G. / .- TO EXISTING STRUCTURE �� (ALTERNATE DIRECTIONS) S.A.T. OR GW6 CEILING TYPICAL WALL CONSTRUCTION: 5/8" TYPE "X' GYPSUM BOARD 20 GA. 3.5" STEEL STUDS @ 16" O.C. fICB0 ER NO. 4943) 5/8 " TYPE ' GYPSUM BOARD =� .EXISTING CONC. SLAB SCHLUTER RENO-IX MTK80 BRASS TRANSITION STRIP: CUT WEB AND BEND ALONG A FORM INTO RADIUS REQUIRED Z GROUT CERAMIC FLOOR TILE MORTAR BED (E) SUBFLOOR 1 rj ONE -HOUR WALL SECTION 1 -1/2" = 1' PER GA FILE NO. WP 1200 H) F NRSHES STOREFRONT SECTION 1" =,'-O" 1:1 1.25" T SCES (RAWL 221EK R 9)@ W 24' O.C. STRUCTURE CONT. STEEL STUD TRACK W/ SCREWS @ 24" 0.C.: ALLOW 1" GAP FOR MOVEMENT, FILL WITH MINERAL WOOL 3.5" STEEL STUD TRACK ANCHORED TO FLOOR W/ RAWL 3211 @ 24" 0.C. (IGBO REPORT N0. 4514) N WB-1 BASE (WHERE PLICABLE) (N) FLOORING (A5 APPLICABLE) EXISTING CONC. SLAB GROUT CERAMIC TILE: PARTIALLY MITRE BACK SIDE MORTAR BED 5/6" TYPE 'X GWB (TYP.) METAL STUD FRAMING TYPICAL ONE -HOUR WALL CONSTRUCTION: 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD 20 GA. 3.5" STEEL STUDS @ 16" O.C. ICBO ER NO. 4943) 5/8 " TYPE " GYPSUM BOARD CERAMIC TILE CORNER DETAIL 5/8" TYPE 'X GWB TO METAL DECK ABOVE NOTE: ALL LIGHT GAUGE SOFFIT FRAMING TO BE 20 GA. MEMBERS @ 16" 0.L. OR CLOSER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (SHEET A5.2 SHALL GOVERN) 6" X 1 -1/2" METAL STUD FURRING MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 2X6 BLOCKING, EXCEPT BEHIND MAIN LOGO SIGN (14' -0" LENGTH) 12' 0" OPEN SUSPENDED CEILING GRID C YOFTU�KWILA AUG 2 5 2000 FERMIT CENTER s 1 J Aug. 21, 2000 1112" POWDER COATED ALUMINUM ANGLE (SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) STOREFRONT GLAZ ALLOW 1/4" G AP AT END METAL STUD FRAMING PER SHEET A5.2 LEASE LINE PLAN DETAIL 1 1/2" = i' -0" PLAN DETAIL 11/2" =1' -0" PLAN DETAIL 1 1/2" =1 -0" REPAIR FURRING AS NEEDED N 1/8" ACE -1 1/2" MDF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB L.L. OVERHEAD (� ROLLING GRILLE 1 I - TYP. SOFFIT LINE ABOVE 9/8" ACR -1 1/2" MDF 5/8" TYPE ')C GWB TILE BASE 3" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL (E) MALL NEUTRAL PIER ALIGN F.O. TILE BASE W/ i F.O. GRILLE TRACK 1 SIGN ABOVE TILE BASE SOFFIT LINE ABOVE TILE BASE STOREFRONT GLAZING: ALLOW 1/4" GAP AT END 3" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL TUBE STEEL AND BASE PLATE PER SHEET A5.2 (VERIFY ADEQUECY W/ GRILLE MANUFACTURER) 5/8" TYPE 'IC GWB 1/2" MDF 1/8" ACR -1 1 1/2" POWDER COATED ALUMINUM ANGLE (SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, INSTALLED BY G.C.) METAL STUD FRAMING PER SHEET A5.2 SOFFIT LINE ABOVE STOREFRONT GLAZING: ALLOW 1/4" GAP AT END METAL STUD FRAMING PER SHEET A52 1 1/2" POWDER COATED ALUMINUM ANGLE (SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, INSTALLED BY G.L.) (E) MALL BULKHEAD 3" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL +12'O "x BOTTOM OF MALL BULKHEAD PERE. PLASTIC SIGN PANELS. SUPPLIED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY G.C. SINTRA CHARACTERS. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 1/2" TEMPERED STOREFRONT GLAZING (TYP.I VERTICAL EDGES1 CORNERS TO BE 1/4" OPEN GAP (STAINLESS CLIPS AS REQUIRED) CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME TOP AND BOTTOM 6" x 12" CT -1 BASE TILE ON 5/8" (E) MALL NEUTRAL PIER GWB ON 6" M.S. FRAMING FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD FRAMING. TYP. DUPLEX (MOUNTED TO INSIDE OF METAL BOX) BY G.C. METAL TV BOX BY CASEWORK SUPPLIER +8' -O" BOTTOM OF ROUGH OPENING WALL SECTION - TV BOX 1" =1' -O" NOTE: VERIFY ROUGH OPENING DIMENSIONS WITH CASEWORK SUPPLIER TO ENSURE PROPER INTEGRATION +11' -0" TOP OF SIGN BOX 2X6 FIRE- RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING W.O.T.C. LOGO SIGN BY SIGN CONTRACTOR +9 -0" BOTTOM OF STOREFRONT SOFFIT — METAL STUD FRAMING PER SHEET A52 +0' -0" FINISHED FLOOR — — Z I 2D00 400 FOR FINISHES, SIM. 0 STOREFRONT SECTION FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD FRAMING, TYP. DUPLEX MOUNTED TO INSIDE OF METAL BOX) BY G.C. METAL TV BOX BY CASEWORK SUPPLIER 1 1/2" POWDER COATED ALUMINUM ANGLE (SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER. INSTALLED BY G.C.) PLAN DETAIL - TV BOX 1" = T -O" NOTE: VERIFY ROUGH OPENING DIMENSIONS WITH CASEWORK SUPPLIER TO ENSURE PROPER INTEGRATION 5/8" TYPE 'k GWB TO METAL DECK ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING 10' 0" NOTE: ALL LIGHT GAUGE SOFFIT FRAMING TO BE 20 GA. MEMBERS @ 16" 0.C. OR CLOSER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (SHEET A5.2 SHALL GOVERN) 6" X 1 -1/2" METAL STUD FURRING MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 2)16 BLOCKING EXCEPT BEHIND LOGO SIGN (T -0 LENGTH) RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER 1 i c o W m L.L. 0 ' 1— ^ w 2 rn V (/) 0 0 W 0 V) N Aug. 21, 2000 A 5.1 MIN. SPACING SCHED. FOR FASTENERS FASTENER SPACING EDGE DISTANCE SCREW 3/4" 3/4" POWDER ACTUATED 4" 3" (IN CONCRETE) 1/4 "0 SELF DRILLING SCREWS '1 -1/2" 1 -1/2" FRAMING NOTES All material and workmanship shall conform to the drawings, specifications, and building codes laving jurisdiction. Cold- formed steel framing members shall be the size, gage, and spadng as shown on the drawings. All cold-formed steel framing shall conform to the AISI °Spedfrcation for the Design of Cold - Formed Steel Framing Members". All 16 gage and heavier tracks, studs and joists shall be ASTM A -446, Grade D, or ASTM A -570, Grade E, steel with a minimum Fy=50 ksi. A1118 gage and lightertradcs, studs and joists shall be ASTM A -446, Grade A, or ASTM 'A -570, Grade C, with a minimum Fy =33 ksi. All studs, tracks, and joists shall be galvanized. Connections shall be as shown on the drawings. Connections not shown shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 3 5/8 inch, 20 gage studs to have minimum section properties of: A 0.193 in S =0.263 in 1 =0.489 in 3 5/8 inch, 18 gage studs to have minimum sedion properties of: A 0.232 in S =0.344 in 1 =0.624 ire 6 inch, 18 gage studs to have minimum section properties of: A 0.381 irl S =0.734 in 1 =2.170 in Structural steel design, fabrication, and erection shall conform to the requirements of Chapter22 of the Uniform Building Code. Materials used shall conform to the following: Connection Material ASTM A -36 Sfn ural Tubes ASTM A -500, Grade B Threaded Rods ASTM A -36 Welding Electrodes E7OXX Expansion bolts shall be IC BO approved wedge -type anchors, and installed perthe manufadurerfs recommendations. Spacing and embedment shall be as shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise noted, bolts shall be dub on steel and installed without special inspection. Contractor shall provide temporary bradng for the structure and structural components until the final ownnedions have been completed in accordance with the plans. Contractor shall be responsible for all required safety p recautions, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures used to complete the project. EXIST NEW L4 "x4 "xl /4" METAL DECK S (2) II SELF DRILLING SCREWS EA END JOISTS PERPENDICULAR (2) #10 TYP, UNO 3- 5 /8 "x2OGA STUDS @ 16 "0C, TYP, UNO (2) 510 TYP, UNO 3- 5/8 "x20GA STUDS @ 16 "OC, TYP, UNO BUILT -UP HEADER PER 7/A5.2 EXIST BULKHEAD EXIST BULKHEAD BRACE CONNECTION ANGLE TO PLAT 3/16 BRACE CONNECTION JOISTS PARALLEL (4) #10 EXIST SCREWS METAL DECK 3- 5/8 "x18GA (4) 510 SECTION @ SOFFIT @ 48 "OC BUILT -UP HEADER -J _.18GA TRACK W/ PER 7/A5.2 (2) 1110 @ EA JOIST & W/ (2) 1/4"0 SELF-DRILLING SCREWS @ 16 "OC INTO TS4x4 SECTION @ SOFFIT & ROLLUP DOOR 3- 5/8'518GA @ 48 "0C k-18GA TRACK W/ (2) #10 @ EA JOIST & W/ (2) 1/4"0 SELF - DRILLING SCREWS @ 16 "OC INTO HEADER NEW METAL BRACE NEW METAL BRACE (4) #10 SCREWS EXIST. JOISTS, FIELD DETERMINE SPACING a NEW L4 "x4 "x1/4" REFER TO DETAIL 1 FOR CONNECTION TO EXIST JOISTS PLATE 1 /4'=6 "x6" REFER TO 1 & 2/A5.2 FOR CTUR TO EXIST STRUCTURE 3- 5 /8 "x18GA @ 48 "OC FINISH PER ARCH 3- 5 /8 "x18GA STUD W/ (2) #10 SCREWS @ EA STUD REFER TO 1 & 2/A52 FOR CONN. TO EXIST STRUCTURE J .---3- 5/8 "x18GA @ 48 "0C FINISH PER ARCH 3- 5/8"x18GA STUD W/ (2) #10 SCREWS @ EA STUD SCALE: 3/4"=1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0' SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" A5.2 TYP 3/16 1 -1/2" TYP SECTION AT ROLLUP DOOR SUPPORT MINIMUM SPACING SCHEDULE FOR FASTENERS SECTION @ BUILT -UP HEADER BUILT -UP BOX HEADER 16GA CLIP W/ (4) #10 SCREWS EA LEG STUD POST BUILT -UP HEADER 6" 18GA STUD 16GA CUP W/ (4)' #10 SCREWS EA. LEG STUD COL STUD COL TYPICAL HEADER /POST CONNECTIONS TS 4 "x4 "x3/16" ROLL-UP DOOR SUPPORT PLATE 3/8 "x4 "x9" W/ (2) 5/8 "0 A36 THREADED ROD, WASHERS & NUTS TS 4 "x4 "x3/16" POST BASE PLATE 3/8'54'=9" W/ (2) 5/8"0 EXPANSION BOLTS 3 -5/8" 18GA TRACK #10 SCREWS @ 9 "0C TYPICAL SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" SCALE: 3" =1' -0" AS.Z 18GA TRACK TO NEST HEADER W/ (4) 510 SCREWS TO POST .& BOTMSIDES OF HEADER, TYP 16GA CLIP W/ (4) #10 SCREWS EA LEG SCALE: 3/4 " =1'-0" TS4 54' x3/16' INTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIMARY STOREFRONT STUDS @ 16 "OC STUDS @ 16 "OC, 3 -5/8" x 20GA EXTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIMARY STOREFRONT 3 -5/8" x 20GA STUDS @ 16 "0C SIM. EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SECONDARY STOREFRONT BOX HEADER ¶23B32j SCALE: 1/4 SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" SCALE 1/4".1 RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER ■ 1 I W m U LLJ ce u Z - F- 0 Aug. 21, 2000 A5.2 SOUTHCENTER MALL - UNIT B228 (206) 682-7525 3 - 5/8" x /MA 2 - - — B/U HEADER o N B/U HEADER — f MID - HEIGHT BRIDGING, TYP o B/U HEADER a o — FRAMING NOTES All material and workmanship shall conform to the drawings, specifications, and building codes laving jurisdiction. Cold- formed steel framing members shall be the size, gage, and spadng as shown on the drawings. All cold-formed steel framing shall conform to the AISI °Spedfrcation for the Design of Cold - Formed Steel Framing Members". All 16 gage and heavier tracks, studs and joists shall be ASTM A -446, Grade D, or ASTM A -570, Grade E, steel with a minimum Fy=50 ksi. A1118 gage and lightertradcs, studs and joists shall be ASTM A -446, Grade A, or ASTM 'A -570, Grade C, with a minimum Fy =33 ksi. All studs, tracks, and joists shall be galvanized. Connections shall be as shown on the drawings. Connections not shown shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 3 5/8 inch, 20 gage studs to have minimum section properties of: A 0.193 in S =0.263 in 1 =0.489 in 3 5/8 inch, 18 gage studs to have minimum sedion properties of: A 0.232 in S =0.344 in 1 =0.624 ire 6 inch, 18 gage studs to have minimum section properties of: A 0.381 irl S =0.734 in 1 =2.170 in Structural steel design, fabrication, and erection shall conform to the requirements of Chapter22 of the Uniform Building Code. Materials used shall conform to the following: Connection Material ASTM A -36 Sfn ural Tubes ASTM A -500, Grade B Threaded Rods ASTM A -36 Welding Electrodes E7OXX Expansion bolts shall be IC BO approved wedge -type anchors, and installed perthe manufadurerfs recommendations. Spacing and embedment shall be as shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise noted, bolts shall be dub on steel and installed without special inspection. Contractor shall provide temporary bradng for the structure and structural components until the final ownnedions have been completed in accordance with the plans. Contractor shall be responsible for all required safety p recautions, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures used to complete the project. EXIST NEW L4 "x4 "xl /4" METAL DECK S (2) II SELF DRILLING SCREWS EA END JOISTS PERPENDICULAR (2) #10 TYP, UNO 3- 5 /8 "x2OGA STUDS @ 16 "0C, TYP, UNO (2) 510 TYP, UNO 3- 5/8 "x20GA STUDS @ 16 "OC, TYP, UNO BUILT -UP HEADER PER 7/A5.2 EXIST BULKHEAD EXIST BULKHEAD BRACE CONNECTION ANGLE TO PLAT 3/16 BRACE CONNECTION JOISTS PARALLEL (4) #10 EXIST SCREWS METAL DECK 3- 5/8 "x18GA (4) 510 SECTION @ SOFFIT @ 48 "OC BUILT -UP HEADER -J _.18GA TRACK W/ PER 7/A5.2 (2) 1110 @ EA JOIST & W/ (2) 1/4"0 SELF-DRILLING SCREWS @ 16 "OC INTO TS4x4 SECTION @ SOFFIT & ROLLUP DOOR 3- 5/8'518GA @ 48 "0C k-18GA TRACK W/ (2) #10 @ EA JOIST & W/ (2) 1/4"0 SELF - DRILLING SCREWS @ 16 "OC INTO HEADER NEW METAL BRACE NEW METAL BRACE (4) #10 SCREWS EXIST. JOISTS, FIELD DETERMINE SPACING a NEW L4 "x4 "x1/4" REFER TO DETAIL 1 FOR CONNECTION TO EXIST JOISTS PLATE 1 /4'=6 "x6" REFER TO 1 & 2/A5.2 FOR CTUR TO EXIST STRUCTURE 3- 5 /8 "x18GA @ 48 "OC FINISH PER ARCH 3- 5 /8 "x18GA STUD W/ (2) #10 SCREWS @ EA STUD REFER TO 1 & 2/A52 FOR CONN. TO EXIST STRUCTURE J .---3- 5/8 "x18GA @ 48 "0C FINISH PER ARCH 3- 5/8"x18GA STUD W/ (2) #10 SCREWS @ EA STUD SCALE: 3/4"=1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0' SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" A5.2 TYP 3/16 1 -1/2" TYP SECTION AT ROLLUP DOOR SUPPORT MINIMUM SPACING SCHEDULE FOR FASTENERS SECTION @ BUILT -UP HEADER BUILT -UP BOX HEADER 16GA CLIP W/ (4) #10 SCREWS EA LEG STUD POST BUILT -UP HEADER 6" 18GA STUD 16GA CUP W/ (4)' #10 SCREWS EA. LEG STUD COL STUD COL TYPICAL HEADER /POST CONNECTIONS TS 4 "x4 "x3/16" ROLL-UP DOOR SUPPORT PLATE 3/8 "x4 "x9" W/ (2) 5/8 "0 A36 THREADED ROD, WASHERS & NUTS TS 4 "x4 "x3/16" POST BASE PLATE 3/8'54'=9" W/ (2) 5/8"0 EXPANSION BOLTS 3 -5/8" 18GA TRACK #10 SCREWS @ 9 "0C TYPICAL SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" SCALE: 3" =1' -0" AS.Z 18GA TRACK TO NEST HEADER W/ (4) 510 SCREWS TO POST .& BOTMSIDES OF HEADER, TYP 16GA CLIP W/ (4) #10 SCREWS EA LEG SCALE: 3/4 " =1'-0" TS4 54' x3/16' INTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIMARY STOREFRONT STUDS @ 16 "OC STUDS @ 16 "OC, 3 -5/8" x 20GA EXTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIMARY STOREFRONT 3 -5/8" x 20GA STUDS @ 16 "0C SIM. EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SECONDARY STOREFRONT BOX HEADER ¶23B32j SCALE: 1/4 SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" SCALE 1/4".1 RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER ■ 1 I W m U LLJ ce u Z - F- 0 Aug. 21, 2000 A5.2 SOUTHCENTER MALL - UNIT B228 (206) 682-7525 2 — V902 X 9/S-£ (2) B/U HEADER MID - HEIGHT BRIDGING, TYP 0 N FRAMING NOTES All material and workmanship shall conform to the drawings, specifications, and building codes laving jurisdiction. Cold- formed steel framing members shall be the size, gage, and spadng as shown on the drawings. All cold-formed steel framing shall conform to the AISI °Spedfrcation for the Design of Cold - Formed Steel Framing Members". All 16 gage and heavier tracks, studs and joists shall be ASTM A -446, Grade D, or ASTM A -570, Grade E, steel with a minimum Fy=50 ksi. A1118 gage and lightertradcs, studs and joists shall be ASTM A -446, Grade A, or ASTM 'A -570, Grade C, with a minimum Fy =33 ksi. All studs, tracks, and joists shall be galvanized. Connections shall be as shown on the drawings. Connections not shown shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 3 5/8 inch, 20 gage studs to have minimum section properties of: A 0.193 in S =0.263 in 1 =0.489 in 3 5/8 inch, 18 gage studs to have minimum sedion properties of: A 0.232 in S =0.344 in 1 =0.624 ire 6 inch, 18 gage studs to have minimum section properties of: A 0.381 irl S =0.734 in 1 =2.170 in Structural steel design, fabrication, and erection shall conform to the requirements of Chapter22 of the Uniform Building Code. Materials used shall conform to the following: Connection Material ASTM A -36 Sfn ural Tubes ASTM A -500, Grade B Threaded Rods ASTM A -36 Welding Electrodes E7OXX Expansion bolts shall be IC BO approved wedge -type anchors, and installed perthe manufadurerfs recommendations. Spacing and embedment shall be as shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise noted, bolts shall be dub on steel and installed without special inspection. Contractor shall provide temporary bradng for the structure and structural components until the final ownnedions have been completed in accordance with the plans. Contractor shall be responsible for all required safety p recautions, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures used to complete the project. EXIST NEW L4 "x4 "xl /4" METAL DECK S (2) II SELF DRILLING SCREWS EA END JOISTS PERPENDICULAR (2) #10 TYP, UNO 3- 5 /8 "x2OGA STUDS @ 16 "0C, TYP, UNO (2) 510 TYP, UNO 3- 5/8 "x20GA STUDS @ 16 "OC, TYP, UNO BUILT -UP HEADER PER 7/A5.2 EXIST BULKHEAD EXIST BULKHEAD BRACE CONNECTION ANGLE TO PLAT 3/16 BRACE CONNECTION JOISTS PARALLEL (4) #10 EXIST SCREWS METAL DECK 3- 5/8 "x18GA (4) 510 SECTION @ SOFFIT @ 48 "OC BUILT -UP HEADER -J _.18GA TRACK W/ PER 7/A5.2 (2) 1110 @ EA JOIST & W/ (2) 1/4"0 SELF-DRILLING SCREWS @ 16 "OC INTO TS4x4 SECTION @ SOFFIT & ROLLUP DOOR 3- 5/8'518GA @ 48 "0C k-18GA TRACK W/ (2) #10 @ EA JOIST & W/ (2) 1/4"0 SELF - DRILLING SCREWS @ 16 "OC INTO HEADER NEW METAL BRACE NEW METAL BRACE (4) #10 SCREWS EXIST. JOISTS, FIELD DETERMINE SPACING a NEW L4 "x4 "x1/4" REFER TO DETAIL 1 FOR CONNECTION TO EXIST JOISTS PLATE 1 /4'=6 "x6" REFER TO 1 & 2/A5.2 FOR CTUR TO EXIST STRUCTURE 3- 5 /8 "x18GA @ 48 "OC FINISH PER ARCH 3- 5 /8 "x18GA STUD W/ (2) #10 SCREWS @ EA STUD REFER TO 1 & 2/A52 FOR CONN. TO EXIST STRUCTURE J .---3- 5/8 "x18GA @ 48 "0C FINISH PER ARCH 3- 5/8"x18GA STUD W/ (2) #10 SCREWS @ EA STUD SCALE: 3/4"=1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0' SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" A5.2 TYP 3/16 1 -1/2" TYP SECTION AT ROLLUP DOOR SUPPORT MINIMUM SPACING SCHEDULE FOR FASTENERS SECTION @ BUILT -UP HEADER BUILT -UP BOX HEADER 16GA CLIP W/ (4) #10 SCREWS EA LEG STUD POST BUILT -UP HEADER 6" 18GA STUD 16GA CUP W/ (4)' #10 SCREWS EA. LEG STUD COL STUD COL TYPICAL HEADER /POST CONNECTIONS TS 4 "x4 "x3/16" ROLL-UP DOOR SUPPORT PLATE 3/8 "x4 "x9" W/ (2) 5/8 "0 A36 THREADED ROD, WASHERS & NUTS TS 4 "x4 "x3/16" POST BASE PLATE 3/8'54'=9" W/ (2) 5/8"0 EXPANSION BOLTS 3 -5/8" 18GA TRACK #10 SCREWS @ 9 "0C TYPICAL SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" SCALE: 3" =1' -0" AS.Z 18GA TRACK TO NEST HEADER W/ (4) 510 SCREWS TO POST .& BOTMSIDES OF HEADER, TYP 16GA CLIP W/ (4) #10 SCREWS EA LEG SCALE: 3/4 " =1'-0" TS4 54' x3/16' INTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIMARY STOREFRONT STUDS @ 16 "OC STUDS @ 16 "OC, 3 -5/8" x 20GA EXTERIOR ELEVATION - PRIMARY STOREFRONT 3 -5/8" x 20GA STUDS @ 16 "0C SIM. EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SECONDARY STOREFRONT BOX HEADER ¶23B32j SCALE: 1/4 SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" SCALE 1/4".1 RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER ■ 1 I W m U LLJ ce u Z - F- 0 Aug. 21, 2000 A5.2 SOUTHCENTER MALL - UNIT B228 (206) 682-7525 (E) MALL BULKHEAD: REFINISH TO MATCH AS NEEDED - COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. 3" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL ACR -2 1/4" BLACK PAINTED REPEAL MTL STUD FRAMING 5/8" TYPE 'X GWB (TYP.) 1/2" MDF a ACR -1 PERF. PLASTIC SIGN PANELS. SUPPLIED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. (FIELD CUT TO SIZE) ACR -1 ACR -2 2x6 FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD STUD BLOCKING 2x6 FIRE- RETARDANT WOOD STUD BLOCKING MAIN LOGO SIGN MDF 3" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL (E) MALL BULKHEAD: REFINISH TO MATCH AS NEEDED - COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. PERF. PLASTIC SIGN PANELS, SUPPLIED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR,INSTALLED BY G.C. (FIELD CUT TO SIZE) ACR -1 ACR -2 2x6 FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD STUD BLOCKING k SA AA SUPPINTRLIED CH ANRCTERS, D INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 2x6 FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD STUD BLOCKING MDF ACR -2 1/4" BLACK PAINTED REVEAL MTL STUD FRAMING 5/8" TYPE T GWB (TYP.) 1/2" MDF = ACR -1 FASCIA SECTION AT COLUMN FASCIA SECTION AT COLUMN NOTE: 6" X 1 -1/2" METAL STUD FURRING MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 2X6 BLOCKING, EXCEPT BEHIND MAIN LOGO SIGN (14'-0" LENGTH). 3" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL (E) MALL BULKHEAD: REFINISH TO MATCH AS NEEDED - COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. — ACR -2 1- 1/2" MDF 2x6 FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD STUD BLOCKING SINTRA CHARACTERS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR OPTION, CALL ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION 2x6 FIRE- RETARDANT WOOD STUD BLOCKING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB (TYP.) 1/2" MDF MTL STUD FRAMING ACR -2 TYP. 1/4" PAINTED BLACK REVEAL 5/8" TYPE T PAINTED GWB SOFFIT V. BACKER STOREFRONT GLAZING FASCIA SECTION AT GLAZING NOTE: 6" X1-1/2" METAL STUD FURRING MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 2X6 BLOCKING, EXCEPT BEHIND MAIN LOGO SIGN (14' -0 LENGTH) (D2Car ACR -1 PERF. PLASTIC SIGN PANELS SUPPLIED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. (FIELD CUT TO SIZE) PAINT GWB BLACK 3" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL ACR -2 FASCIA SECTION AT ENTRY (E) MALL BULKHEAD: REFINISH TO MATCH AS NEEDED - COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. PERF. PLASTIC SIGN PANELS, SUPPLIED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR,INSTALLED BY G.C. (FIELD CUT TO SIZE) ACR -1 ACR -2 2x6 FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD STUD BLOCKING 1/2" MDF 2x6 FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD STUD BLOCKING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB (TYP.) 1/2" MPF BLACK PAINTED REVEAL ROLLING GRILLE TRACK ENTRY COLUMN 5/8" TYPE 7C PAINTED GWB SOFFIT ACR -1 BEYOND MAIN STOREFRONT SIGN. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWI1A AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER I■ ■ ■ N CO Aug. 21, 2000 A5.3 SIGN NUMBER SIGN NAME MOUNTING HEIGHT (TO BOTTOM U.N.O.) SIGN HEIGHT SIGN WIDTH MOUNTING METHOD REMARKS 1 MAIN LOGO SIGN (BOX) 9' -0" (TO BOX) 2' -0" (BOX) 14' -0" (BOX) LAG BOLTS TO 2X6 BLOCKING MAIN LOGO SIGN (LOGO) BY SIGN MANUF. 2 MISSION STATEMENT SEE NOTE 1 24" 156" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR TEMPLATE PROVIDED 3 NUMBER NOT USED 4A "BLUE" MURAL - (144 ") (48 ") ADHESIVE (WALL COVERING) 4B "YELLOW" MURAL - ADHESIVE (WALL COVERING) ADHESIVE (WALL COVERING) ADHESIVE (WALL COVERING) 4C "MASS MARKET" MURAL - (140) (144 ") (48 ") (48 ") 4D "GENERIC" MURAL - 5 L.E.D. READERBOARD SEE NOTE 3 6" 149" TEK SCREWS (SEE NOTE 7) 6 EVENTS BOARD (LARGE) SEE NOTE4 47" 46 -1/8" SCREW TO WALL 7 EVENTS BOARD (SMALL) STOREFRONT DISPLAY SEE 'NOTE 5 MOUNTED BY OWNER 64" VARIES 23 -3/4" VARIES SCREW TO WALL PROVIDE 3/4" EYEHOOKS W/ DRYWALL ANCHORS SEE NOTE 9 8 HEADER SIGNS: 20 FAMILY CLASSICS SEE NOTE 6 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 21 TRADITIONAL SEE NOTE 6 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 22 SOFTWARE SEE NOTE 8 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 23 STRATEGY SEE NOTE 6 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 24 MINIATURES SEE NOTE 6 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 25 ADVENTURE SEE NOTE 6 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 26 PUZZLES SEE NOTE 6 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 27 LEARN TO PLAY SEE NOTE 6 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 28 PARTY GAMES SEE NOTE 6 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 29 ARENA (LARGE) SEE NOTE 4 12 -1/4" 47 -1/2" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED 30 ARENA (SMALL) SEE NOTE 5 6" 23" FRENCH CLEAT TEMPLATE PROVIDED ROMANCE BANNERS: 40 FAMILY CLASSICS 84" A.F.F. 40 -3/4" 18" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 41 TRADITIONAL 84" A.F.F. 40 -3/4" 18" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 42 ADVENTURE 84" A.F.F. 40 -3/4" 18" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 43 PUZZLES 84" A.F.F. 40 -3/4" 18" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 44 MINIATURES 84" A.F.F. 40 -3/4" 18" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 45 MAGIC 84" A.F.F. 40 -3/4" 18" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 46 PARTY GAMES 84" A.F.F. 40 -3/4" 18" FILAMENT LINE PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR CD SIGNAGE PLAN 1/4" =1' -0" NOTES: ALL SIGNAGE TO BE PROVIDED BY W.O.T.C., INSTALLED BY G.C. (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) SIGNAGE SCHEDULE (NOT ALL SIGNS USED IN ALL STORES) NOTES: 1. TOP OF SIGN LOCATED 6" BELOW CEILING LEVEL 2. SIGN CENTERED WITHIN PERF. PANEL HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY 3. SIGN CENTERED VERTICALLY BETWEEN PERF METAL PANELS AND CEILING PLANE 4. GROUP (EVENTS BOARD AND ARENA HEADER) CENTERED ON WALL SPACE HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY BOTTOM' OF ARENA HEADER LOCATED 3" ABOVE TOP OF EVENT BOARD 5. BOTTOM OF GROUP (EVENTS BOARD AND ARENA. HEADER) LOCATED 24" A.F.F. GROUP CENTERED ON WALL SPACE HORIZONTALLY BOTTOM OF ARENA HEADER LOCATED 3" ABOVE TOP OF EVENT BOARD 6. BOTTOM OF SIGN LOCATED 1" ABOVE SLOTWALL PANEL (IF UNDER CASEWORK ARCH) BOTTOM OF SIGN LOCATED 2" ABOVE SLOTWALL PANEL (IF NOT UNDER CASEWORK ARCH) SIGN CENTERED ON WALL SPACE HORIZONTALLY 7. SIGN INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR USING BRACKETS SUPPLIED WITH SIGN. SEE CEILING DETAILS. 8. SIGN HUNG FROM CEILING, 3" IN FRONT OF ADJACENT SOFTWARE CASEWORK UNITS. SIGN CENTERED HORIZONTALLY WITHIN CENTER (2) CASEWORK UNITS (IF EVEN NUMBER OF UNITS). SIGN CENTERED HORIZONTALLY WITHIN CENTER (1) CASEWORK UNIT (IF ODD NUMBER OF UNITS). SIGN CENTERED VERTICALLY WITHIN UPPER METAL PANEL OF ADJACENT CASEWORK. 9. G.C. TO INSTALL EYEHOOKS. MOUNTED TO CASEWORK PANEL QOO28 1 ROMANCE BANNER SIGNAGE EDGE OF NEIGHBORING r _ CASEWORK OR WALL AS INDICATED IN PLAN PLAN DETAIL N.T.5. RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER PROVIDE PUSH BUTTON (FOR DELIVERY BUZZER LOCATED AT P.0.5.) ® ELECTRICAL PLAN 1/4" = 1' -0" DUPLEX IN SOFFIT PROVIDE J-BOX WI BLANK COVER PLATE IN SOFFIT AND PIGTAIL TO EXTERIOR FOR SIGNAGE (1 DEDICATED 20 AMP, 120 VOLT CIRCUIT) STORAGE AREA CORRIDOR LAN GAMING AREA SWITCHED DUPLEX LOCATED ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING GRID FOR L.E.D. READERBOARD OUTLET CENTER @ +6' -6 ", CENTERED ON PILASTER RETAIL AREA (2)1.25 "0 POWER/DATA ■ CONDUITS (SEE FLOOR PLAN FOK LOCATION) POWER OORDINATE 001\ REQUIREMENTS \� W /CASEWORK - MANUFACTURER \ 7 \ PROVIDE PIGTAIL @ +6' 6" FOR WALL � f SCONCE CONNECTION 1 OUTLET CENTER @ +7 NOTES: USE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE ARRANGEMENT. SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR CIRCUITING. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS TO BE CENTERED @ +18" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. G.C. TO VERIFY EXISTENCE AND CONDITION OF TELEPHONE RACEWAY FROM MALL DEMARCATION POINT TO TENANT SPACE. REQUIRED CAPACITY 1525 PAIRS. COORDINATE ALL PLUG MOULD INSTALLATIONS WITH CASEWORK SUPPLIER TO ENSURE PROPER INTEGRATION. L.E.D. READERBOARD TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MOUNT DUPLEX TO METAL BOX IN CASEWORK ( +8' -0"x) WHERE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH CASEWORK (COORDINATE WI CASEWORK MANUFACTURER). NO ACCESS BEHIND CASEWORK (L MOUNT DUPLEX TO METAL BOX IN CASEWORK MANUFACTURER). E (COORDINATE A ACCESS BEHIND CASEWORK 1) 0 no DUPLEX IN SOFFIT PROVIDE J -130X W/ BLANK COVER PLATE iN SOFFIT AND PIGTAIL TO EXTERIOR FOR SIGNAGE (1 DEDICATED 20 AMP, 120 VOLT CIRCUIT) SENSORMATIC OUTLET IN SOFFIT ABOVE, BEHIND ACCESS PANEL. PROVIDE DEDICATED CIRCUIT AND ISOLATED GROUND WIRING BETWEEN SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT IN ENTRY COLUMNS AND PLENUM SPACE ABOVE (IN 3/4" CONDUIT). SURFACE MOUNT CONDUIT ON FLOOR TO SENSORMATIC TOWERS. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH SEN5ORMATIC SUPPLIER. DUPLEX MOUNTED AT 3" A.F.F. PROVIDE DEDICATED CIRCUIT DUPLEX IN SOFFIT RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER ■ ■ ■ 1 Aug. 21, 20 1 1 A7 00 Vendor Part Number Description Comm Code Quantity Lucent 2061004BSL R1000 Cables, Plenum Category 5, 2061 LAN Cable, 4, 0.20 in. (5.1 mm), 1,000 ft (305m), Slate, 19.2 Ib /1,000ft (28.6 kg/km), Reel 107 193 468 Lucent M101 SMB -B -246 Boxes and Faceplates, M101 SMB Modular Surface -Mount Box, Electrical Ivory, 1 107 984 007 12 Lucent M104SMB -A -246 Boxes and Faceplates, M104SMB Modular Surface -Mount Box, Electrical Ivory, 4 107 952442 4 Lucent PM2150 PSE -48 Blocks and Panels, PM2150 PSE -48 (48 port modular patch panel 108 320 045 1 Lucent MPS100E1 -246 Outlets and Connectors, MPS100E and MPS100E1 Modular 8- Pos. /8 -Cond. Information Outlets, Electrical Ivory, 1,T568A, 4, 1 108 232919 28 Chatsworth 48353 -703 Universal Self Support Rack N/A 1 Panduit WMPVS45 Verticle Cable management - Includes 4"x5" channel front and rear N/A 1 MUDRING LOCATION OF TELCO DEMARC / PATCH PANEL TERMINATING 29 CAT5 RUNS LAN /GAMING AREA OUTLET LOCATED ABOVE CEILING GRID FOR L.E.D. --►q/ READERBOARD I I ED LOW VOLTAGE WIRING PLAN 1/4" =1 -0" MUDRING @ +40" DATA LEGEND 11. SINGLE CATS DATA OUTLET El DOUBLE CATS DATA OUTLET ® QUAD CAT5 DATA OUTLET IN PLENUM MOUNT CAT5 OUTLET TO METAL BOX IN GA T ( H A S EWO RK (COORDINATE CASEWORK MANUFACTURER. NO ACCE55 BEHIND CASEWORK I gab We (2 )1.25'0 POWER/DATA k - -- CONDUITS (SEE FLOOR / PLAN FOR LOCATION) / ' MOUNT CAT5 OUTLET TO METAL BOX IN CASEWORK O (+8 GH CASEWORK (COORDINATE TH CASEWORK TE W/ CASEWORK MANUFACTURER). NO ACCESS BEHIND CASEWORK RETAIL AREA CONTACT ERIC CLARK. W.O.T.C. (425.204.5351) FOR CLARIFICATION 7 J J IN PLENUM Wizards of the Coa s Cabling Plant Wizards of the Coast has selected a Lucent Thno YSTIMAX CS solution for the voice/video /data networkin reec in S all it's retail S outlets. We are tion of the supplying cabling plan a Lucent ce rtified VAR to bid on the components and installa David R. Harbers ACS National Accounts - Austin, Texas 1826 KRAMER LANE STE # L AUSTIN, TEXAS 78758 Direct # 512 - 719 -6673 Toll Free # 888- 852 -3282 x 673 Fax # 512 - 837 -0191 Cell # 512- 750 -3914 Pager # 512 - 604 -1484 Components and installation must be awarded to the above company. In addition, no changes to the "Cabling Plant Component List" can be made without prior approval by WOTC Technical Services personnel. • Please review the "Cabling Plant Component List" -.All cabling and components are to be installed to Lucent specifications. All cable runs should be punched to 568A spec and meet Category 5 specifications. In addition, all modular surface-mount boxes are to be screw mounted to the cabinetry designated on the blueprint. • All universal equipment racks are to be securely anchored to the floor. The top of these racks should also be secured to a wall with ladder rack and brackets. Please contact me if you or any of the vendors have any questions. Thank you. Eric Clark Technology Services Retail Coordinator Wizards o "Ythe Coast Email: eclark@wizards.com Desk: 425) - 204.5381 Cell: (206)-423-4015 C D RECEIVED c'iY OF TUKWI8A AUG 2 5 LUUU FERMIT CENTER M L � U / LL 0 v! 2 CD �1 ( J 0 U LL.1 1— LL �0 V J ce Aug. 21, 2000 ■ 1 1 A7.1 REFLECTED CEILING LEGEND SYMBOL FIXTURE DESCRIPTION LAMP Q Al #6273 LIGHTOLIER BK 50E-TECH ENCLOSED SPOT TRACK FIXTURE BACK EXT 15 -17 NARROW SPOT $[ A2 LIGHTOLIER M(N(FORMS SHALLOW RING #9175 BK BLACK OPEN -BACK TRACK FIXTURE 71W MR16 NARROW FLOOD (40) V C LIGHTOLIER METALLIC5 #8701 TM /8737 NM TWO -TONE TRACK FIXTURE 75W PAR30 HALOGEN FLOOD i ---- 1 D1 LIGHTOLIER LYIEFLOOD COMPACT FLUOR. #8279 TITANIUM (BIAX LAMPS) FLUOR. TRACK FIXTURE CUSTOM TITANIUM COLOR (2) 40W FLUOR. BIAX IXTURE RATED AT 70W I---1 D2 LIGHTOLIER LYTEFLOOD COMPACT FLUOR. #8279 TITANIUM (BIAX LAMPS) FLUOR. TRACK FIXTURE CUSTOM TITANIUM COLOR (1) 40W F BIAX FIXTURE TED AT 65W LIGHTOLIER BASIC LYTESPAN 1- CIRCUIT TRACK #6000 BK SERIES BLACK TRACK 1- CIRCUIT N/A El E2 LIGHTOLIER BASIC LYTESPAN 2- CIRCUIT TRACK #6000 BK SERIES BLACK TRACK 2- CIRCUIT N/A 0 Fl LIGHTOLIER'CALCULITE DOWNLIGHTING #6600/7705CLW (INCLUDE 1951 MOUNTING BAR) CAN LIGHT 75W PAR30 HALOGEN FLOOD LONG NECK 0 F2 LIGHTOLIER CALCULITE DOWNLIGHTING #B600/7705CLW (INCLUDE 1951 MOUNTING BAR) CAN LIGHT IN ONE -HOUR ,RATED CEILING 75W PAR30 HALOGEN FLOOD LONG NECK G FIREFARM BIG JAK SCONCE (RUST BASE WITH BRASS MESH) DECORATIVE WALL SCONCE 6OW A19 H AMBIANCE DISK LIGHTING #9486 -12 CASEWORK LIGHTING SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUF. LIGHTOLIER STRIP FLUORESCENT #5W24ORSHPF12050 STRIP UTILITY FLUORESCENT F032735 (T -8) t . I 0 J LIGHTOLIER #F3044581 UTILITY "MUSHROOM" (2) 60W A19 0 EXIT LIGHT - WHITE W/ RED AND GREEN PANELS #UXQAELR WALL -PACK EMERGENCY LIGHT #IC2 N/A © LIGHTOLIER COMPLI BASK SCENIET #C65 -2000 AUTOMATIC 4 -WAY DIMMING CONTROLLER N/A (E) EXISTING FIXTURE N/A N/A (R) RELOCATED FIXTURE N/A N/A GWB CEIL @ ±8' -0" ( PA INT 6) CASEWORK LIGHTS (4 TOTAL) SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, CONNECTED TO OUTLETS PROVIDED E ONE -HOUR G CEILING @ s8'-0" (PAINT 6) ED REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" =1'-0" GRD @ +10' -0" (PAINT 2), SAT -1 SOFFIT @ +9' -0 ": PAINT 1 I_Ilfl� ■ ■■ a MEMIli�l�fl •ii• OFl i n= O F111U i e!1l ■■■ ■■ ■■■■111 ■1 � ■■ O F7 ■ O F1 ■ OF1 ■■ai 1111 ■ ■ ■.I+■11 KIM on ■ O F 1 ■�e■ I'I ■� e■ INIIII■IE ; �r i ■e MOM O F , �►�C� ■C■�L IIIIU ' G1a■ °F1 ■A■I ■ I A N S O 0111 IEI ° F 1 KIM 1I ■,1 ■1■■ ■III j iEI•UIFi ■■12•Ma► 1 iIUlLU1 %' INA 5 SEE EL E P 1 - ' TRIM ' Ipoingyst LED REAPERBOARD C, 131 (TYP.) Lc (TYP.) OPEN TO STRUCTURE PAINT -2 (TRACK LIGHT SUSPENDED BYTHRE ROD 012 "MISSION SIGN C, D1 (TYP.) intlIf: =!b � a ► I Al A 1 A - I•._.I��.- , r.= 71e�.�11��_ �i ►11 s grits 11■■ o THREADED TillFAMEILMININ 1Ii1,■ee,A 1 ■ STATEMENT' 1111.111111111116M _ r m • - Dt (TYP.) '- ~• �� ^ `I STE TRIM SE E ���e�,Gl�.e��►L�e 111 E � 3/A8 ®. ®E �� . 1111' lommvi AWM. IM- _S_I®,: ® ®E�� NOTES: G.C. TO INSTALL AUDIO SYSTEM. FINAL LOCATIONS OF CEILING- MOUNTED AUDIO 5PEAKERS AND TUNER TO BE DETERMINED BY A.E.I. SPECIFICATIONS USE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE ARRANGEMENT. SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR CIRCUITING. ENSURE PROPER OPERATION, CONNECTION, AND LAMPING OF ALL (E) LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE RETAINED CASEWORK LIGHTS (6 TOTAL) SUPPLIED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, CONNECTED TO OUTLETS PROVIDED GRID @ +10' -6 "PAINT 2), SAT -1 (SEE 2/A5) OPEN GRID @ +12' -0" (PAINT 2) L.E.D. READERBOARD (WHERE i APPLICABLE): SEE 4/A8 FOR MOUNTING f r f STEEL EDGE TRIM (PAINT 2): 20 GAUGE STEEL, COLD-FORNTD AND SNIPPED AS REQUIRED FOR RADIUS WALL SCONCE CONNECT TO PIGTAIL PROVIDED SAT -1 CEILING (PAINT 2) 3 STEEL EDGE TRIM SECTION 1 -1/2" = 1 -0" TRACK (E1 MOUNTED ON WALL FIXT (A1) PROVIDE 24" X 24" ONE -HOUR RATED, FLUSH-MOUNTED ACCESS PANEL IN SOFFIT ABOVE CEILING GRID (PAINT 2) MAIN LOGO GN (BY - SIGN CONTRA SOFFIT @ +9' -0 ": PAINT 1 la r/ y=..c �1 f7 12 GAUGE HANGERS @4' -O" 0.C. EACH WAY PER UBC STANDARD 47 -18, CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 160 POUNDS. ATTACH HANGERS TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS WITH 1/473 EYEBOLTS PENETRATING 11/4" INTO STRUCTURE. 1 SUSPENDED CEILING SUPPORT r=1"0" NOTES: CEILINGS SHALL BE HORIZONTAL TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8" IN 10 -0" MEASURED EACH WAY. GRID TO REMAIN A CONTINUOUS PATTERN THROUGHOUT. LATERAL SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FOUR WIRES MIN. N0.12 U.5. GAUGE SPLAYED IN FOUR DIRECTIONS 90' APART AND CONNECTED TO THE MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF THE CROSS- TEE AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEDING 45' FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. THESE LATERAL SUPPORTS SHALL BE PLACED 8' -0" O.C. IN EACH DIRECTION, WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 4' -0" FROM EACH WALL VERTICAL SUPPORTS SHALL BE N0.16 U.S. GAUGE WIRE TO SUPPORT A MAXIMUM OF 16 SQUARE FEET OF CEILING AND SADDLE -TIED AROUND MAIN RUNNERS, PER CHAPTER 47.1812 OF U.B.C. STANDARDS. DISCONTINUOUS ENDS OF CROSS-RUNNERS AND MAIN RUNNERS TO BE VERTICALLY SUPPORTED WITHIN 8" OF CEILING DISCONTINUITIES, INCLUDING WALLS. J ■■■■L� 411111111111111111L j A•111111111•1 .1111■ ■■■PAINT 2 (S E S/ 16 2" ) P.O.S. CEILING PLAN ..A 1/4" =1'-0" FLEXIBLE L.E.D. SIGN 3" 1 - 24 1 / 1/2'9 EMT COMPRESSION STRUT TYP. DIAGONAL BRACE: MAX 1" SHORTER I THAN WIRE STRUTS @ 8' -0" 0.C. OR CLOSER HEAVY DUTY COMMERCIAL MAIN AND INTERMEDIATE TEES STEEL EDGE TRIM (SEE 3/A8) CLIP @ 6" 0.C. PROVIDED W/ SCREWS BY L.E.D. MANUFACTURER (3)48" LONG WALL I3RACKETS PROVIDED BY L.E.D. MANUFACTURER TECK SCREWS PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR RUBBER BUMPER BY L.E.D. MANUFACTURER 12' -0" WALL BEHIND P.0.5. AREA 5AT -1 CEILING TILES, PAINT 2 L.E.D. READERBOARD MOUNTING 1:2 RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 25 20C11 PERMIT CENTER 1 Aug. 21, 2000 A8 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK PROJECT SCOPE Construct in a single complete contract the WIZARDS OF THE COAST Retail Development at Southcenter Mall, Tukwila, Washington accordance with the plans and project manual prepared by Broderick Architects_ CO-ORDINATOR It shall be the General Contractors responsibility to coordinate the work of Ml trades (including mechanical, plumbing, electrical and Owner supplied casework. lighting, and signage) taking part in the execution of this contract. PERMITS AND FEES The Owner will pay the plan check fee and the building permit fee for the project. The Contractor shall include in his bid all additional cost of permits, fees, and any required inspection charges required to complete the project. INSPECTIONS AND TESTING The Contractor shall coordinate for testing laboratory services of materials that comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents and as typically required by the local jurisdiction and include the cost such inspections shall be included m his bid. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DEFINED The earliest date on which, in the opinion of the Architect or Project Manager, the Owner may fully occupy and use the Project for the purpose for which it is intended. without undue inconvenience to either Contractor or Owner. PRIOR USE OR OCCUPANCY The Owner shall have the right to occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the work prior to completion. Occupancy or use prior to completion shall not be deemed an acceptance of any part of the Work, unless mutually agreed to by Owner and Contractor, and any claim which Owner may have against Contractor shall not be deemed to have been waived by such occupancy of use. REVIEW OF MALL CONDITIONS The Contractor should familiarize themselves with Ml malI conditions and requirements prior to submitting a bid. In familiarizing oneself with the typical requirements of the mall and the local building department the Contractor should include s his bid the following items: a. completion of gypsum drywall board on demising walls (if required). b. replacement of spray -on fire proofing to exposed elements as a result of demolition in this contract (if required). fire caulking of penetrations within existing demising walls (if required). d. installation of fire dampers within existing HVAC runs at existing demising walls (if required). e. upgrading of existing electrical panels to bolt down type (if required). CONCEALED CONDITIONS - ADDITIONAL COST Should concealed conditions be encountered, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Project Manager of such conditions before they are disturbed. The Project Manager will promptly investigate, upon finding material deviating from the conditions indicated or inferred in the plans and project manual, he will prepare Change Order documents. Non - compliance with this requirement will result in no reimbursement to the Contractor for doing the Work except fn an emergency endangering life or property. The notice for any work requiring additive cost shall be given within five (5) days of the event giving rise to the additional cost. CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION The Contractor, as the Work process, shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material and rubbish and, at the completion of the Work shall remove from building and surrounding area all rubbish and any remaining equipment including; scaffolding, tools and surplus materials. Apply protective covering on installed Work where it is required to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Clean and perform maintenance on installed Work as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust andlubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. Work connecting to the adjacent property shall be kept unencumbered and available to the Landlord's and Tenant's daily operations. Coordinate with the Landlord and Owner the time and duration of any and all down times with a minimum of 24 hours notice or as required by Landlord's written instructions to Contractors. SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSE -OUT GENERAL At requirements of this section shall be met for Substantial Completion of the Project. FINAL CLEANING Carpets shall be vacuumed. Ceramic Tile shall be waxed and buffed.. Storefronts shall be cleaned and polished. Windows shall be cleaned. Light fixtures shall be cleaned. Casework shall be dusted and cleaned. All rubbish shall be removed from the site. Mall access corridors shall be washed clean. Restroom flooring and fixtures shall be thoroughly cleaned. If final cleaning has not been completed M the satisfaction of the Owner when the More is turned over at Substantial Completion the Owner reserves the option to hire an outside cleaning agency and back charge the Contractor all cost associated with having the cleaning completed in a timely manner. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The contractor shall notify the Construction Manager in writing when the Project will be ready for Substantial Completion inspection. Before the inspection, the Construction Manager shall present the Contractor a "punch list" of uncompleted items. Should the Construction Manager determine that the Project is not ready for Substantial Completion the Contractor shall arrange for future inspections. Present completed AIA Form G704, Certification of Substantial Completion; AIA Form G706, Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims; AIA Form G706A, Contractors Affidavit of Release of Liens, to the Construction Manager. FINAL COMPLETION Upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall notify the Construction Manager in writing of the time of the Final Inspection. Should the Construction Manager determine that the Project M not completed the Contractor shall arrange for future inspections. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS At the time of completion, leave the Building Permit Record, Approved Plans, the Contractor's field set, and accurate as -built architectural, mechanical, plumbing and electrical drawings in a 4" x 36" PVC. tube capped on both ends. Mount to the wall adjacent to the electrical panel by providing an eye hook attached to the wall with a connecting cable attached to the and cap. OPERATING AND. MAINTENANCE DATA Provide a manufacturer's instructions, proof of warranty, and maintenance data on all appliances, heating and cooling equip -meat and electrical. equipment M a single, permanent, three -ring binder with plastic sleeves for odd shaped literature and a typed Table of Contents. WARRANTIES The Contractor shall submit all manufacturer's warranties on behalf of the Owner. The Contractor shall guarantee the Work against defective workmanship of material defect for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the Work and shall, with reasonable promptness, remedy any and all defects in the Work upon notice from the Owner. SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1.1 General: A. This Section requires the selective removal and subsequent off -site disposal of the following: Removal of all existing interior steel stud partitions, demising wall partition, glass storefront doors, storefront glazing, as indicated on the drawings. Removal of existing gypsum wall board soffits as required on the drawings. Removal of existing ceiling treatments; suspended grid systems and gypsum drywall ceiling. Removal of existing flooring (wood, carpet, VCT, and ceramic tile). Remove existing storage shelving units. Remove any remaining furnishings, decorative tdm elements and fixtures left in the space. Removal of abandoned HVAC, plumbing and electrical systems (including electrical under existing POS, cap as required in concealed spaces). 9. Removal of the existing light fixtures. 10. Relocate the sprinklers as required into the renovated tenant space. 11. Coring of existing concrete slab for new electrical and plumbing work. 12. Removal of existing casework items. 13. Removal of any construction related debris. Materials to be Salvaged and Reused: 1. Salvage and reuse the following materials if possible: a. Electrical service equipment. b. HVAC equipment. c. Exit corridor flooring. d. Designated doors and frames. 2. Verify the condition of the the existing HVAC and electrical equipment and evaluate its implementation into the engineered design drawings. 3. If compatible with the required revisions to the HVAC system, salvage and reuse any ductwork, vents, grills, etc.. 4. Smoke detectors. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Remodeling construction work and patching of existing partitions. Schedule: Submit schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Owner's and Landlord's Representative for review prior to start of work. 1. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work. 2. Examine existing conditions prior to demolition. Notify Architect immediately if any variations from the Contract Documents are encountered. Occupancy: All adjacent areas of the building will remain in use. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or elements to be demolished. 1. Contractor / Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for evaluating all elements stated to be demolished prior to submitting a bid. There will be no change orders approved for Contractor's / Subcontractors failure to appropriately assess the existing conditions. 2. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of conflict. Submit 1. • report to Owner's Construction Manager in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Owner's Construction Manager, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay. G. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work at no cost to Owner. H. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to commencement of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL 1.1 General A. Provide structural tube steel columns, tube steel beams, steel channels, steel plates and steel angles, include necessary erection accessories, fittings and fasteners required for a complete installation of the structural support for the overhead coiling grill. B. Codes and Standards: AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges "; AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" including "Commentary"; AWS "Structural Welding Code - Steer; comply with applicable provisions except as otherwise indicated. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 05400 - Cold- Formed Metal Framing. D. Steel Erection Testing (if required): The Contractor shall pay for testing laboratory services of materials that comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents and as typically required by the local jurisdiction. E. Quality Control: Structural Steel Testing 1. Welding: Check the appearance, and quality of welds per AWS Code. 2. Bolted Connections: Check bolt tightening per AISC and manufacturers recommendations. 1.2 Products: A. Steel Plates, Shapes, Bars: ASTM A 36. B. Cold- Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B (Fy= 46,000 psi). C. Fasteners: High- strength bolts and nuts, ASTM A 325 or A 490; unfinished bolts and nuts, ASTM A 307, Grade A. D. Shear Stud Connectors (Weld Studs): ASTM A 568, Grade 1015, forged steel, headed. E. Shop Paint: Paint structural steel work, except members or portions of members embedded in concrete or mortar, and contact areas to be welded or riveted. Clean steel free of loose mill scale, rust, oil, and grease. Apply prime paint to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. F. Fabrication: Comply with AISC "Specifications' and final shop drawings. Mark and match -mark units for field assembly. G. Connections: Use high - strength bolts or welding for field connections. 1.3 Execution: A. Erection: Comply with AISC Code and Specifications and maintain work in safe and stable condition during erection. Provide temporary bracing and shoring as required; remove when final connections placed. 1. Installation shall be free standing and not hung from Landlord's structure. 2. Set base plates on cleaned bearing surfaces, using wedges or other adjustments as required. Solidly pack open spaces with bedding mortar, consisting of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand and only enough water for packing and hydration, or use commercial nonshrink grout material at Erector's option. 3. Touch -up prime paint after erection. Clean filed welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply same type of paint as used M shop. 05400 - COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING 1.1 General: A. This Section includes the general supervision and coordination of the entire construction project.. The Contractor shall be responsible for all grades, levels and dimensions. The framing shall be carefully laid out square, plumb, and level and be properly braced during construction. Framing shall conform to requirements on the Drawings and as specified in the building code having jurisdiction. B. Related Work: i. Section 09250 - Gypsum Drywall 2. Section 09120 - Suspended Ceiling System (field fabricated edge trim) C. Types of cold- formed metal framing units for project include the following: 1. Structural formed steel stud interior wall framing. 2. Formed steel joist framing and bridging 3. Formed steel framing and accessories for soffits and fascias at exterior walls. 4. Non - structural formed steel stud interior wall framing. 5. Formed steel framing and accessories for suspended gypsum wall board ceilings. 6. Behind wall steel backing or blocking for metal fabrications, toilet room accessories, cabinet work, finish hardware, lighting, equipment and furnishings. D. Component Design: Calculate structural properties of studs and joists M accordance with AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members." 1. Wall and support system to provide for movement of components without damage, failure of joint sealants or undue stress on fasteners when subject to seasonal or cyclical day /night temperature ranges. 2. Systems to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings. 1.2 Products: A. Manufacturem: Provide cold- formed metal framing produced by one of the following, or approved equal: 1. Knorr Steel Framing Systems 2. Steeler 3. Wheeling Corrugating Co. 4. Angles Metal. Systems B. System Components: Manufacturers standard load- bearing steel studs and joists of type, size, shape, and gage as indicated. With each type of metal framing required, provide manufacturer's standard steel runnem (tracks), blocking, lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements, fasteners, and accessories as recommended by manufacturer for application indicated as needed to provide a complete metal framing system. C. Structural Framing Material; specified series refer to Knorr Steel Framing Systems: 1. Studs: Knorr 350 IC 20; ASTM A 446, Grade A metal sheet steel, formed to channel shape, punched web. Gauges and sizes as shown on the Structural Notes and Drawings. a. Provide 3 1/2" studs typically, 4" wide studs at walls with structural columns, and 6" or 8" studs at plumbing walls. 2. Joists: Knorr 600XC; ASTM A 446, Grade A galvanized metal, formed to channel shape, solid web. Gauges and sizes as shown on Drawings. 3. Track: Formed galvanized sheet steel; channel shaped; same width as studs, tight fit; solid web. Gauge and sizes as shown on Drawings. 4. Strap Brace: ASTM A 446 for 14 and 16 -gage galvanized metal, Grade A for 18 and 20 gauge metal sheet steel. 5. Deflection Track. 6. Furring channels: ANSI /ASTM C 645, galvanized sheet steel; 7/8 inch deep "hat Channel" shape. D. Accessories and Fasteners: 1. 8" deep, 20 gauge joist to be field fabricated to form Suspended Ceiling System edge trim. 2. Bracing, furring and bridging: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered, manufacturer's standard shapes, same finish as framing members. 3. Plates, gussets, clips, backing and. blocking: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered, manufacturer's standard shapes, same finish as framing members. 4. Self - drilling and self - tapping screws: Noncorrosive, ASTM C 954. 5. Anchorage devices: Powder actuated, drilled expansion bolts with adhesive anchors and anchor bolts, as shown; lengths as required for particular condition of installation for permanent and secure anchorage. 6. Welding: Comply with AWS D1.3 and recommendations of framing manufacturer. E. Fabrication: 1. Prefabrication: Structural framing components may be prefabricated into panels prior to erection. Fabricate panels plumb, square, true to line and braced against racking with joints welded. Perform lifting of prefabricated panels to prevent damage or distortion. 2. Fabricate panels in jig templates to hold members in proper alignment and position and to assure consistent component placement. 3. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate panels to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, and true to line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet.. 1.3 Execution: A. Installation: Install metal framing systems in accordance with manufacturer's printed or written instructions and recommendations unless otherwise indicated. t. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Secure tracks as recommended by stud manufacturer for type of construction involved. 2. Install soffit framing and joist securely to eisting structure and stud wall framing. Provide solid stud framing support under each joist end, brace "box beam" as required. B. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. C. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing in metal framing system wherever walls or partitions are indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim and furnishings, and similar work. SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.1 General: A. Provide miscellaneous wood framing include the following: 1. Blocking for Owner supplied storage room shelving units. 2. Blocking for Owner supplied casework and LAN units. 3. Blocking for Owner supplied light fixtures (if required). 4. Blocking for Owner supplied wall murals. 5. Blocking for Owner supplied exterior signage. 6. Backing for storefront acrylic cladding. 7. Miscellanies blocking as required. 1.2 Products: A. Lumber, General: Furnish grade stamped lumber that is dressed S4S and complies with PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. 1. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent moisture content at time of dressing and shipment, for sizes 2 inches or less in thickness. 2. Backing enclosed inside metal stud walls (Exterior Sign Locations), fire retardant treated. 3. - '"Provide fire retardant treated framing at acrylic fabrications at Sensormatic surround. B. Plywood Sheathing: Provide sheathing backing as indicated on the drawings and as required for attachment or Owner provided casework and equipment. 1. Backing: APA C -D EXT, 3/4 inch. 2. Backing enclosed inside stud walls ("Miniature Casework" and "LAN" locations) APA C -D EXT, 3/4 inch, fire retardant treated. C. MDF Sheathing: Provide sheathing backing for all acrylic cladding as indicated on the drawings and as required. 1. Backing: MDF: ANSI A208.1, 1/2 inch. 2. Fire Retardant: As required by the local building department, provide locally approved spray on fire retardant capable of creating a Class A Flame Spread. D. Fasteners: Of size and type indicated that comply with the following requirements. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in areas of high relative humidity, provide hot -dip zinc - coated fasteners per ASTM A 153 or AISI Type 304 stainless steel fasteners. 1. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF -N -105. 2. Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER -272. 3. Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1. 4. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1. SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY 1.1 General A. On exposed Finish Carpentry; installation of Owner supplied casework, Owner supplied wainscot, Owner supplied mural panels, Owner supplied carpet base, ceiling transition closure and miscellaneous wood trim. B. Coordination: 1. Refer to Casework Manufacturer's installation drawings for detail scope of field cutting and specific installation requirements. a. 1x4 wood base and wainscot material will be provided with the casework package, field cut as required. b. Contractor to field cut POS Counter as required to receive Sensormatic de- magnetizing unit per template provide with unit (only at locations to receive Sensormatic units - verify with Project Manager). C. Patch and re- finish structures and surfaces affected by selective demolition. 12 Products: A. Lumber. Standards: Comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" for lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies. 8. Softwood Lumber: Use pieces. made from solid lumber for transparent finished work, and glued -up or solid, at contractor's option for painted work. 1. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Opaque Finish: B Grade Hem/Rr or MDF; painted finish. 2. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Transparent Finish (miscellaneous trim not supplied by casework manufacturer): Match species and finish of casework manufacturers units. 1.3 Execution A. Install finish carpentry work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions.. Shim as required using concealed shims. Scribe and cut finish carpentry items to fit adjoining work. Anchor finish carpentry work securely to supports and substrates, using' concealed fasteners and blind nailing where possible. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing except as indicated, countersunk and filled flush with finished surface. B. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full- length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim and rails. Cope at returns and, miter at comers. C. Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace finish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. SECTION 06600 - ACRYLIC FABRICATIONS 1.1 General: A. Provide the Acrylic Storefront Cladding System as indicated on the drawings and as required for a complete finished installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry (MDF Sheathing). C. Coordination: Successful Bidder shall have sub - contractor responsible for installation of Acrylic Storefront Cladding System contact Richard Baehr, Vitricor Fabrication Development Specialist, 410.551.5000 x2192 prior to ordering acrylic sheathing. 1.2 Products: A. Acrylic Cladding Materials: Fabricate storefront cladding to design, dimensions, details indicated and conforming with these specifications: 1. Acrylic Cladding: "Vitricor, V-12" manufactured by Nevamar, 800.638.4380. a. Thickness: 1/8 ". b. Grade: V -12 c 'Colors. 1. Storefront Columns: VX -257 "Wizard Blue" custom color, matte finish. 2. '.Soffit and Sign Band: VS -1 -911 "Crimson", matte finish. d. Sheet Size: 4' x10' e. Pre -drill panels for screw. 2. Install Owner Provided Comer Trim and Edging: 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" aluminum angle. a. Thickness: 1/8" with eased edges, typical. b. Pre -drill aluminum angle (shop pre - drilled). c. Finish: Powder Coated paint, Prismatic 82176 Brewer Bronze Metallic. d. Sheet Size: 4' x 10' e. 'Fasteners: 88 stainless steel, square drive pan head screws. 1.3 Execution: A. Installation - General:: 1. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion and defects. 2. Fit and assemble items in largest practical sections. 3. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. 4. Securely fasten aluminum angles through acrylic sheets and /or solid spacing into MDF substrata with construction adhesive and pan head screws. Pre -drill all holes into acrylic sheet using drill bits specifically designated for use on acrylic panels. 5. Fasten acrylic sheets to MDF substrata with construction adhesive as recommended by product manufacturer. 6. Rout all exposed joints as indicated on the drawings. 7. Exposed Mechanical'. Fastening: Provide fasteners consistent with design components. Space fasteners uniformly, symmetrically and uniform in appearance. Pre -drill all holes into acrylic sheet using drill bits specifically designated for use on acrylic panels. B. Finishes: 1. Clean all surfaces of foreign matter prior to Substantial Completion. SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION 1.1 General: A. Provide fire stopping as indicated on the Drawings, specified herein and as required by the mall and/or local building department. B. Provide sound batt insulation as indicated on the Drawings, specified herein and as required by the mall. C. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials identical to those whose indicated fire performance characteristics have been determined per ASTM. E 84, and ASTM E 136, as applicable, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identity products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 1.2 Products: A. General: Provide preformed units insizes,to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Provide approved fire retardant rock wool, 'mineral fibre or fire safing product at demising walls and above . the storefront framing as required by the local building department to provide a sealed ratted assembly. C. Provide nominal 4" fiberglass sound batt insulation 1.3 Execution: A. General: Comply'with insulation manufacturer's instructions for installation of insulation. B. Insulation shall be neatly cut to fit and installed M a fluffy condition snug to framing members, fill all voids. Compaction of fiberglass shall not exceed 40% of normal maximum volume. SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS 1.1 General: A. Provide all materials, labor, equipment and miscellaneous items necessary to seal and caulk all interior joints where indicated on the Drawings and elsewhere as required to provide a finished installation of matedals and as required to provide fire rated wall construction assemblies. 1.2 Products: A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related matedals that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. One -Part Nonacid- Curing Silicone Sealant: a. Bostik Construction Products Division. Product "Chem -Calk N -Cure 2000 ". b. Dow Coming Corporation. Product "Doe Corning 790 ". c. Pecora Corporation. Product "864 ". d. Tremco, Incorporated. Product "Spectrum 1 ". e. Tremco, Incorporated. Product "Spectrum 2 ". 2. Acrylic Emulsion Sealant: a. Bostik Construction Products Division. Product "Chem Calk 600 ". b. Pecora Corporation. Product "AC -20 ". c. Tremco, Incorporated. Product 'Tremco Acrylic Latex 834 ". d. Sonneborn Building Products Division, Rexnord Chemical Products Incorporated. 3. Fire Sating Sealant: a. Dow Coming Corporation. Product "Firestop ". b. Rectorseal Corporation. Product "Metacaulk 350" C. Sealants: 1. Acrylic Emulsion Latex: ASTM C834, single component; color as selected. 2. Silicone Sealant: FS TT -S- 01543, Class A, low modulus type; color as selected. 3. Fire Sating Sealant: One and two pad silicone penetrating and foam type formulated as a fire and smoke stop system to match rating of element penetrated. D. Sealant Backings, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 1. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of plastic foam of material indicated below, and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. 2. Bond- Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other materials at back of joint. E. Primer: As recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. 1.3 Execution: A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 1193. 1.4 Schedule: A. Without limitation and unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer, install as follows: Location Type 1. Door Frame/Walls Silicone Acid Curing 2. General Purpose Interior Acrylic Latex 3. Fire Safing for Rated Walls Fire Safing Sealant SECTION 08111 - STANDARD STEEL. DOORS 1.1 General: A. Re -use existing steel door at back entrance unless damaged during construction. If required install new steel door as indicated on the Construction Documents and as specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. B. Related Sections Sections: 1. Standard Steel Frames specified in Section 08112. 2. Wood Doors speoitied in Section 08211. 3. Finish Hardware specified in Section 08700. 4. Field Painting specified in Section 09900 C. Standards: In addition to other specified requirements, comply with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Spec cations for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI /SDI -100. 1.2 Products: A. Doors: SDI grades and models specified below or as indicated on drawings or schedules: 1. Exterior and inferior Doors: ANSI /SDI -100, Grade III, extra heavy -duty, Model 4. minimum 16- gage galvanized steel faces, flush panel configuration. B. Shop Applied Finish: 1. Interior Doors: Baked zinc chromate type primer. D. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Provide units that display appropriate UL labels for fire - rating indicated. E. Fabrication: Fabricate units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp or buckle. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible. 1. Fabricate doors with hardware reinforcement welded in place. 2. Attach fire rated label to each door. All label doors must be prepared for all hardware. No light cutouts in field. Permanent label on all glass. F. Prepare steel doors to receive concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping, complying with ANSI A 115 "Specification for Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware." 1. Reinforce units to receive surface - applied finish hardware to be field applied. 2. Locale finish hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, per DHI "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware." 1.3 Execution: A. Examination: 1. Verify substrate conditions. 2. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. B. Installation: Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Fit doors to frames and floors with clearances specified in ANSI /SDI -100. 1. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. 2. Install fire -rated units M accordance with NFPA Std. No. 80. 3. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames specified in Section 08112 and finish hardware specked. Section 08700. C. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. SECTION 08112 - STANDARD STEEL FRAMES 1.1 General: A. Provide Steel Frames as indicated on the Construction Documents and as specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. 1. Re -use the existing metal frame at the rear exit corridor unless damaged during construction. If required install new frame as specified herein. Verify actual site conditions. B. Coordination: Coordinate the work with frame opening construction, door and hardware installation. 1.2 Products: A. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal: 1. Ceco Corp. 2. Curries Company. 3 Deansteel Manufacturing Co. 4 Steekrraft Manufacturing Co. B. Frames: 1. Interior Frames: 16 gage thick material, base metal thickness galvanized steel, welded. 2. Size: Provide 2" wide frame; throat depth varies per wall construction C. Accessories: 1. Frame Filler: Solid fill all hollow metal door frames with a light weight aggregate gypsum plaster. 2. Silencers: Resilient Rubber, fitted into drilled hole. D. Fabrication (new frames): 1. Fabricate frames as welded unit; weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible at all corridor (rated) applications. a. Knock down field assembled are permitted at interior non -rated installations. 2. Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar guard boxes in grouted frames. 3. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single silencers for single doors. 4. Prepare frame for battery operated exit alarm. E. Prepare frames to receive concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping, complying with ANSI A 115 " Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware." 1. Locate finish hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, per DHI "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware." F. Shop Applied Primer: Rust - inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1. cITYE I V I E D G. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Provide units that display appropriate UL labels for fire - rating indicated. AUG 2 5 2000 SECTION 08211 - WOOD DOORS PERMIT CENTER 1.1 General: A. Provide Flush Panel Doors as indicated on the Construction Documents and as specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. B. Re -use existing doors where possible. C. Coordinate the work with frame opening construction, door and hardware installation. 1.2 Products: 2 1L) N Lr) (V CO (O O (C) W r W OD W O) i z cn0 U_ ct F-z Q = Q Q = D LLI J CO Q W Ir, W A9 Aug. 21 2000 1 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide wood doors by one of the following, or approved equal: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 2. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. 3. Weyerhauser Company. B. General Wood Door Product Requirements: Provide doors with same exposed surface material on both faces of each door, unless otherwise indicated. C. Interior Flush Panel Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: As follows: 1. Faces: Natural birch, plain sliced. 2. AWI Grade: Custom. 3. Construction: PC -5 or PC -7 (Particleboard core, 5- or 7 -ply). 4. Construction: SLC -5 or SLC -7 (Glued block core, 5- or 7 -ply). D. Interior Fire -Rated Solid Core Doors: Labeled and listed for rating indicated, by testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, complying with the following requirements: 1. Faces and AWI Grade: Match faces and of non -rated doors in same area of building, unless otherwise indicated. 1.3 Installation: A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated units in accordance with NFPA Std. No. 80. 2. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames specified in Section 08112 and finish hardware specified Section 08700. B. Align and ft doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after and required fitting and machining. C. Prefit Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. SECTION 08333 - OVERHEAD DOORS AND GRILLS 1.1 General A. Provide Commercial Grade Overhead Security Grill as indicated on the Construction Documents and as specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. 1.2 Security Grill: A. Provide complete operating coiling security grill assemblies including frames, sections, brackets, guides, tracks. counterbalance, hardware, operators, and installation accessories. B. Specified Manufacturer. The Drawings and Specifications are based on catalog data, specifications and products of the following: 1. Overhead Door Corporation, 670 Series (aluminum) a. straight lattice pattern b. manual operation c. clear anodized finish d. manufacturers standard locking mechanism (operable from interior of space) C. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Raynor Rolling Doors, GSA Series 2. Cornell Iron Works, Vlsionaire Series. 3. Metro Door, M -9 Pattern 4. Substitutions: Approved by Architect or Construction Manager.. D. Curtain: 1. 5/16" diameter aluminum rods, spaced vertically at 2" o.c., with links spaced horizontally at 6" or 9" o.c. The bottom of the curtain to be reinforced with an aluminum extruded tubular bottom bar. E. Closure Plate: 1. Provide manufacturers standard bottom closure plate. Coordinate opening in soffit to accommodate flush installation at soffit when door is retracted. F. Counterbalance: 1. The curtain shall be balanced by means of oil tempered, helical torsion springs, grease - packed and mounted on a single continuous steel torsion shaft. Springs shall be compression spring design to facilitate any counterbalance. G. Locking Devices: 1. Cylinders shall be keyed into the existing Best Lock Co. factory registered Master Key System. Provide Blue Construction Cylinders and Keys during the construction period. The Permanent Cores and Keys shall be provided by the Owner. The Owner shall remove the construction cores and install the permanent cores. Owner shall retain all Construction Cores. All cylinders shall be provided by Aronson Security Group, Inc. Seattle, WA 98109. Phone 206 -284- 5252. SECTION 08400 - ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 1.1 General: A. Furnish all materials, labor and equipment for the complete installation of storefront framing system; frames, glazing, sills, anchors, brackets, and sealants as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 1. Provide minimum profile glazing channels at head and sill. 2. Provide a butt joint at glazing units edges. B. Work Installed But Furnished Under Other Sections: 1. Section 06600 - Acrylic Fabrications: Storefront Panel System. C. Warranty: 1. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty. 2. Warranty: Cover complete system for failure to meet specified requirements. 1.2 Products: A. Specified Manufacturer. 1. ACI, Vision System, clear anodized. 2. Arch Amarlite, clear anodized. 3. Virginia Glass Products Corp, clear anodized. 4. Approved equal. B. Glass and Glazing Materials: 1/2" tempered plate glass. 1.3 Execution: A. Preparation 1. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances and conditions that P affect installation. Correct unsatisfactory onditions before . roceedin ry proceeding. 2. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 9 9 P 9 B. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions 1. Provide a butt joint at glazing units edges. No silicone permitted in joint; install a glazing clamp connector between glazing panels only if required by the local building official. 2. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members or panels. Install in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades. Provide support and anchor securely in place. Comply with the following tolerances: 3. Install perimeter urethane or silicone type sealant, backing materials. 4. Clean completed system after installation. Avoid damage to coatings. 5. Clean glass after installation. SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE 1.1 General Hardware Requirements: A. Summary: Provide new Finish Hardware for interior, and common corridor doors as specified herein and indicated on the drawings as necessary to complete the project. Miscellaneous items not mentioned, but necessary to complete the work shall be furnished matching quality and finish of specified items. 1. All man doors that are remaining in their existing location, assess the condition of existing finish hardware and salvage existing items designated in the Finish Schedule below. If existing finish hardware is damaged or not in compliance with current barrier free codes provide new finish hardware to comply with the standards shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete, proper installation. At a minimum provide new locksets as specified. B. All hardware furnished in this Section shall comply with the requirements of all applicable codes. C. Finish hardware supplier shall be supplied by a factory authorized hardware distributor. D. The Contractor will provide construction cylinders as required to secure the facility. The permanent cylinders will be provided by and installed by the Owner at Substantial Completion. 1.2 Manufacturers and Product List: A. Substitutions are subject to the Architect's written approval. Submit request with catalogue cuts prior to the bid opening. Only requests submitted by a distributor firm will be considered. B. Finishes for all hardware items Brushed Chrome 26D (BAMA finish 626). C. Manufacturer Item 1. Hager: a. Butt Hinges 2. Best Locks: a. Cores b. All Locksets and Cylinders shall be keyed into the existing Best Lock Co. factory registered Master Key System. Provide Blue Construction Cylinders and Keys during the construction period. The Permanent Cores and Keys shall be provided by the Owner. The Owner shall remove the construction cores and install the permanent cores. Owner shall retain all Construction Cores. All lockset, cylinders, cores shall be provided by Aronson Security Group, Inc. Seattle, WA 98109. Phone 206- 284 -5252. 3. Schlage Locks: a. Locksets and Cylinders b. All Locksets and Cylinders shall be keyed into the existing Best Lock Co. factory registered Master Key System. Provide Blue Construction Cylinders and Keys during the construction period. The Permanent Cores and Keys shall be provided by the Owner. The Owner shall remove the construction cores and install the permanent cores. Owner shall retain all Construction Cores. All lockset, cylinders, cores shall be provided by Aronson Security Group, Inc. Seattle, WA 98109. Phone 206- 284 -5252. 4. Signature Brass a. Floor Stops b. Wall Stops c. Push and Pull Plates d. Kickplates 5. Pemko Thresholds a. Gasketing b. Thresholds c. Sweeps 6. LCN a. Closers 7. Detex a. Exit Devices / Alarm b. All Detex exit devices/alarm shall be provided by Aronson Security Group, Inc. Seattle, WA 98109. Phone 206 -284 -5252. 1.3 Hardware Groups: A. Refer to the Door Schedule and related information concerning the following hardware groups; HW -1: Corridor Door Ea Door to Receive (existing fame and existing door) 3 Ea Hinges BB1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D NRP (salvage) (provide steel security hinge covers) Ea Exit Device ECL -600 x 1E72 Ea Closer 4111 AL (salvage) Ea Wall Stop SBW302PT 630 (salvage) Set Gasket S88D (salvage) Ea Kick Plate SB48/J102 630 20GA 16x34 (salvage) HW -2: Toilet Room Door (new fame and new door) Ea Door to Receive 3 Ea Hinges 1 Ea Lock 1 Ea Closer 1 Ea Wall Stop 1 Set Gasket 1 Ea Kick Plate HW -3: Storage Room Door Ea Door to Receive (existing fame and existing door) 3 Ea Hinges BB1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D NRP (salvage) Ea Lock D80BD RHODES -626 Ea Closer 4111 AL (salvage) Ea Wall Stop SBW302PT 630 (salvage) Set Gasket S88D(salvage) Ea Kick Plate SB48/J102 630 20GA 16x34 (salvage) 661279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D NRP D4040 RHODES -626 4111 AL SBW302PT 630 S88D 5B48 /J102 630 20GA 16x34 HW -4: Retail Corridor Door (existing fame and existing door) Ea Door to Receive 3 Ea Hinges 1 Ea Lock 1 Ea Closer 1 Ea Wall Stop 1 Set Gasket 1 Ea Kick Plate 881279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D NRP(salvage) D70BD RHODES -626 4111 AL (salvage) SBW302PT 630(salvage) S88D(salvage)'. S848/J102 630,20GA 16x34 (salvage) HW -5: Overhead Grill (new grill and frame) 2 Ea Lock Cylinders shall be keyed into the existing Best Lock Co. factory registered Master: Key System. Provide Blue Construction Cylinders and Keys during the construction period. The Permanent Cores and Keys shall be provided by the Owner. The Owner shall remove the construction cores and install the permanent cores. Owner shall retain all Construction Cores. All cylinders shall be provided by Aronson Security Group, Inc. Seattle, WA 98109. Phone 206- 284 -5252. All parts supplied by door manufacturer. 1.4 Installation: A. Install each hardware item to comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. After installation of hardware and before the building is accepted contractor shall inspect the installation and certify that the hardware is correctly installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Hardware installer shall make any necessary adjustments. C. Return to project one month after Owner's occupancy, and adjust hardware for proper operation and function. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper maintenance and adjustment. SECTION 09120 - SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM 1.1 General: A. Work Included: 1. Provide and install new 2x2 open ceiling grid at Entry. a. Field fabricate edge trim. b. Field paint edge trim and 2x2 grid. 2. Provide and install new 262 suspended grid over the Point of Sale Counter. a. Field fabricate edge trim b. Field paint edge trim and 2x2 grid. c. Install Owner provided 2x2 ceiling tile (dark purple). 3. Provide and install new 2x2 9 suspended rid over LAN and Game Area. P a. Field fabricate edge tnm b. Field aint edge trim and 2x2 rid. P 9 9 c. Install Owner provided 2x2 ceiling tile (dark purple). 4. Patch / repair existing 2x4 ceiling grid and the in Storage / Office. 5. Provide all miscellaneous items as indicated and detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein and as required for a complete installation. B. Standards: 1. ASTM C 635, Standard Specifications for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay - In Panel Ceilings. 2. ASTM C 636, Recommended Practice for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay - In Panel Ceilings. 3. CISCA Ceiling Systems Installation Handbook. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Subcontractor qualifications: Installer shall have successful experience installing ceiling suspension systems. 2. Manufacturer will provide test certification for suspension system as required to meet performance standards specified by various agencies. 1.2 Products: A. Manufacturers: 1. The Drawings and Specifications are based on catalog data, specifications and products of USG Interiors and designate the type and quality of work intended under this section. B. Standard Grid: 1. Standard Exposed Grid: "Donn DX" grid, 15/16" width to receive square edge,as manufactured by USG, color: to be field painted dark purple see Section 09900 Painting. C. Standard Tile (by Owner): 1. Acoustical Ceiling Tile: Wizards of the Coast Custom Flat Ceiling tile, "Omni" square edge, 25(2'x5/8 ", color: custom color - dark purple as manufactured by USG. Grid option A as manufactured by USG. D. Suspension System Trim (Field Fabricated): 1. Edge Trim at Entry, LAN and Game Area and Point of Sale Counter: Field fabricated from 8" deep, 20 gauge joist, color: to be field painted dark purple see Section 09900 Painting. a. Evenly cut bottom leg and roll channel to required shape. 1.3 Execution: A. Examine areas to receive materials for conditions which will adversely affect installation. Do not start Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected Beginning of installation shall signify acceptance of conditions in areas to receive ceiling suspension system. B. Verify work to be concealed above ceiling suspension is complete and installed in a manner which will not affect layout and installation of suspension system components. C. Field dimensions must be verified prior to installation D. Install in accordance with manufacturer's current printed instructions. E. Hanger wires: 1. Space hanger wires on main tees at the alternate cross tee holes (maximum spacing of 4' -0 "). Attach hangers directly to structure above as needed to support structure. 2. Exposed hanger wires shall be straight and perpendicular to the ceiling and connections shall be clean and uniform. F. Cleaning: 1. Remove infill material and perform any necessary cleaning maintenance with nonsolvent -based commercial cleaner. 2. Immediately remove any corrosive substances of chemicals that would attack painted finishes. 3. Touch up all minor scratches and spots, as acceptable, or replace damaged sections when touch up is not acceptable. SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL 1.1 General: A. Work Included: Provide new continuous gypsum drywall surfaces to all new interior walls and patching of the existing exposed stud walls as required for One -Hour Construction requirements. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. B. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Provide gypsum drywall construction fire - resistance ratings indicated, conforming to assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by inspecting and testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.2 Products: A. Manufacturers_Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gypsum board and related products by one of the following: 1. Centex American Gypsum Co. 2. Domtar Gypsum Co. 3. Georgia - Pacific Corp. 4. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. 5. United States Gypsum Co. B. Gypsum Board: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end joints: 1. Exposed Gypsum Board: ASTM C 36, thickness 5/8" typical. a. Type: Type X, typical. b. Edges: Tapered. C. Trim Accessories: ASTM C 840: manufacturer's standard trim accessories, including cornerbead and edge trim of beaded type with face flanges for concealment in joint compound except where semi - finishing or exposed type is indicated. D. Gypsum Board Joint Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475 and ASTM C 840, and as follows: 1. Joint Tape:. Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. a. Use open -weave glass fiber tape where recommended by gypsum board mfr with use of setting -type joint compound. 2. Setting -Type Joint Compound: Factory- prepackaged, job -mixed chemical - hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. 3. Drying -Type Joint Compounds: Factory- prepackaged, vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements: a. Ready -Mix Formulation: Factory- premixed. b. Job -Mixed Formulation: Powder product, mixed with water at Project Site. c. Taping compound fommlated for embedding tape and first coat over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and edge trim. d. Topping compound formulated for fill (2nd) and finish (3rd) coats. E. Miscellaneous Materials: As follows, recommended by gypsum board manufacturer: 1. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 1002. 2. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514. 1.3 Execution: A. Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and as follows: 1. Form. "Floating" construction for gypsum boards at internal corners, except where special isolation or edge trim M indicated. 2. Isolate drywall construction from abutting structural and concrete work; provide edge trim and acoustical sealant as recommended by mfr. Screw gypsum board to light gauge steel supports. 4. Direct Bonding: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations where gypsum board is indicated to be'direct!y bonded to substrate. 5. Do not bridge building expansion joints. Leave space of the width required between boards, and trim both edges for installation of sealant or gasket. 6. Drywall Taping: Apply joint tape and joint compound at joints between gypsum boards. Apply compounds at accessory flanges, penetrations, fastener heads and surface defects. a. Install compound in 3 coats (plus prefill of cracks where recommended by manufacturer); sand between coats and after last coat. 1) Embedding and First Coat: Ready -mix drying type all- purpose of taping compound. 2) Fill (Second) Coat: Ready -mix drying type all- purpose or topping compound. 3) Finish (Third) Coat: Ready -mix drying type all- purpose or topping compound. b. Treat water - resistant gypsum backing board joints with tape and setting -type joint compound to comply with gypsum board manufacturer's directions. 7. Drywall Finishing: Finish to be smooth wall texture. 8. Patch all existing ceiling openings and penetrations as required to maintain a One -Hour Construction fire rated separation at corridor and restroom locations. 9.' Provide solid blocking behind locations of trim pilasters. Fasten trim "stud" securely to framing and provide a tight uniform fit to adjacent wall surface. SECTION 09300 - TILE 1.1 General A. Work Included: Contractor to install Owner provided porcelain paver flooring and base at the store entry as indicated and detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. 1. Contractor shall provide and install new mall tile as indicated on the drawings and any mall concourse tile damaged during the course of construction this contract. 2. General Contractor to coordinate receiving and warehousing of tile with sub - contractor. 8. Standards: 1. ANSI Tile Standards. Comply with ANSI A13.1 Standard Specification for Ceramic Tile and ANSI .108 series of tile installation standards included under "American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile." 2. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation comply with TCA insallation methods indicated. C. Coordination 1. The General Contractor shall obtain the required square footage for the project and the shipping address of the installer's warehouse which the fife will be shipped. 2. The General Contractor shall relay the required square footage and shipping information to Jennifer Meyer, Wizards of the Coast FDIC Coordinator - 425.204.7305. 3. Contractor shall also include as part of the bid submittal the square footage amount of tile to be provided by the Owner to complete the project. 4. Casework manufacture will install porcelain mosaic tile accent tile at the casework columns. D. Project Conditions: Contractor shall include within his scope of work all required floor preparation of area to receive porcelain paver floor tile 1.2 Products: A. Porcelain Paver Floor Tile (Furnished by Owner Installed by Contractor): 1. Porcelain Paver Floor Tile and Base, Pastorelli "Technostone ", as distributed by Thompson Tile Co, Inc., 425- 251 -1575. a. CT -1 - color: Kernak, size 12 "012" floor tile and 6 "x12" base (field cut). b. CT -2 - color: Abu Simbel, size 12 "x12 ". c. Pattern: random per drawings. d. Grout: Custom Building Products Sanded Grout, color: Light Smoke, 6145. B. Porcelain Mosaic Tile (By Owner installed in casework by Casework Manufacturer): 1. Porcelain Mosaic Tile,Daltile "keystone ", nominally 1 inch x 1 inch tile. CT -3 - color: almond DK35 (special order as DS35). CT -4 - color: ebony DK311 (special order as DS311). Pattern: Checkerboard - special order Keyramic DS35 / DS311. Grout: Custom Building Products Un sanded Grout, color: Light Smoke, 8145. C. Mall' Tile: 1. Coordinate with the mall Tenant Coordinator to purchase, provide and install mall tile conforming with the pattern indicated on the drawings. D. Transition Strip: 1. Provide and install a brass transition strip, "Reno - MTK80" as manufactured by Schluter. E. Setting Materials: Provide setting materials as recommended by the manufacturer for intended use. F. Provide sealer as recommended by the tile manufacturer for the intended use. Execution: A. Installation: Comply with ANSI A108.1 and 108.4 through 8108.10, as applicable for type of tile, setting materials, grout, and methods of installation indicated. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for application of proprietary materials Joint Pattern at Floor and Base. Tiler Use grid pattern with 1/8- inch -wide joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed transition under ceramic tile as directed by manufacturer. Cut webs and bend along a template . form to create required shape. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Unglazed file may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. Sealer: Apply sealer materials per manufacturer's written instructions. SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS 1.1 General A. Work Included: 1. Provide new Sheet Vinyl Flooring throughout the enlarged Restrooms as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. Include all required floor prep in bid. 1.2 Sheet Vinyl Flooring Products: A. Sheet Vinyl Flooring at Restrooms: 1. Sheet vinyl flooring shall be Mannington "Mannington Commercial - Fine Fields ". a. Colors: Glacier b. Provide heat welded seams. c. Provide 6" coved base (sheet vinyl flooring). 2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01300. B. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type recommended by floor covering manufacturer. C. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland- cement -based formulation provided or approved by sheet vinyl floor covering manufacturer. D. Adhesives (Cements): Water - resistant type recommended by sheet vinyl floor covering manufacturer to suit sheet vinyl floor covering products and substrate conditions indicated. E. Transition Strip: Provide ADA.compliant transition strip between Office Stock Room floor and Restroom. 1.3 Execution: A. Examine areas where installation of sheet vinyl floor coverings will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with manufacturer's requirements. 1. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 before beginning installation. 2. Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated to receive sheet vinyl floor coverings. B. Sheet Vinyl Installation: Comply with sheet vinyl floor covering manufacturer's installation instructions and other requirements indicated that are applicable to each type of floor covering installation included in Project. Lay out sheet vinyl floor coverings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Maintain uniformity of sheet vinyl floor covering direction. 2. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low- traffic areas, but in no case less than 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates. 3. Match edges of floor covering for color shading and pattern at seams. 4. Use only manufacturer's recommended adhesives and trowel notch. 5. Cleaning: a. Clean sheet vinyl flooring after installation and prior to Substantial Completion. b. Apply protective polish according to flooring manufacturer's directions. c. Protect floor covering against damage from sharp objects and other abuse. SECTION 09680 - CARPET 1.1 General: A. Work Included: Contractor to install Owner provided carpet and wood base. Contractor to provide and install rubber base and accessories as indicated and detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. 1. General Contractor to coordinate receiving and warehousing of carpet with sub - contractor. B. Coordination: 1; The General Contractor shall contact the approved Shaw Contract Flooring Installer listed below to obtain the required square yardage for the project and the shipping address of the installers warehouse which the carpet will be shipped. 2. The General Contractor shall relay the required square yardage and shipping information to Jennifer Meyer, Wizards of the Coast' FOIC Coordinator 425.204.7305. 3: Contractor shall also include as part of the bid submittal the square yardage amount of carpet to be provided by the Owner to complete the project. C. Project Conditions: Contractor shall include within his scope of work all required floor preparation of area to receive carpet. D. Approved Installers: Shaw Contract Flooring of Seattle, 206.762.3883. 1.2 Products: A. Carpet (Furnished by Owner Installed by Contractor): 1. Install "50334 Maze BL" with enhancer backing, as manufactured by Shaw Carpet Mill a. Carpet color: 34600 Illusion b. Installation: direct glue down c. Seam Sealer: latex seam sealer is required along all radiused edges (contractor to provide sealer suitable for specific application). B. Transition Strip: 1. Ceramic tile installer to install a brass transition strip, "Reno- MTK80" as manufactured by Schluter. a. Coordinate with file installer to ensure acceptable results. C. Rubber Base: 1. Provide and install 4 " rubber base at Stockroom and Back Hallways. a. Color.. Burke 8603, Ash (coo! gray) or equal. D. Wood Base (Furnished by Owner Installed by Contractor): 1. Install 4 " prefinished wood base supplied by casework manufacture at all public areas. E. Installation Adhesive: Water resistant and nonstaining as recommended by carpet manufacturer to comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet. 1.3 Execution: A. Clear away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits from concrete surfaces to receive carpet; apply sealer to prevent dusting. B. Installation Genera!: Comply with manufacturers recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. C. Transition Strip Cut webs and bend along a template form to create required shape. D. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer, to ensure carpet is not damaged or deteriorated at time of Substantial Completion.' Vacuum carpet. SECTION 09900 - PAINTING 1.1 General 2/ A. Provide surface preparation e app !cation of paint materials to exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces effected during this contract. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. 1. Surface preparation, prime and finish coats specified are in addition to shop - priming and surface treatments. B. Paint all exposed surfaces, extend finish and texture to nearest perpendicular surface. Where an item or surface is not mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. C. Submittals: 1. Samples for verification purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture is achieved. 1.2 Products: A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance requirements provide products from the following: 9 a. Benjamin Moore b. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01300. 8. Primer: Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coat. C. Thinner: Use only thinners recommended by the paint manufacturer, and use only to recommended limits. D. Color Schedules: Color selections and reference numbers are based on Benjamin Moore paint chips. 1. Interior Work: Paint '1' Paint '2' Benjamin Moore 172 / (yellow) Benjamin Moore custom color formula: matching Kelly Moore AC39 -N / Romantic Knight Paint '3' Benjamin Moore 516 / (olive) RECEIVED o Paint '4' Benjamin Moore 125 (orange) CITYOFTUKWIL_A Paint '5' Benjamin Moore 1427 (violet -gray) Paint '6' Benjamin Moore (white) AUG 2 5 2000 1.3 Installation: PERMIT CE NTER A. Examine. substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with requirements. Do not begin application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Verify that existing conditions and finishes are compatible with primers and paint specified in the Paint Schedule. B. Preparation: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and items in place that are not to be painted, or provide protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting, reinstall items removed using workmen' skilled in the trades involved. 1. Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatments. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat as recommended by the manufacturer to material required to be painted or finished, and has not been prime coated by others. 1 . Reoat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in the first coat to assure a finish coat with no burn - through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. D. Brush Application: Brush -out and work brush coats into surfaces in an even film. Eliminate cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Draw neat glass lines and color breaks. 1 co C1) CC � VJ W 2 co 0 U W 2 1,' t_ �0 VJ 0 cc N N CV co a C7 W N I= T w C) W O) IF- z (0 0 U H �z_ a = u) 1- a Z � D 0 �n a LC) Cn Aug. 21, 2000 I ■ A10 RESPONSIBILITY CHART FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY GC= General Contractor WIZ = Wizards of the Coast #, Line Item Description GC WIZ GC WIZ Remarks 1 Storefront Framing and Sheathing X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 2 Storefront Acrylic Cladding X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 3 Metal Angle Trim at Storefront and Drywall X X Provided with Casework 4 Exterior Signage Rough -in X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 5 Exterior Signage Equipment X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 6 Interior Signage X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 7 Partition Walls (Workroom, Restrooms &Office) X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 8 Doors, Frames & Hardware X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 9 Ceiling Grid & Insulation X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 10 Ceiling Custom Colored Tile X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 11 Suspended Ceiling Edge Frame X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 12 Soffit Systems X X Per Approved Plans &Specs 13 Floor Carpeting X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 14 Ceramic Tile X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 15 Sheet Vinyl X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 16 Rubber Base & Transition Strips X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 17 Wood Base X X Provided with Casework 18 Backroom Desk X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 19 Backroom & Restroom Shelving X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 20 Backroom Safe X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 21 Column Covers & Enclosures X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 22 Counters /Fixtures/Casework/Furniture X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 23 Furniture,Tables and Chairs X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 24 Casework Mounting Cleats X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 25 Casework Hardware X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 26 Soffit Mount TV Boxes X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 27 Computers /Phones /Devices/Equipment X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 28 CCTV/Theft Detection Devices (If Required) X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 29 Security Systems X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 30 AudioNideo Systems X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 31 Vinyl Wall Covering X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 32 Mural Wall Covering X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 33 Wainscotting and Perforated Wall panels X X By Approved Wizards Vendor .34 Statues / Sculptures X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 35 Drywall Ceilings & Soffits X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 36 Interior Wall Preparation X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 37 Roof Deck & Structure Painting X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 38 Interior Wall Painting X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 39 Workroom /Restroom /Office Painting X' X Per Approved Plans & Specs 40 Doors, Frames & Hardware X' X Per Approved Plans & Specs 41 Interior Wall Piping X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 42 Plumbing Fixtures (Per ADA) X' X Per Approved Plans &Specs 43 Water Heater X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 44 Floor Drains X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 45 FRP Panels (Restrooms) X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 46 Restroom Accessories (Per ADA) X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 47 Fire Alarm & Detection System X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 48 Fire Extinguishers (Minimum 3 Units) X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 49 Toilet Exhaust Fans X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 50 Gas Meter (If Required) X x Per Approved Plans & Specs 51 Interior Condensate Piping X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 52 Interior Water Heater Drain Piping X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 53 Time Clock For Exterior Signage X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 54 Interior Electrical Outlets & Receptacles X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 55 Interior Light Fixtures & Lamps X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 56 Special Interior Light Fixtures X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 57 Emergency Lighting, Exit Signs X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 58 Security System Rough -in X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 59 Fire System Wiring X X Per Approved Plans & Specs 60 Telephone Outlets X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 61 Telephone Systems Wiring & Connections X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 62 Computer Systems Wiring & Connections X X By Approved Wizards Vendor 63 Store Equipment Connections X X By Wizards Store Personnel 64 Overhead Grille T■ nrrinr Cr■ t , AA,Ter,n1c 1 ,.n{•,M Ionni,,, X AAo„,;r Ali-.”-lc r.i X ♦h.. r`...,,, C rl r , Per Approved Plans & Specs r"......■....r... An= nnn - 7nna 1 . Apply primers and first coats by brush unless manufacturer's instructions permit use of mechanical applicators. E. Mechanical Applications: Use mechanical methods for paint application when permitted by manufacturer's recommendations, governing ordinances, and trade union regulations. 1. Wherever spray application is used. apply each coat to provide the equivalent hiding of brush - applied coats. Do not double -back with spray equipment building -up film thickness of 2 coats in one pass, unless recommended by the manufacturer. F. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specked requirements. G. Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing, scraping or other proper methods, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. H. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. 1.4 Paint Finish Schedule: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates indicated. Finish No. A - Interior Metal, Metal Frames (galvanized), Painted Eggshell t (one) coat Benjamin Moore's #023 Fresh Start Primer 2 (two) coats Benjamin Meee's "Super Sped' Latex Eggshell Enamel #274 Finish No. B - Interior Wood Trim, Painted Eggshell 1 (one) coat Benjamin Moore's "Super Hide" Latex Primer Undercoater #284 2 (two) coats Benjamin Moore's "Super Spec" Latex Eggshell Enamel #274 Pnish No. C - Interior Gypsum Wallboard (new), Painted Eggshell 1 (one) coat Benjamin Moores "Super Hide" Latex Primer Undercoater #284 2 (two) coats Benjamin Moore's "Super Spec" Latex Eggshell Enamel #274 Finish N. D - Interior Gypsum Wallboard (existing), Painted Eggshell 2 (two) coats Benjamin Moores "Super Spec' Latex Eggshell Enamel #274 Finish No. E - Interior Gypsum Wallboard (restroom). Painted Semi -Gloss 1 (one) coat Benjamin Moores "Super Hide' Latex Primer Undercoater #284 2 (two) coats Benjamin Moore's "Super Spec' Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel #274 Finish No. F - Acoustical Ceiling Tile and Grid, Painted Eggshell t (one) coat Benjamin Moore's "Super Hide" Latex Primer Undercoater #284] 2 (two) coats Benjamin Moores "Super Spec" Latex Eggshell Enamel #274 SECTION 09950 - WALLCOVERINGS 1.1 General: A. Work Included: 1. Contractor to install Owner provided vinyl wallcovedng and murals as indicated and detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. 2. Contractor to provide and install reinforced fiberglass panel wainscot at the Restroom. B. Coordination: Contractor shall include as part of the bid submittal the square yardage amount of vinyl wallcoveringto be provided by the Owner to complete the project. 12 Products: A. Owner Provided Vinyl Wall Covering (Furnished by Owner Installed by Contractor): 1. "Joker JO2421 ", as manufactured by Koroseal a. Color: Tapestry Red b. Rot width: 54 wide. c. Mounting: adhere wallcovedng directly to drywall. d. Provide adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. e. Clean wall coverings with soap and water only use no solvent base cleaners. 2. "Blue. Yellow, Mass Market and Generic Murals ", as manufactured by WOTC (Furnished by Owner Installed by Contractor): a. Mounting: adhere wall covering directly to drywall. b. Pattern: the yellow and generic murals are a three piece panel that repeats a,b,c,a,b,c, etc.; the blue mural is a single panel design that repeats a,a,a,etc.. c. Installation Direction: Install murals from left to right, typical. Where murals wrap around a corner start mural layout on the left most point and begin layout moving to the right. d. Provide adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. e. Clean wall coverings with soap and water only use no solvent base cleaners. 3. Wall Covering at Mass Market (Furnished by, Owner Installed by Contractor): a. Panel Size: Mass Market (3) 54 "x48 "(the mass market panel is afixed dimension to fit the mass market casework) b. Mounting: adhere wallcoverng directly to drywall or casework MDF, typ. c. Provide adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. d. Clean wall coverings with soap and water only use no solvent base cleaners. B. Fiberglass Reinforced Panels (Restroom Wainscot): 1. Manufacturers: Marlite Fiberglass Reinforced Panels. a. Finish: Pebble Finish b. Color: "Light Gray" / P -151 c. Adhesives: Latex non - flammable adhesive. d. Accessories: Provide heavy duty mouldings at all exposed edges, corners and intersections fn matching color. 1.3 Installation: A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements. Make certain surfaces are free from defects and imperfections that could show through the finished surface. 1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Installation: Install wallcoverings according to manufacturers' printed installation instructions, using fasteners and adhesives appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. C. Provide framing and blocking and framing to accommodate mural panel layout. 1. Align mural panels to align exactly. 2. Install mural on Contractor supplied cleat as detailed on the Drawings. D. Remove switchplates, wall plates, and surface - mounted fixtures where wallcovering 5 applied. On completion of installation, reinstall items using workmen skilled in trades involved. SECTION 10425 - SIGNS 1.1 General: A. Contractor to install Owner provided all interior signage and perforated Sintra panels at the exterior (mall concourse) as indicated and detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein. Provide all miscellaneous items required for a complete installation. B. Project Conditions: Contractor shall include within his scope of work all required blocking, bracing and wire for installation of signage. C. Coordination: Contractor shall familiarize themselves with local electrical wiring requirements concerning the installation of electrical signage (mall concourse). D. Contractor to shall also be responsible for coordinate all aspects of exterior (mall concourse) signage as indicated and detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all as -built conditions and/or holding to specified hold - to dimensions. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for providing all required blocking, supports and electrical connections. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for accepting all signs from the freight company which are provided by the manufacture. 4. Contractor shall be responsible for the on -site coordination with the Owner provided (Contractor recommended) sign installer. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for installation of the Owner provided perforated Sintra panels. 1.2 Exterior Illuminated Sign Graphics: A. Manufacturers: Coordinate with Sign Associates, Rod Hayes; 425 -855 -6100 to determine anchoring requirements and power requirements. 1.3 Interior Sign Graphics: A. Manufacturers: Coordinate with Sign Associates, Rod Hayes; 425 - 855 -6100 to determine anchoring requirements and power requirements. B. Contractor to shall also be responsible for coordinate all aspects of exterior interior signage as indicated and detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of eye hooks specified at the Storefront Display. 1.4 Execution: A. Delivery: Contractor shall be responsible for accepting all signs from the freight company which are provided by the manufacture. B. Installation: Locate signs where indicated, using mounting methods described. Install level, plumb and at height indicated, with surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance. C. Install Sintra panels at storefront following directions provided by the sign manufacturer. Cut and match pattern to create a uniform appearance. Provide center panels top and bottom to create an even reveal; panels should run full width side to side (no reveals at sides). D. Cleaning and Protection: At completion of the installation, clean soiled sign surfaces. Protect from damage until Owners acceptance. SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES 1.1 General: A. Provide new toilet accessories to comply with the standards shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete, proper installation. 1.2 Products: A. Materials, General: Provide the following toilet accessories as manufactured by Boberick Washroom Equipment, Inc., or approved equal: 1. Toilet Paper Holder: B -274 2. Soap Dispenser: 5 -8221 3. Grab Bars: B -6237 4. Paper Towel Dispenser: B -359. 5. Mirrors: Provide 36" high x 24" wide mirror. 6. Waste Receptacle: By Owner 1.3 Execution: A. Installation: Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers' printed installation instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 1. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. 2. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. 3. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. B. Grab Bar Installation: Install grab bars in each barrier free toilet compartment stall, see Drawings for locations. Install bars level and secure with a height at 35" from finish floor to top of bar. Provide solid blocking and concealed mounting. Grab bars shall be capable of supporting a 300 pound live load without permanent deflection. SECTION 12300 - CASEWORK 1.1 General A. General: Contractor to install Owner provided casework package including but not limited to casework, slotwall, column kits, uppershelving units, running base, POS counter and freestanding merchandising units. Field modifications of units and countertops may be required. Field modification to wainscotting and wood base will be required. t. Contractor to install Owner provided metal comer guards at drywall corners and at storefront acrylic. 2. Contractor to install Owner provided wainscotting and perforated metal wall panels. B. Project Conditions: Contractor shall include within his scope of work all required blocking and wall framing to accommodate casework. C. Coordination: Contractor shall familiarize themselves with the casework installation drawings provided by casework manufacturer. D. Field Measurements: Casework units are premanufactured. Contractor to verify all casework dimensional requirements prior to beginning of framing. All "HOLD TO" dimensions indicated on the Floor Plan are critical for the installation of casework units. All dimensions found on the Floor Plan' are from Face of Finish to Face of Finish. 1.2 Casework: A. Casework Manufacturers: Coordinate with Pacific Retail Interiors (PRI), Dave Williams; 253- 445 -9000. 1.3 Execution: A. Install casework with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces, using concealed shims, cleats and furring strips. Where casework abuts other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. Provide filler strips, scribe strips, and moldings in finish to match casework face. B. Install casework without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessories as indicated. C. Install casework, countertops and wainscots level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet. D. Fasten unit of casework to adjacent unit and into structural support members of wall construction with 510 sheet metal or wood screws with washer head or washer. E. Fasten plastic laminate countertops, slotwall and wainscot by securing to solid blocking located in wall framing and to side/front edge support as detailed in the casework installation drawings. CR ' y OF TUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER co w IIIIIcr ' 0 VJ w 2 r Q V 0) 0 U w 2 u_ �' VJ 0 cC N OD N N 1- z D J J CC w 1- z W U D 0 c*) W 1- W W 1- (1) f z J Q I- D 0 (A Ln 10 10 N Lt7 f` N co co t9 N 0) O z 0 1- z 5 W J Q W Aug. 21, 2000 REFLECTED CEILING LEGEND SYMBOL FIXTURE DESCRIPTION LAMP WATTS EA. 2 Al IUGHTOUER MINIFORMS ELLIPSE #9176 BK BLACK CLOSED -BACK TRACK FIXTURE 50W MR16 SPOT 50 Q A2 LIOHTOUER MINIFORMS SHALLOW RING 9175 BK BLACK OPEN -BACK TRACK FIXTURE 75W MR16 NARROW FLOOD 75 Q C IGHTOLIER EfAUJCS #8701 TM /8737 NM TWO-TONE TRACK FIXTURE 75W PAR30 HALOGEN FLOOD 75 D1 #8279 LITITANIUM LYTEFLOOD COMPACT FLUOR. CUSTOM TITANIUM COLOR (2) 40W FLUOR. BIAX 76 = D2 UGHTOLIER LYTEFLOOD COMPACT FLUOR. #8279 TITANIUM (BIAX LAMPS) FLUOR. TRACK FIXTURE CUSTOM TITANIUM COLOR (1) 40W FLUOR. BIAX 38 GHTOUER BASIC LYTESPAN 1- CIRCUIT TRACK #6000 BK SERIES BLACK TRACK 1- CIRCUIT N/A E1 E2 GHTOUER BASIC LYTESPAN 2- CIRCUIT TRACK #6000 BK SERIES BLACK TRACK 2- CIRCUIT N/A 0 Ft UGHTOLIER CALCUUTE DOWNLIGHTING #8600 /7705CLW CAN UGHT 75W PAR30 HALOGEN FLOOD LONG NECK 75 G SCONCE TBD DECORAI1VE WALL SCONCE LAMP TBD 25 8 H MBIANCE DISK UGHTING 9486 -12 CASEWORK LIGHTING SUPPUED BY CASEWORK MANUF. 0J IJGHTOUER OPALITE FLUOR. DISC #6790 UTIUTY FLUORESCENT DISK 32W CIRC. FLUOR 35 ., EXIT LIGHT W/ EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK EXTEND UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT TO EXIT SIGN WALL -PACK EMERGENCY UGHT EXTEND UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT TO EMERGENCY FIXTURE FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 1 -LAMP COORDINATE EXACT TYPE 8111-1 ARCHITECT 32 I I GWB • EILING ±8 - 0 C (PAINT 6 (E) ONE -HOUR B CEILING '8 ±8 -0" (PAINT 5) SWITCHING EinEffirmis 1■IIi �■ ■E ■:- UU 11�111' ■11.11■■ II■II il■I�i ■■1E■E■ 11111 II�I1 ■11 ■11■ - a�:II li�� X111 1 ■11' ■1l! •II ;iu ■I11 ■1�■I ICI■ ■I�,.S ■I uiir IIUW, ■II■� ■I ■■I IF I ■I ice! ► ,� �! 11 ■ ■C 11 MO 71■ ■111 iiiiiiir El ■i■n1 i► 111111 Mill& rearimilitare"e" 1 1i TRIM EE 3 I - C, D1 (TYP.) C, 51 (TYP.) OPEN TO STRUCTURE - PAINT-2 (TRACK UGHT SUSPENDED BY THREADED ROD ® 12 STEEL EDG - RIM SEE 3 A8 MITIMELIENNIM wir 6 . 4 4 1 141 EP ea it 13 1NRIF111 !1 ■ ■�1I11E 1,��1L, ■® nER AGON lila • 77 ISII 1.1E11 � !Tr71 ®I A -3 1 O ► 13 1IT.i ■1 ma 1 15 I I ��LI:, - ualaC7�ILl ILII�_�II aggj FFINImm F1 Fl (E) ELECTRICAL PANEL 'A' ED LIGHTING PLAN 1/4" = 1 $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH - WALL MOUNTED. = SWITCH LEG T = TIMER 3 = THREE WAY He = MOMENTARY CONTACT 4 = FOUR WAY P = PILOT LIGHT K = KEYED Lv = LOW VOLTAGE cs = CALL SWITCH o = DIMMER H = MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL OVERLOADS. (a,b,c) OR (a -d) CAN BE USED TO DESIGNATE MULTIPLE SWITCHES. ANY COMBINATION OF SWITCH TYPES CAN BE USED. (i.e. 3K = 3 WAY KEYED SWITCH) A3 TYPE o m NEW DEVICE. 12r'cxMCUZr NUM. GENERAL NOTE GRID ® 10' -0" PAINT 2) SAT -1 LOCATIONS OF ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS SUCH AS SWITCHES, OUTLETS AND SIMILAR ITEMS ARE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY. IT SHALL BE THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND CASEWORK SUPPLIER'S WORKING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS OF ALL FIXED CASEWORK. SOFFIT C +9' -0 ": PAINT 1 POWER DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 6- PANELBOARD - SURFACE MOUNTED. la DISCONNECT SWITCH. Q. DISCONNECT SWITCH - FUSED. ® EQUIPMENT CONNECTION. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. • FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE. • PUSHBUTTON CONTROLLER. (SINGLE OR MULTIPLE BUTTONS) 6FI �6F B COMBO. X12 NEW DEVICE. +42. -...--- MONNTIN@ H=I. GENERAL WIRING DEVICES O JUNCTION BOX. CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR IN CEILING. HOMERUN TO EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE. HA - (INDICATES PANEL DESIGNATION AND CIRCUIT NUMBER) CASEWORK LIGHTS (6 TOTAL SUPPLIED CONNECTED CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, NOTES: G.C. TO INSTALL AUDIO SYSTEM. FINAL LOCATIONS OF CEILING - MOUNTED AUDIO SPEAKERS AND TUNER TO BE DETERMINED BY A.E.I. SPECIFICATIONS. USE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE ARRANGEMENT. SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR CIRCUITING. ENSURE PROPER OPERATION, CONNECTION, AND LAMPING OF ALL (E) LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE RETAINED. ABBREVIATIONS / NOTES BLDG BUILDING BKR BREAKER C CONDUIT CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CO CONDUIT ONLY (E) EXISTING EF EXHAUST FAN FRO FURNISHED BY OWNER RP- +10'- " NT 2), 1 ( 2/A8 PAI AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION A AMPERE AWG AMERICAN WIRE GUAGE F FUSE GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER J -BOX JUNCTION BOX LTG LIGHTING MTD M NIC MLO (N) PNL P REC SWBD TEL TYP FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED UON BY CONTRACTOR yV WP XMFR V Y MOUNTED METER NOT IN CONTRACT MAIN LUGS ONLY NEW PANEL POLE RECEPTACLE SWITCHBOARD TELEPHONE TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED WATT WEATHERPROOF TRANSFORMER VOLT WYE +12N 00(PAINT 2) NOTE: 1. CONNECT EMERGENCY, EXIT SIGN AND NITE LIGHTING TO AN UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR 2. FIXTURES DESIGNATED WITH AN "E" ARE EXISTING TO BE REUSED WALL SCONCE: CONNECT TO PIGTAIL PROVIDED FLAG NOTES TRACT(+ ) W/ (4 A�NTED ) ON U PG + T PROVIDE 24" X 24" ONE -HOUR RATED S PANEL IN OOFF1T ABOVE CEILING GRID PAINT 2) SOFFIT ® +9' -0 ": PAINT 1 _MNN L000 SIGN @Y SIGN CONTRACTO ) Dz ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX El ELECTRICAL LEGEND, LIGHTING PLAN AND SCHEDULE E2 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN PANEL SCHEDULES E3 SPECIFICATION E4 SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE REQUIRED NUMBER OF SWITCHES FOR SALES AREA LIGHTING REFER TO SWITCH LEG INDICATORS THIS SHEET FOR EXACT NUMBER REQUIRED COORDINATE LAYOUT AND LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT i5cru RECEIVED aI Imo.'bP AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT OENTER CC 0 w `` 4 L 0 v C U 8 w C IL CC N 0 Aug. 18, 2000 PROVIDE PUSH BUTTON ( DELIVERY BUZZER LOCATED AT P.O.S.) E3 PLAN 1/4° = 1' -0° SWITCHED DUPLEX LOCATED ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING GRID FOR L.E.D. READERBOARD (2 CONDUITS R (SEEFLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION) COORDINATE 001 POWER R QUIREMENTS W. CASEWORK FACTURER EXISTING LANDLORD METER CENTER POWER RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE OUTLET CENTER @ +7' 9 1 14/ "C, 3 #2 A- 37,39,41 NEMA 3R 200A /3P /11OAF EXISTING 1 1 /2 "C, 4 #3/0 DUPLEX IN SOFFIT PROVIDE J -BOX WI BLANK COVER PLATE IN SOFFIT AND ppI TAIL TO EXTERIOR FOR SIGNAGE,(1 DEDICATED 20 AMP, 120 VOLT CIRCUIT) EXIST PANEL A HP -1 ON ROOF NOTES: USE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE ARRANGEMENT. SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR CIRCUITING. +118 OTHERWIS CENTERED G.C. TO VERIFY EXISTENCE AND CONDITION OF TELEPHONE RACEWAY FROM MALL DEMARCATION Y O IS 2 TENANT SPACE. . COORDINATE ALL PLUG MOULD INSTALLATIONS WITH CASEWORK SUPPLIER TO ENSURE PROPER INTEGRATION. LE.D. READERBOARD TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. A Uf ARC PLEX TO METAL BOX IN COORDINATE W C ASEH R�CASEWORK THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL FOR TWO ROOFTOP HEAT PUMPS. REMOVE CONDUCTORS COMPLETE TO PANEL. MOUNT 0 W TO ACCESSIB THROUGH l CAS ORK COORDINATE W CASEWORK MANUFACTURER NO ACCESS BENIN CASEWORK NOTE: 1. NOT USED. DUPLEX IN SOFFIT PROVIDE J -BOX W/ BLANK COVER PLATE IN SOFFIT AND pI TAIL TO EXTERIOR FOR SIGNAGE (1 DEDICATED 20 AMP, 120 VOLT CIRCUUIT) SENSORMATIC OUTLET IN SOFFIT ABOVE, BEHIND I TACCESS I PANEL CIRCUIT ISOLATED GROUND WIRING BETWEEN SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT IN ENTRY C u0R OLU AND PLENUM SPACE ABOVE (IN 3/4 CONDUIT). SURFACE MOUNT COND N FLOOR TO SENSORMATIC TOWERS. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH SENSORMATIC SUPPLIER. DUPLEX MOUNTED AT 3 A.F.F. PROVIDE DEDICATED CIRCUIT DUPLEX IN SOFFIT 2. TENANT CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PAY FOR ALL FEES OR CHARGES INVOLVED IN THE INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 3. DRAWINGS MAY NOT REFLECT ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL INCLUDE IN BID ANY CHARGES REQUIRED TO SUPPLY A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 4. VERIFY SIZE, VOLTAGE, CONDITION, AND CAPACITY OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE A WRITTEN REPORT TO TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. EXISTING EQUIPMENT CAN BE REUSED IF FOUND TO BE ACCEPTABLE (AT TENANTS DISCRETION). ALL REUSED EXISTING EQUIPMENT IS TO BE RESTORED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION AND RELOCATED AS MAY BE REQUIRED. IF EXISTING EQUIPMENT 15 NOT ACCEPTABLE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE NEW EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED. RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER 01 O 00 (Li (n _ O 0 o 0 cu 0 a Aug. 18, 2000 E2 SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A DEFINITIONS AND TERMS THE WORD "OWNER' OR TENANT' SHALL MEAN TVIZARSD OF THE COAST, OR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OF HIS PARTY DULY AUTHORIZED TO ACT IN HIS BEHALF IN THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK. THE WORD 'CONTRACTOR' SHALL MEAN THE PERSON FIRM OR CORPORATION ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH THE OWNER TO CONSTRUCT AND COMPLETE THE WORK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. THE WORD ARCHAECT O R ENGINEER' SHALL MEAN D AG ERICK & ASSOCIATES AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES ACTIN AS THE OWNER'S APPOINTED AGENT. THE WORD 'FURNISH' SHALL MEAN TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT ONBT SNE. HEU READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKI FOE A ERNG ASSEMBLY LETE SYSTEM AS SHOWN INSTALLATIO AN D CALLED N A SIMILAR ERT REQUTANDENTS ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. THE WORD "INSTALL" SHALL MEAN OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY ERECTION PLACING ANCHORING, LEANI ND SIMILAR REQUREMENTSM DIMENSION, A G AS P SH SHOWN R AND ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. THE TERM "PROVIDE" SHALL BE INTERPRETED AS MEANING "FURNISHED AND INSTALLED" BY THIS CONTRACTOR WTIH THE EXCEPTION WHERE ITEMS ARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER" WHICH MEANS BURNISHED ONLY AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE REFER TO THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. SUMMARY OF WORK 1. GENERAL NE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND IT IS THE RESPONSIBI OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND PROVIDE A FULLY OPERATIONAL AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM BASED ON THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND THESE SPECIFICATIONS. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE INTERFACE AND THE ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS AND BRING ANY AND ALL CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, PERMITS, SERVICES, TOOLS. PERSONNEL TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR AND REASONABLY IMPLIED, AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR ALL INSTALLED SYSTEMS AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. THESE CONDITIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS, SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, UGHTING CONTACTORS AND TRANSFORMER. D IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBIUTY TO PROVIDE AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID THE NECESSARY SERVICE EQUIPMENT FOR THE TIE -IN TO LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OR TO OBTAIN SERVICE FROM THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO INCLUDE IN THE BID ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOX., WIRING D.C.. COVERPLATES, CONDUITS, ETC. B. METERING AND CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HERON, THE UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS AND /OR THE LANDLORD. C. THE WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS DUTUNED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL DISCONNECTS, AND POWER WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXCEPT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL LOW VOLTAGE (24 VOLT) TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D. THE INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN, INCLUDING ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC., REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING. E. A'COMPLETE CONDUCT SYSTEM FOR TELEPHONE /DATA SYSTEMS INCLUDING THE TERMINAL BOARD, BRANCH CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL . WIRES, GROUND CONDUCTORS, ETC., AS SHOWN. AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. F. A COMPLETE EMERGENCY AND IXD UGHTING SYSTEM AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN.. G. TEMPORARY SERVICE AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND ITS REMOVAL H. ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO SIGNS, LIGHTING, CASE LIGHTING, OWNER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, ETC., AS SHOWN AND CAVED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. I. THE INSTALLATION. AND WIRING OF SPEAKERS, CONDUIT, ETC., FOR ASOUND SYSTEM AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. J. ALL SMOKE/FIRE ALARM WIRING. DEVICES,. CONDUITS. ETC.. AS REQUIRED TO MEET ALL LANDLORD. FEDERAL STATE AND LOCAL APPUCABLE CODES AND INSURANCE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. K. THE INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS STUBBED ABOVE THE CEIUNG FOR HVAC AND /OR UGHDNG CONTROL PANELS AND ANY ADDMONAL CONDUIT FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT CONTROL WIRING WHERE PLENUM RATED CABLES ARE NOT PERMITTED. L INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF OWNER PROVIDED LAN EQUIPMENT, CPU'S, MONITORS, TELEVISIONS AND POS EQUIPMENT. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. WORK NOT INCLUDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A LOW VOLTAGE (24 VOLT) TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT. B. TELEPHONE DEVICES AND WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. C. DATA /PAS DEVICES AND WIRING. D. SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND WIRING. C. GFNFRAL RFQUIRFMFNTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXTENT OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY CONNECTION POINTS, EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS, ETC., AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BIDDING. . BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND .SPECIFICATIONS. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED TO THIS CONTRACTOR FOR FAILURE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS BY VISITING THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING DOES NOT RELIEVE THIS CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN WORK OR WORKMANSHIP. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. 3. RELOCATION OF ANY EXISTING CONDUIT PANELBOARDS UGHT1NG FIXTURES, EP RECTACLES, ETC., TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDE IN BID PROPOS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT REMOVE OR RELOCATE ANY LANDLORD EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC., WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD. 4. ALL WORK BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING MAINTAINING. REPAIRING. ETC. THIS CONTRACTOR IS. RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MAINTAINING ALL MANUFACTURES REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 5. ALL ROOF CUTTING, PATCHING AND FLASHING SHALL BE BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR OR LANDLORD'S APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES FROM ALL OUTSIDE AIR OR FRESH AIR INTAKES LOCATED ON THE ROOF. 6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL STEEL OR SUPPORTS TO SUPPORT ANY INSTALLED EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ADDITIONAL STEEL OR SUPPORT LOCATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO BIDDING AND INSTALLATION. 7. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF THE FLOOR FOR ALL INSTALLED CONDUIT SLEEVES, ETC., AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR CUTS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL BE HELD TO A MINIMUM. 8. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK OUTSIDE OF THE TENANTS LEASABLE AREA WITH THE LANDLORD AND ANY AFFECTED TENANTS. 9. ALL SWITCH GEAR, CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND DISCONNECTS IN SWITCH GEAR, PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMERS, TIME CLOCKS, EQUIPMENT CONTROL SWITCHES, SAFETY SWITCHES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY NAME, FUNCTION, AND /OR CONTROL NAMEPLATES SHALL BE AT LEAST 1" X 3" WITH CHARACTERS NOT LESS THAN 1/4 ". THEY SHALL BE MADE UP OF PLASTIC - LAMINATED TAGS AND CHARACTERS ENGRAVED TO ENGRAVER'S STANDARD THICKNESS AND LETTER STYLE WITH WHITE CORE AND BLACK BACKGROUND. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE FASTENED WITH POP RIVETS OR SCREWS. 10. PROVIDE TYPED DIRECTORIES IN PANELBOARDS TO DEPICT ACTUAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO INDMDUAL BREAKERS /SWITCHES. 11. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL EXISTING EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE RE -USED ARE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND SHALL REPLACE THOSE THAT ARE NOT. 12. ANY DEVIATION FROM PLANS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF WIZARDS OF THE COAST'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF MATERIALS AND /OR METHODS, AND COST INCURRED TO CORRECT SUCH DEVIATION TO THE SATISFACTION OF WIZARD OF THE COAST'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ENGINEER SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. 13. VERIFY EXACT CONNECTIONS REQUIRED FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WITH WIZARD OF THE COAST'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 14. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM AND COORDINATE WITH APPROVED EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPUER AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLER, ALL THE WIRING DIAGRAMS, DETAILS, ETC., PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH -IN. THIS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING BUT INS NOT NECESSARILY UMITED T0: A. PROVIDE MATCHING RECEPTACLES AND CONNECTORS IF CORD IS SUPPLIED WITH EQUIPMENT. (SPLICE CONNECTORS TO CORD AS REQUIRED). B. MAKE ALL HARD WIRED CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AFTER EQUIPMENT IN INSTALLED. C. VERIFY ALL ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER, RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONTROL WIRING, DIAGRAMS, EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, LOCATIONS, ECT. D. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REFER TO EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS. D. CODES. FEES AND MISCELLANEOUS COSTS 1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, LOCAL ORDINANCES, INDUSTRY STANDARDS, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS. 2. IN CASES OF DIFFERENCE BETWEEN BUILDING CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, STATE LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES INDUSTRY STANDARDS, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY ...,..FY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY SUCH DIFFERENCE. 3. NON- COMPLIANCE: SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PERFORM ANY WORK THAT DOES NOT LOCH ORWITH ANCESR INDUSTRY LANDLOR BUILDING REQUIREMENTS. UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS OR THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS ARISING FOR THE CORRECTION OF NON- COMPLYING ITEMS. 4. APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS SHALL INCLUDE ALL FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, UTIUTY COMPANY REGULATIONS AND APPUCABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONALLY ACCEPTED CODES AND STANDARDS. THOSE REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED A MINIMUM AND ARE TO BE EXCEED WHEN SO INDICATED ON THE DRAWIN OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES AND STANDARDS AND ANY CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE CODES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR FAILURE OF CODE INQUIRY OR COMPLIANCE. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS, PAYMENT OF ALL L FEES NECESSARY H MA DRAWINGS URNISHIN AND ARRANGING AND PAYING FOR AL CO SPELT IN CONNECTIOIf WITH THE FG INST N OF R ANY OF HIS RESPECTIVE WORK. 6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REIMBURSE THE LANDLORD FOR ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SHUT DOWN OF ANY LANDLORD ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, ETC., AS REQUIRED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION OR MODIFICATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. 7. DEUVER CERTIFICATES OF ACCEPTANCE FROM THE CODE- ENFORCING AUTHORTIES TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO REQUEST FOR RNAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK. E. WORK AND WORKMANSHIP 1. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OF THE HIGHEST QUALITY IN EVERY RESPECT. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, OF THE LATEST DESIGN AND FREE OF DEFECTS. 2. WORKMANSHIP SHE BY I SKL WORKMEN OF ' 13F2 IGHEST STANDARD IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WALL ITH ALL APPLICABLE LED MANUFACTURERS INTED SP PERFORMED UNDER SUPERVISION OF COMPETENT FOREMAN AT ALL TIMES. 3. THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT HAVE FULL POWER TO CONDEMN OR REJECT ANY WORK, MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS OR ARE NOT IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURES SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS WHICH WERE APPROVED BY THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. 4. WORK OR EQUIPMENT THAT 15 REJECTED SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT AT THIS CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. WORK OR EQUIPMENT THAT 15 REJECTED SHALL BE SO STATED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT. 5 . SUCH DECISIONS AS THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT MAY MAKE WITH RESPECT TO WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE BI NDING A U PON THE PARTIES THER EQUIPMENT AND DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS 1. THE DRAWINGS SHOW TDED OF CONDTS LIGHT %XTURES, PANELBOARDS, EQUIPMENT HE INTENDED AND A ARRANGEMENT PPURTENANCES. THEY ALL SHALL UI BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS ACTUAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES WILL PERMIT. 2. THIS CONT S HALL INVESTIGATE STRUCTURAL AND FINISH CONDI ESSORIES AFFECTING HIS WOR AND SHALL PROVIDE ANY FITTINGS, OFFSETS AN ACC REQUIRED TO ACCO M MODATE SAID CONDITIONS IN THE BID PROPOSAL 3. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURES ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURES CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SHOP DRAWING OR SUBMITTAL PROCESS. 'THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL . BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THIS CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 4. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE AN INSTALLED SYSTEM BASED UPON SELECTED MANUFACTURERS OF EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL SERVICES, SIZE, CONFIGURATIONS ETC. ARE CONSISTENT WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. OTHER MANUFACTURERS ARE ENCOURAGED TOE FURNISH EQUIPMEW FOR THIS PROJECT HOWEVER, D SHALL BE THIS. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSURE THAT THE EQUIPMEW IS CONSISTENT WITH THE DESIGN BASE. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED FOR REVISIONS, MODIFICATIONS, ETC., TO ELECTRICAL SERVICES WIRING BREAKERS, SPACE, CLEARANCE, CONDUIT. PANELBOARDS, ETC., REQUIRED BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS. 5. THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS, PANELBOARD$1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, ETC. AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS ANY EIMATE AND THE OWNER OR TFTE LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY SAID EQUIPMENT, RECEPTACLES, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC., UPON THEIR REQUEST AT NO ADDMONAL COMPENSATION TO THIS CONTRACTOR. G. HANGERS AND SUPPORT$ HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, WIRE, UNISTRUT, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CUPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO OR FROM OTHER CONDUIT, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, THE LANDLORD'S CEILING, SOFFIT, NEUTRAL PIERS, PIPING DUCTWORK, METAL ROOF DECK, LATERAL BRACING, BRIDGING, OR CONDUIT. HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE UPPER CHORD OF THE BAR JOIST. HANGING FROM THE METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT CONDUIT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS DOORS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, JUNCTION BOXES, ACCESS DOORS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ALL APPUCABLE CODES AND THE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY ANY LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. H. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HFAI TH ACT 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLY WURENT QUIREMENTS OF HE .S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL ITH THE AF ETY R AND H ADMINISTRAT U ENTITLED OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY L HEALTH STANDARDS; NATIONAL CONSENSUS STANDARDS AND AND TABLISLIS FEDERAL FEDERARAL STANDARDS. I. COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS 1. BEFORE THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE COORDINATE AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS WITHOTHER TRADEHCONTRRAO SYSTEMS, RS AVOID OTHER TRADE( CONDUIT, ETC.. AND CONFLICTS. 2. D 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO LEAVE THE REQUIRED, NECESSARY ROOM FOR OTHER TRADES. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED TO THIS CONTRACTOR FOR FAILURE TO COORDINATE WTI, OTHER TRADE. CONTRACTORS TO AVOID OTHER TRADE INTERFERENCES CONFLICTS, R ELOCATION OF PANELBOARDS, CONDUIT, EQUIPMEW, ETC., FOUND ENCROACHING ON SPACE REQUIRED BY OTHERS. 3. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE INFORMATION AND COOPERATION TO THE OTHER CONTRACTORS AND TRADES PERTAINING TO HIS WORK TO ACCOMPLISH COORDINATION OF THE COMPLETED PROJECT. J FOIIIPMFNT DRAWINGS 1. TO B THIS E PROVI CONTRACTO R AS SPECIFIED HE SHALL PROVIDE REIN. EQUIPMEW DRAWINGS OF PROPOSED EQUIPMENT 2. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR EACH EQUIPMENT DRAWING A SHEET SIZE 8 -1/2" X 11'. B. MANUFACTURE'S STANDARD SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS: 1. MODIFY DRAWINGS TO DELETE INFORMATION THAT IS NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. 2. SUPPLEMENT STANDARD INFORMATION TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. C. MANUFACTURERS CATALOG SHEETS, BROCHURES, DIAGRAMS SCHEDULES, PERFORMANCE CHARTS, ILLUSTRATIONS AND OTHER STANDARD DESCRIPTIVE DATA. 1. CLEARLY MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY PERTINENT MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, 2. SHOW UIRED. EQUIP REQ MENT DIMENSIONS AND MAINTENANCE OR CONSTRUCTION CLEARANCES 4. SHOW PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AND CAPABILITIES. 4. SHOW WIRING DIAGRAMS AND CONTROLS. 5. MATERIAL SAFETY AND SAFETY DATA SHEETS. 6. THE FULL TIMANUF C OR ACTURE'S MODEGL TURS. NUMBER OF EACH TEM. THI SITIFICA 7. CO L A , HIS CONTRACTOR'S STAMP, SIGNATURE DATA SHALL BE AFFIXED TO EACH COPY OF P SHOP DRAWINGS N WITH RN OF HIS REVIR 3. COPIES OF THE EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS AND ALL L OTHER RELATED INFORMATION MUST APPEAR IN THE OPERATIONS MANUAL LEFT ON SITE AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION. K. RFCORD DRAWINGS 1. DURING CONSTRUCTION THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL M AINTAIN A COMPETE AND LEGIBLE SET OF DRAWINGS SHOWING CHANGES AND DEVIATIONS BETW ACTUAL CONSTLRUCTION AND THE ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS. 2. S ALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORK PROJECT TO THE DRAWINGS AND ACCEPTANCE, THIS ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT WITH THIS CONTRACTOR'S STAMP AND SIGNATURE THEREON. THIS COPY OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE PLACED IN A DRAWING TUBE AND MARKED "RECORD DRAWINGS. - DO NOT REMOVE FROM PREMISES" AND SHALL BE KEPT WITH THE OPERATIONS MANUAL L OPFRATIONS MANUAL 1. ONE COPY OF AN OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL R LL EQUIPMENT FURNI$}iED REE FOR THE PROJECT SHALL BE COLLECTED AND INSERTED IN A FO LABE THREE INCH (3 - ) TH (3) RING BINDER. 2. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED AS FOLLOWS: A SECT TTL 1 1. TITLE OF PROJECT 2. LOCATION OF PROJECT 3. NAME AND ADDRESS OF OWNER 4. NAME AND ADDRESS OF ARCHITECT 5. NAME AND ADDRESS OF THIS CONTRACTOR. B. 1. SHO P HOP TI DRAWINGS OF ALL APPROVED EQUIPMENT. 0. 5 ECTION 3 1. A USING OF ALL EQUIPMENT ND INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER, SERIAL NUMBER, START T AND AND ENDING DATE OF THE WARRANTY, ETC. 3. EACH SECTION SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A PASTEBOARD TABBED DIVIDER. 4. ALL INFORMATION SHALL BE ARRANGED IN AS MANY BINDERS AS NECESSARY. 5. STORE MAN OPERATION AGER AND . MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND DRAWING. TUBE SHALL BE LEFT WITH THE M. TESTS. ADJUSTMENTS. INSTRUCTIONS AND CI EANINQ 1. ALL CONNECTIONS AT PANELS AND SWITCHES ARE TO BE MADE, ALL SPICES COMPLETE, ALL FUSES IN PLACE, AND ALL CIRCUITS CONTINUOUS FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO ITS FINAL DESTINATION, AND ALL COVERS AND PLATES INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION W THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. TEST FOR GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS AND PROPER FUNCTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AFTER INSTALLATON IS COMPLETE. FAULTS IN THE INSTALLATION' SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THIS CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 3. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL PARTS OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE ',mu.) AND PROVED FREE OF UNWANTED GROUNDS AND OTHER DEFECTS. 4. ALL OVERLAD O DEVICES, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT, FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS, SHALL BE SET AND ADJ TO SLID THELOAD CONDITIONS 5. TEST AND MAKE CORRECTIONS /ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHASE BALANCING. 6. AFTER ALL TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY INSTRUCT THE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE OWNER IN ALL DETAILS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. INSTRUCTION SHALL BE FURNISHED UNTIL THE OWNER 15 SATISFIED. FURNISH THE OWNER WITH TWO INSTRUCTION MANUALS ON EACH SYSTEM. INSTRUCTION MANUALS SHALL CONTAIN ALL SHOP DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION AND OPERATION INSTRUCTION, GUARANTEES, MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE, ETC. 7. AT THE END OF THE PROJECT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. ALL DUST, DIRT, DEBRIS, AND FOREIGN MATTER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL EQUIPMENT. N. INSPECTIONS. FINAL REPORTS AND GUARANTEE 1. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE LOCAL AND STATE AUTHORITIES AND THE LANDLORD TO ARRANGE FOR FINAL INSPECTIONS OF THIS WORK. ' 3. THIS CONTRACTOR' SHALL SUBMIT TO THE OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF THIS WORK A LETTER CERTIFYING THAT THIS WORK IS'' IN rACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPUCABLE STATE AND LOCAL LAWS LOCAL ORDINANCES LANDLORD'. REQUIREMENTS, UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS AND APPUCABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONALLY ACCEPTED CODES AND STANDARDS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL g MATERALS UIPME, WORK E UNDER THIS THIS FT ONN ( 1J YEAR AFTER THE ACCEPTAN HI S NT ALL CONTRACTOR INALALLED BY THIS PAIR CONTRACTOR AN C EERR THIS CONTRACT ONTO CTO WRITING. THIS CONTRADEOR EMT TIVELL MAKE GOOD REPAIR OR REPLACE AT THIS CONTRACTORS OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, IN WE AL, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED FROM THE DATE OF LCCEPTANCE IN WRTIING. EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE AS SPECIFIED W . ITH THE INDMDUAL EQUIPMENT. 5. UNDER THE ONE (1) YEAR GUARANTEE PERIOD THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE PREMISES CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN ANY WORKMANSHIP OR ANY EQUIPMENT FURNISHES AND /OR INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE OWNER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINITE, INSPECTION APPROVAL AT THE, COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT. 0. $.EEIE$ 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND TWO INCHES (2 - ) ABOVE THE FLOOR. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD AND ALL AFFECTED TENANTS AW CORE DRIVING OR CUTTING OF OPENINGS IN CONCRETE FLOORS OR MASONRY WALLS. 2. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS FLOORS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS THROUGH SUSPENDED CEIUNGS OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. P. FIRE STOPPING 1. ALL OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS FOR CONDUITS SHALL flE FIRE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE. WITH NFPA 101 WITH CALCIUM SILICATE SILICONE "RN FOAM, 3M FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. PROVIDE SLEEVES AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPUCABLECODES OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. Q. PHASING RFQIIIRFMFNTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICES REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ETC. IN ORATIO. N TH CONTRACTOR SHALL SCH DOW HUT DOWNS OF THE LANDLORDS ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ONE IS WEEK PRIOR TO THE SHUT DOWN. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR, SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE FROM THE DESIGNATED LOCATION BY LANDLORD FOR ALL TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING AS REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACTOR, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL TEMPORARY WIRING, FUSES, RECEPTACLES, EQUIPMENT, ETC., SHALL BE REMOVED UPON THIS CONTRACTORS WORK COMPLETION. THE OWNER SHALL REIMBURSE THE LANDLORD FOR THE TEMPORARY POWER SERVICE CHARGE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL GROUND FAULT PROTECTION FOR ALL TEMPORARY SERVICE POWER CONNECTION AS REQUIRED BY ALL LOCAL. LANDLORD AND APPLICABLE CODES. '. SECTION 16111 - CONDUIT A THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL CONDUITS SERVING ALL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, TELEPHONE, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. B. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE GALVANIZED IMC OR EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR ON DRAWINGS. ALL CONDUIT 15 TO BE UL LABELED. EMT CONNECTORS SHALL BE STEEL COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE CONDUIT UNDER SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE RIGID STEEL C. MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUIT SHALL BE 1/2" FOR INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING FIXTURES CONNECTIONS OR TO INDMDUAL UGHT SWITCHES ACCEPTABLE LANDLORD THE NDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS) AND 3/4" FOR ALL OTHER LOCATIONS. HVAC CONTROL WIRING, SPEAKER WIRING AND FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL BE RUN IN CONDUIT AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4" SIZE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. ALL IN AND /OR UNDER FLOOR SLAB CONDUIT SHALL BE OF MINIMUM 1" SIZE. D. SUPPORT ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING SEISMIC AND SWAY BRACING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE N.E.C. AND LOCAL CODES. E. GENERALLY. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY AS NOTED ON PLAN. PAINTING OF CONDUITS IN FINISHED AREAS, NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. F. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE. 1. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE FOR THE FOLLOWING APPUCATIONS ONLY: A FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. B. FINAL CONNECTIONS INTO AND OUT OF THE TRANSFORMER. C. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT. D. INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL UGHT FIXTURES. (NOT TO INCLUDE HOME RUN TO PANEL BOARD WHICH MUST BE RIGID.) E. FINAL CONNECTIONS WHERE RIGID CONDUIT IS NOT PRACTICAL. F. IN WALLS (FOR UGI-IT SWITCHES AND 120 VOLT POWER RECEPTACLES AND HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE MUST BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE IMC OR EMT CONDUIT TO WHICH D IS CONNECTED. BOTH THE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND ITS FITTINGS ARE TO BE USTED FOR GROUNDING. A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED. ALL CONNECTORS ARE TO BE OF A NEMA APPROVED TYPE 3. THE USE OF ROMEX, 130, ETC. IS NOT PERMITTED. 4. CONNECTION TO OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT MUST BE WEATHERPROOF, I.E. UQUIDTIGHT OR SEALTIGHT. 5. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE 3' -0 ". G. PROVIDE AS A MINIMUM #1D AWG PULL-WIRE IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. H. HOME RUNS AND MAIN CONDUIT RUNS ARE TO BE HELD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS AND OTHER TRADES WORK. CONDUIT MUST BE TRAPEZED TO ALLOW 3 FEET MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE CEIUNG. I. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO COLUMN LINES. J. ALL CONDUITS MUST BE SIZED PER N.EC., LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. K. PVC CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED L CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN OR THROUGH ANY DUCTWORK. M. ANCHOR ALL CONDUITS INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY IN STEEL STUDS TO PREVENT VIBRATION. 1. 912 LESS THAN 100 FEET 2. 910 BETWEEN 100 -150 FEET 3. 98 BETWEEN 150 -250 FEET 4.. Vfi OVER 250 FEET END OF SECTION 16111 SECTION 16120 - WIRING A CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE COPPER AND THE AWG SIZE AND TYPE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE #12. THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600 VOLT INSULATION, TYPE THW, THWN OR THEN. (CONDUIT SIZE BASED ON THHN AND THWN). B. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE AWG LISTED SIZE PER DISTANCE SHOWN BELOW. DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER TO THE FURTHEST OUTLET. NOTE THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS OR ACTUAL FIELD READINGS FOR EACH RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT TO THE OWNER FOR APPROVAL OF SMALLER WIRE SIZE THAN THOSE USTED ABOVE. MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP SHALL BE 30 PER N.E.C. C. ON ALL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #10 AWG SHALL BE REDUCED TO #10 AWG WITHIN 10 FEET OF PANEL BOARD AND DEVICE IN JUNCTION BOXES ON RATED TERMINAL STRIPS. D. CONDUCTORS MAY BE STRANDED FOR SIZES #10 AWG AND LARGER. CONDUCTORS SIZE #12 SHALL BE SOLID (NOT STRANDED). E ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED, EXCEPT AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. CONDUCTOR CONNECTION MUST RE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. F. HVAC CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE B - #16 MULTI- COLORED CABLE WITH 600 V. INSULATION. G. ALL WIRING AND CABLE SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE SITE IN UNBROKEN PACKAGES. H. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CON DUIT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE (LE, LOW VOLTAGE, PLENUM RATED )2,DorY I. THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS REQUIRED FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND LOCAL CODES. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED FULL SIZE NEUTRAL THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC. IS NOT PERMITTED. NO FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE DEMISING WALL K. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO " SCOTCH LOCK FOR AWG IRE AND %/W IRE AND EQUAL TOT & B "LOCKTIGHT" FOR #6 AWG AN0 # LARGER. L ALL WIRING TO BE COLOR -CODED AS FOLLOWS: 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM 277/480 VOLT SYSTEM NEUTRAL - WHITE NEUTRAL - GRAY PHASE A OR L1 - BLACK PHASE 1 OR 1.1 - BROWN PHASE B OR 12 - RED PHASE B OR L2 - ORANGE PHASE C OR L3 - BLUE PHASE C OR L3 - YELLOW GROUND - GREEN GROUND - GREEN M. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE. ALL REQUIRED POWER AND CONTROL INTERLOCK FOR ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS. N. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. FOR SIGNALLING OR CONTROL SYSTEMS OR DEVICES WHICH ARE ENCLOSED IN PARTITIONS, WALLS, OR ANY WAY MADE INACCESSIBLE BY BUILDING CONSTRUCTION SHALL . BE ENCASED IN A RACEWAY. THE ABOVE RACEWAY NEED NOT TERMINATE IN A BOX OR FIRING SO LONG AS NORMAL PRECAUTIONS ARE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE CONDUCTORS AGAINST INJURY OR DAMAGE THIS ALSO SHALL INCLUDE COAXIAL CABLE ASSEMBLIES (N.E.C. 820 -50). 0. HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION WIRING 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FOR ADODIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE INCLUDED IN THIS BID. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL POWER WIRING, UNE VOLTAGE WIRING, AND UNE VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING INDICATED UNDER THE HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO DO ALL INTERCONNECTING UNE VOLTAGE WIRING BETWEEN RELAYS AND SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS A MINIMUM, ONE Q) CONDUIT STUBBED FROM HVAC AND /OR UGHRNG CONTROL PANEL TO 12 ABOVE CEIUNG WITH PLASTIC CONDUIT BUSHING TO PREVENT WIRE CHAFFING. 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL WIRING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE IN CONDUIT. 5. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR AVAILABLE SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAMS OF EQUIPMENT. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE OF THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS IN USE BY THE MALL AT THE TIME OF THE BID. IF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INFORM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE -IN REQUIREMENTS TO A LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT 15 IN EXISTENCE AT THE TIME OF THE BID, WITHOUT A SEPARATE LINE REM FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF THE BID. 7. 8. ROUTE ELECTRIC POWER AND CONTROL FOR ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT THROUGH A SEPARATE ROOF PENETRATION FOR THE ELECTRIC POWER AND CONTROL CONDUITS. DO NOT ROUTE CONDUIT THROUGH HVAC ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT CURB: DO NOT DRILL HOLES IN CONDENSATE PAN OR COMPRESSOR OR CONDENSER SECTION FLOOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPUCABLE CODES OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, TO THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PRIOR TO BIDDING. PROVIDE A. REMOTE RESET/TEST AND ALARM UGHT FOR ALL INSTALLED SMOKE DETECTORS. VERIFY RESET/TEST AND ALARM UGHT LOCATION WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. P. GENERAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS 1. ALL. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED ' AND INSTALLED UNDER CONTRACTS OTHER THAN THE ELECTRIC CONTRACT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH FULL COMPLEMENT OF .CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS NECESSARY FOR SATISFACTORY OPERATION. 2. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE DISCONNECT, STARTER AND MOTOR TERMINALS. 3. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER ROTATION OF ALL THREE PHASE EQUIPMENT. 4. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS SHALL BE ROUGHED IN WITH CONDUIT AND BOXES BY MANUFACTURER. INTERNAL WIRING SHALL BE COMPLETED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS OF THE EQUIPMENT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THIS CONTRACTOR 15 TO WIRE TO ALL LINE VOLTAGE CONTROLS AND CONTROLLERS. END OF SECTION 16120 SECTION 16131 - JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A THE PLANS INDICATE ONLY SCHEMATIC ROUTINGS FOR CONDUIT RUNS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BOXES WHERE REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS OR BY CODE. B. BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OF CODE GAUGE SIZE. C. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORTED INDEPENDENT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM D. ARRANGE' CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES'. IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES 'ABOVE DRYWALL CEIUNG SHALL BE UMTTED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OF ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. E. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES MUST BE LABELED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM TYPE ON COVER. END OF SECTION 16131 SECTION 16134 - OUTLET BOXES A. ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OF THE STANDARD KNOCKOUT TYPE. NO ROUND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PERMITTED, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTES ON DRAWINGS. CONCEALED BOXES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4 INCHES SQUARE AND 1 1/2' DEEP, WITH PLASTIC RINGS. ALL KNOCKOUT BOXES, UPON WHICH LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 3/4" FIXTURE STUDS. C. EXTERIOR BOXES SHALL BE CAST RUST - RESISTING METAL WITH GASKETED COVERS. D. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF FLOORS, CEIUNGS, WALLS, ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO HAVE SUITABLE BLOCKING BEHIND THEM TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING /.UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. E. UNLESS. OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. HANDICAP CODES OR LOCAL CODES. OUTLET HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. SWITCH HEIGHT 48' FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. 2. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS A. SALES - HORIZONTALLY IN BASEBOARD BENEATH CABINETS, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. B. NON -SALES - 18" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. 3. TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION 18134 RECEIVED ow OFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER J W CC VJ uJ 0 0 VJ 0 0 W 1- LL 0 CD 0 CC IV 0 LY O cn C3 Aug. 18, 2000 PANEL 'A' SCHEDULE STOCK ROOM TYPE:G VOLTS: 120/208 3 PH 4 WIRE FOUIPMFNT GROUND RUS MEG: SURFACE MAINS: 200 A MAIN C RCUIT BREAKER AMPS N 0 T E ITEM ao -1w QM1N LIGHTING (RECESSED) ao -Iw QM.N N 0 T ITEM E CIR NO. LEFT A PHASE BC LOAD RIGHT A PHASE B LOAD C CIR NO. LTS -STOCK RM 1. LTS -ENTRY 20 1 20 1 1 3 195 825 N/A 720 720 N/A 2 4 20 1 20 1 REC -STOCK RM REC - STOCK RM LTS -SALES AREA LTS -SALES AREA 20 1 20 1 5 7 1750 N/A 1127 2400 MISCELLANEOUS: 9SIGN) 900 6 8 20 1 30 1 REC - STOCK RM /EF -1 LTS -SIGN LTS -SALES LTS -SALES AREA AREA 20 1 20 1 9 11 0 851 300 171.5 500 1080 10 12 20 1 20 1 REC - READERBOARD 2. REC -SALES AREA LTS -SALES LTS -SALES AREA AREA 20 1 20 1 13 15 1050 1125 720 900 14 16 20 1 20 1 REC -SALES AREA REC - CASEWORK LTS -SALES LTS -FRONT AREA 20 1 20 1 17 19 900 1275 500 720 18 20 20 1 20. 1 REC -FRONT REC - SENSORMATIC 3. LTS- EMERGENCY LTS -STOCK RM 20 1 20 1 21 23 200 1704 500 900 22 24 20 1 20 1 REC -SOFFIT REC -FRONT LTS -STOCK RM YTS -STOCK RM 20 1 20 1 25 27 656 1550 26 28 20 1 20 1 SPARE SPARE SPARE 20 1 29 30 20 1 SPARE SPARE SPARE 20 1 20 1 31 33 32 34 20 1 20 1 SPARE SPARE SPARE HP -1 20 1 110 3 35 37 12600 36 38 20 1 20 1 SPARE SPARE - - - - - - 39 41 12600 12600 40 42 20 1 20 1 SPARE SPARE PHASE LOAD (VA): TOTAL CONNECTED PHASE LOAD (VA): TOTAL CONNECTED PHASE LOAD (AMP): A 17151 B 17151 C 17006 A 4340 B 2620 C 3600 21491 179.1 19771 164.8 20606 171.7 PANEL A I OAD CALCULATIONS O ., . DESCRIPTION o o o _ O LL f o o o APPLIANCE: COMPUTER: : ELEC. HEAT: KITCHEN ( EQUIP COUNT= 0):' LIGHTING. 15.9 1.25 19.9 MOTOR: 1.00 LARGEST MOTOR: 37.8 1.25 47.3 MISCELLANEOUS: RECEPTACLE: 8.2 1.00 8.2 RECEPT OVER 10 KVA: 0.50 TOTALS: 61.9 75.3 DEMAND AMPS = 209 A APPLIANCE COMPUTER ELECT. HEAT KITCHEN (EQUIP COUNT= 0) LIGHTING MOTOR LARGEST MOTOR MISCELLANEOUS RECEPTACLE RECEPT OVER 10 KVA TOTALS NOTES: 1. ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH TIMECLOCK 2. ROUTE CIRCUIT VIA SWITCH 3. PROVIDE ISOLATED GROUND 4. 5. LOAD SUMMARY DESCRIPTION K.W. AMPS K.W. AMPS LIGHTING (RECESSED) 2.3 6.4. 2.9 8.0 LIGHTING (SURFACE) 11.0 30.6 13.8 38.3 RECEPTACLES 8.2 22.8 8.2 22.8 WATER HEATER N/A N/A N/A N/A HVAC 37.8 105 37.8 105.0 EQUIPMENT (FAN, ETC.) N/A N/A N/A N/A MISCELLANEOUS: 9SIGN) 2.4 6.7 2.4 6.7 RESERVE 0 0 0 0 TOTAL 61.7 171.5 171.5 180.8 GROSS TOTAL AREA = 2,622 S.F. WATTS /SQ.FT. = 23.5 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES A THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTAIATION. PROVIDE GREY COLOR RECEPTACLES AND STAINLESS STEEL WAIJPIATES AT ALL LOCATIONS. THE DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE TYPES AND RATINGS LISTED, OR EQUALS BY ARROW - HART, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR PASS 8 SEYMOUR. WEATHERPROOF G.F.I. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTAUJ:D WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR M REQUIRED BY CODE 1. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: 20 A - 125 V HUBBELL - GRY 2. THREE WAY SWITCHES 20 A - 125 V HUBBELL - GRY 3. FOUR WAY SWITCHES: 20 A - 125 V HUBBELL - GRY 4. DUP. RECEPTACLES: 20 A - 125 V HUBBELL - CRY 5. FLOOR OUTLET BOX: STEEL CRY #841 6. FLOOR OUTLET BRASS COVER STEEL CRY /P -64-I OR P- 64-07, ADD AL" FOR ALUMINUM 7. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT IMERRUPNNG RECEPTACLES: 20 A -125 V HUBBE11-GF5352 B. DIMMERS: LURRON 9. UGHRNG BOERS: PARAGON 7007 -0 (24 HOUR - 7 DAY TYPE) 10. PLUG MOULD: WIREMOLD 2100 STEEL RACEWAY SYSTEM WHIE, PROVIDE ALL BASE, COVER, END CAPS, CUPS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. B. ALL DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL BE PASS AND SEYMOUR SERIES 11P" OR APPROVED EQUAL B10 OF SECTION 16140 B. MMUFACTU - BE SQUARE SECTOR 16155 - MOTOR STARTERS A MANUAL A STARTERS VIM OVERLOAD PROTECTION MAY BE USED FOR FRACTIONAL BO MOTORS TWAT D0 NOT REQUIRE AU00610 CO THREE PHASE STARTERS . - BE PROVIDED WITH OVERLOAD DEVICE PHASE MATCHED TO MOTOR ' TE RATING. MAGNETIC MOH • ARIES SHALL BE EIFCIRICALLY HELD (MINI : [1) AND o ' : FOR ALL SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS 1/2 HP OR THAT REQUIRED AL1LMKY CONTROL PROVIDE CO .'•• A , a CES (AUXILIARY CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.) IN 1 :' AS RE6 ! FOR IERLWKS. COORDINATE WNH MECHANICAL A� - • ORS COMBINATION -•n SHALL CONTRA FUSIBLE SWRCH> ��' I ONLY USED WHERE INOICATm ON END OF SECTION 16155 SECTION 16160 PANE180ARDS A ALL U OARDS SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING, FULL SIZED COPPER NEUTRAL, ISOLATED FROM A GROUNDING BUS, 1008 GROUND BUSSING, AND OVERALL HINGED/LOCKABLE 0000. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE QUICK -MATTE AND WICK -BREAK DESIGN, THERMAL- MAGNEIC TYPE, TRIP FREE AND TRIP - INDICATING. ALL PANELS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT AND FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED AS SHOWN AND SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARD OF THE CIRCUITS AND AN ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE B. CIRCUIT BREAKER PMELBOARDS SHALL. HAVE FULL LENGTH NON- TAPERED BUS BARS ARRANGED AND DRILLED FOR SEQUENCE PHASING. C. ALL PMEIS SHALL HAVE DOORS FLUSH WITH THE TRIM, EQUIPPED WITH LOCKS, AND KEYED AULKE ALL MULTI-POLE BREAKERS SOUL. BE COMMON :TRIP. D. ALL PMELBOARDS PHASE AMPERAGE SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7 PERCENT MAX. TO MIN. REARRANGE NON - LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED MD NOTE CHANGES ON RECORD DRAWINGS. UGH TING NG PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS MUST BE INSTALLED AND WIRED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS E PANELS SHALL BEM INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS (C/8) SHALL BE RATED 20 AMPERES SINGLE POLE MINIMUM, EXCEPT AS NOTED OR REQUIRED ' BY LOLL CODES. F. PROVIDE LOCKOUT CUPS ON NIGHT LIGHT, MME GLOCK CONTROLLED, LIFE SAFETY, MD ALL OTHER CIRCUIT .AKERS WHERE INDICATED ON PANEL SCHEDULE PROVIDE 5 A1RROW. CUPS TO BE INSTALLED AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER G. PROVIDE ONE SPARE 1 CONDUIT FOR EACH SIX SPACES OR SPARE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN EACH RECESSED MOUNTED PANEL MINIMUM 1 SPARE CONDUIT PER PANEL RUN CONDUIT TO A LORTON JUST ABOVE CEUNG. H. AL CIRCUIT 0 (5 S FEEDING UGUST. M NG LOADS SHALL BE USTD SHAD. BE MARKED 'WV WV (SWITCHING DUO. REFER TO ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM MD DRAWINGS FOR ADDMONAL INFORMATION 1 CIRCUIT BIREAREIRS SERVING HEATING, VENTILATION, AND /OR AR CONDITIONING (169C) EQUIPMENT SHALL BE RATED AND MARKED "HACR ", IF FUSING S NOT PROVIDED AT PIECE OF NVAC EQUIPMENT. 0E1D VERIFY EXACT 'HAW BREAKER REQUIREME0S WITH INAC EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE AND MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. J. IN SERVICE ENTRANCE APPLICATIONS, PANELS, SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S ABEL INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT IS RATED FOR 50518 APPUCATOU IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE N.E.C. AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. K. PMELBOARDS MUST BE HOMED ON MINIMUM 3/4" AM PLYWOOD AND PANTED TO A COLOR TO WATCH THE SURROUNDING WA05 OR A COLOR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE PLYWOOD SHALL 1 FOOT MINIMUM BEYOND EDGE OF EQUIPMENT. L PMELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING MD LUG CONNECTIONS AS FOLLOWS: 1. 120/208 VOLT PANEIBOARDS: 10,000 EEC. 2. 277/480 VOLT PMELBOARDS: 14,000 ALT 3. FUSIBLE' DISTRIBUTION PMELBDARD5 100,000 8055. M. VERIFY ACTUAL AI.C. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND LNOIY COMPANY PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. THE EQUIPMENT SHALL NEU OR EMEE7 THE CACUM'. FAULT CURRENT AT THE TENANT PANE_ N. AL LUG CONNECTIONS TO BE 75C 0. PANELS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE b ", OR APPROVED EQUAL P. COSTING PANEL AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT MAY BE RETAINED MD REUSED IF FOUND IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION. THE SUB-CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION, TESTING, MD CERURCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH S FOUND TO BE REUSABLE END OF SECTION 16160 SECTION 16170 - SAFETY MD DISCONNECT SWITCHES A SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE WICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK FUSED OR NON - FUSIBLE WITH RATINGS AND SEES AS NOTED ON PLANS MD REQUIRED BY CODES. B. SWITCHES SHAT BE WEATHERPROOF IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS OR M REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. C. DISCONNECT SCORCHES THAT ARE INSTALLED AT HATING, VENTILATING AND AR COND1ONING (OVAL) EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FUSED IF NOT PROTECTED WIN' A "HACK" BREAKER IN ACCORDANCE WTH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPATE AND MANUFACTURER'S, REQUIREMENTS PER THE NATIONA .ELECTRICAL CODE SATE MD LOCH CODES D. AT SERVICE 00064CE, DISCONNECT SHALL BEM MANUFACTURER'S LABEL INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT IS UL RATED FOR APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. E MANUFACTURER SHAT BE SQUARE U OR APPROVED EQUAL END OF SECTION 16170 SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING • PROVIDE COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYSTEM, #12 AWG MINIMUM, SIZED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL 80805110581 CODE; SAIL AND LOCAL 5006, THE 000155 TENANT CRNERLA AND AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. All CON UN DINCLUDING CONING FLEXI881 . CONDUIT, 5600. BE GROUNDED WITH A 00006 DUC C. GROUNDING CONNECTORS /JADE TO THE WATER PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND BONDING JUMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODES AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. All DEVICES SHAD BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN TIE ORE BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL META. -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX 0 NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR ETHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTET BOXES, AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. E RUN A SEPARATE ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 112 AVM MINIMUM, IN EACH CONDUIT FEEDING THE CASH WRAP, THE SENSORMATIC, HVAC CONTROL PANEL, AND OTHER COMPUTERIZED EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS FOR PANEL FEEDERS, BOND THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT WHERE ENTERING AND LEAVE THE CONDUIT THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED PER CODE, GREEN COLORED, COPPER WIRE F. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON - CURRENT CARRYING META. PARIS ARE TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT 5YSIEAL IS TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. AL LOCK NUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PANTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES MD NON - CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE 1001600 FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CWMPS. AL GROUND CWAPS SHALL BE 'PENN-UNION' OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO "GPI' TYPE A INSTAL DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS FOR THE DISTRIBUTE. SYSTEM AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE KVA AND VOLTAGE RATNGS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 8 120/208 VOLT 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE, WYE SECONDARY TRANSFORMER SHALL HAVE 480 VOLT DELTA PRIMARY, 60 CYCLE ALL WIRE 005 TO 75'5 RATED. C. - 1/2X S TAR5, T 0 (2) ABOVE AND FOUR CONSTRUCTION AND IMAL RIB RATING. SOUND LEVELS MUST FALL WITHIN ASA -NEMA STANDARD LEVELS ACCORDING TO KVA SEE. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE UL .ED WITH VENTILATED HOUSINGS AND STANDARD FULL TEMPERATURE RISE 1154C CLASS "M INSULATOR. D. TRANSFORMERS NOT FLOOR MOUNTED SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, REINFORCED WALLS, OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS USE 00000NAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AT POINTS OF MOUNTING TO CUT VIBRATION NOISES. USE FLEDBLE CONDUIT IN CONNECTING INTO AND OUT OF THE TRANSFORMERS. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED, SET, MOUNTED MD CONNECTED TN SUCH A MANNER TO KEEP NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE SURROUNDING AMBIENT NOISE LEVIES AND MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCE E MMUFACRI R SHALL BE SQUARE "D", OR APPROVED EQUAL SECTION 16477 - FUSES A THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY FUSES FOR A COMPLETE INSTALATON. B. FUSES FOR FEEDER CIRCUITS AND PMELBOARDS SHALL BE U.L CLASS RKI FAST - ACTNG TYPE C. FUSES FOR MOTOR OVERCURRLM AND TRANSFORMER PROTECTION SHALL BE DUAL ELEMENT, U.L. MASS RIO TIME DELAY TYPE D. RUSES MANUFACTURES: 1. BU5SMMN DMSION 2. GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY 3. GOULD, INC. 4. UTTER., INC. END OF SECTIO 16950 SECTION 16470 -DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS END OF SECTION 16470 END OF SECTION 16477 5ECITON 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS A THE OWNER SHAT FURNISH AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL Al UGNING FIXTURES MD VAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. IN SALES AREA ALL FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SHALL HAVE HPF BALLASTS. AL FIRE RATED ENCLOSURES FOR ETECTRICAL UGHIING FIXTURES SPEAKERS, EQUIPMENT, ETC., SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 8 ALL RECESSED INCANDESCENT RXTUR6 SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH APPLICABLE THERMAL PROIECDON. C. WHERE FLUORESCENT FIXTURES ARE SPECIFIED, THEY SHALL. BE PROVIDED W8H ELECTRONIC HIGH POWER FACTOR RAPID SARI ELECTRONIC BALLASTS, U.L LISTED, C.B.M. CERTIFIED AND E.T.L. APPROVED. D. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AMMON& ',TIMMY SUPPORT STEM HANGER WIRED ADEQUATE2 S0ED TO SUPPORT THE,WOGHT OF THE ROME FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE (MINIMUM TWO PER FIXTURE) FOR ALL FIXTURE IN AY -IN CEILINGS MD OTHER RXTUR6 AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS E NS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE MODEL NUMBERS AND QUANTITY OF ALL UGHT FIXTURES MID' TAMPS' PROVIDED BY ME' OWNER. CONTACT THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY IF THE MODELS DIFFER FROM THOSE LISTED ON 'THE UGHIING FIXTURE SCHEDULE OR IF THEY DO NOT HAVE PROPER THERMAL PROTECTION. F. PROVIDE APPLICABLE RE RATED DRYWALL BOXES OVER RECESSED FIXTURES IN FIRE RATED CBUNGS U REQUIRED BY CODES FIELD COORDINATE AS REWIRED TO AVOID CONFUCIS. G. SE ARCHITECTURAL CLUNG PION FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHTING 9XTURE. H. VERIFY ALL CEILING TYPES WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BEFORE ORDERING 0XTURES. END OF SECTION 16500 SECTION 16720 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERA A PROVIDE Al ITEMS, ARTICLES, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS MD /OR MEO1005 USIED, MENTIONED OR SCHEUUIJII IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS ONLY AS REQUIRED BY THE UWDORD, AND ALL AUTHORMES HAVING JURISDICTION, FORA COMPLETE AND OPERABLE BIDDER DESIGN INSTALLATION. B. COMPLY WITH NEC AS APPLICABLE TO CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF RRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDE COMPONENTS WHICH ARE UL -LISTED AND CABLED FOR FIRE ALARM. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES WHICH ARE FM APPROVED. COMPLY WITH AL STATE LOCAL CODE AND PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. C. THE BAISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE ADMIRED 0.5 NECESSARY FOR THE NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. ALL WORK SHA. BE STRICTLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TENANT HANDBOOK MD /OR LOCAL AUTHORITY. PART 3 GENERA. A THE LANDLORD WILL PROWDE A CONNECTION LOCATION FOR EACH TENANT TO RECEIVE A SIGNAL FROM THE MALL EIRE ALARM SYS TENANT . TT SHAT INSTALL CODE- REQUIRED MODULES, STROBES AND POWER SUPPLIES, WHICH ARE . TO BE ACTIVATED, UPON A MALL FIRE ALARM SIGNAL B. TENANT SHALI: 1. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED WIRING IN CONDUIT FROM CDUNG AND DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS TO LAND LARD PROVIDED SMOKE CONTROL INTERFACE J -BOX. 2. PROVIDE 1.1. U5TED MOTOR RATED RELAY FOR MECHANICAL HEATING AND VENRLA710N EQUIPMENT AND ALL WIRING IN CONDUIT FROM LAND LORD PROVIDED SMOKE CONTROL INTERFACE J -00X TO RELAY. VERIFY REAP REQUIRE4ENTS WRILMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 3. PROVIDE ALL WIRING IN CONDUIT FROM RELAY AND MAKE RNA CONNECTIONS AT HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM FOR SHUTDOWN OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT UPON ACTUA0ON OF MALL FIRE ALARM SYS.. C. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE 8ASE BUILDING COMPATIBLE DEVICES AND ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING. RIVAL CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S SYSTEM WILL BE BY THE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR AT TENANT EXPENCE D. FURNISH AND INSTALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FOR FAN SHUT DOWN_ E FURNISH AND INSTALL CEILING MOUNT SMOKE DETECTORS. F. FURNISH AND INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS FOR SMOKE FIRE DAMPER OPERATION. G. FURNISH AND INSTALL STROBE LIGHTS IN ALL AREAS TO COMPLY WITH NEPA. H. FURNISH AND INSTALL SPEAKERS TO ACHIEVE 15 dbA ABOVE AMBIENT, WHERE REQUIRED BY AHJ. 1 COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM AND WIRING. J. INSTALLATON, PROGRAMMING AND TESTING. K. ONE YEAR WARRANTY. L SHOP DRAWINGS. M. PERMIT AND APPROVALS BY ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICIWN. SECTION 16740 - TELEPHONE AND COMPUTER WIRING A PROVIDE A SYSTEM OF CONDUIT RACEWAY'S, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, AND TERMINAL BOARDS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PIMIS. TELEPHONE SWITCHING APPARATUS, CONDUCTORS, INSTRUMENTS, 8150 .LNEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES ARE NOT PMT OF THIS CONTRACT AND WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER. B. OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM.. PROVIDE A COVERPIATE AND CONDUIT STUB WOT1 PULL WIRE TO ABOVE CEILING FO^,. EACH DEVICE SHOWN ON PLANS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE C. CONDUIT RUNS FROM TELEPHONE BOARD OR BACK ROOM FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA LINES TO POS COUNTER ARE TO BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS.. D. ALL PULL WIRES ARE TO BE 8100.60 8008 PURPOSE DESGNATED. E PROVIDE A 3/4" RIK X 36" X 36" ACK PLYWOOD BOARD MOUNTED VERIICAILY AT 48" AF.F. TO CENTER FOR MOUNTING TELEPHONE' EQUIPMENT. PLYWOOD SHOULD BE PAINTED WITH HIGH QLWIIY GRAY OIL BASE PANT ON BOTH SIDES, FRONT, AND BACK. F. POS CONDUIT: PROVIDE (2) PARALLEL' 1.25 INCH CONDUITS, SEPARATED AT 6" 0.C., EXTENDING IN A CONTINUOUS.. RUN FROM A POINT ABOVE THE SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING, DOWN THE INSIDE OF THE STUD PARTITION,'' BENDING IN TO A TRENCH IN THE SLAB (DR PENETRATING THROUGH THE SLAB AND RUNNING IN THE CONCEALED CEILING SPACE BELOW), BENDING. UP TO THE DESIGNATED LOCATION WITHIN THE POS COUNTER TO A DIMENSION 6 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED SLAB ELEVATION PROVIDE 4X4 BOX AT TERMINATION OF EACH CONDUIT WITHIN THE PDS CABINET. DENOTES SECTION THAT IS NOT APPLICABLE GENERAL NOTES: END OF SECTION' 16740 1. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: UTUTY COMPANY CONNECTIONS, SERVICE AND /OR TAPPING FEES: LOCAL, COUNTY OR STATE SERVICE CHARGES, INSPECTION CHARGES. AND PERMIT FEES; LANDLORD'S CONNECTION FEES, LANDLORD'S UTILITY CHARGES, LANDLORD'S. METERING CHARGES, AND /OR LANDLORD'S EQUIPMENT CHARGES. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RECORD ALL FIELD CIiANGES IN HIS WORK AS THE JOB PROGRESSES, AND UPON COMPLETION SHALL TURN OVER TO THE TENANT AND LANDLORD A "RECORD" SET OF PRINTS SHOWING THESE CHANGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ACTUAL MANUFACTURER(S) EQUIPMENT INSTALLED, EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S AS INSTALLED" SIZES ETC. 3. "LOCK ON" DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON NIGHT UGHT CIRCUITS. TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED CIRCUITS, ALL UFE SAFETY CIRCUITS AND OTHERS AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AND AUTHOR. HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. ROUTE ELECTRICAL POWER. AND CONTROL FOR THE ROOF MOUNTED IiVAC EQUIPMENT THROUGH A SEPARATE'. ROOF PENETRATION FOR THE ELECTRIC POWER AND CONTROL CONDUITS.. FLASH PENETRATION PER LANDLORD DETAILS. DO NOT ROUTE CONDUIT THROUGH= ROOF CURB. DO NOT DRILL HOLES IN CONDENSATE. PAN OR COMPRESSOR /CONDENSER SECTION FLOOR. 1. AMP LOADS ARE SHOWN AS 3 PHASE NOTE: THE COOLING AND HEATING LOADS SHALL BE INTERLOCKED SO AS NOT TO OCCURE SIMULTANEOUSLY. THE LARGER OF THE TWO LOADS SHALL BE USE TO DETERMINE THE TOTAL CONNECTED. D2 i :YY ‘2,:8 REC EIVED OTTYOFTUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER PHASE I BUILDING 'D2' PHASE II FOOD COURT SOUTNCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ELECTRICAL DESIGN CRITERIA, DETAIL AND RISER DIAGRAMS Sheet 1 of 2 TSC -Al TSGL1 -, -0 SG 1 TSG-03 TSG-D2 NORDSTROM MERVYN'S —, MERVYN'S MERVYN'S I i NORDSTROM MERVYN'S Ii �I� ■' � : % ��I!'� � II �" 1 fib: ■�■ is �� /,<:. hil THE ONO II 41ua • 1h �,:: C_ MI i ii G ' / / „////l /. THE 1'I % � % ; 4 i %� / //, i / /r /// I, ,,;r � ; O . a f' SEARS /�� BON ji j ,% % / 4 % /��% /, T5G-F2 / /// % i %% i � `❑ .. . %� / % / / /ri r D 41.1111 � -. j % %� / /// % /, % /,. / / � i// /r zi T111RIIITII ; 0 i ! i ! ! � ' JCPENNEY � =irk t ■A . D NORDSTROM i I : Y -%% '' :.. _,� —7 I II �= � �,� p p M . 0 . % / ii/ % �� / / / Ii % � � / /,i. �/. +�.� a`vv no v o Kw. v ID air �v v IMO v o v , � �- o � �v a s o v ,e o o !1IU JCPENNEY G ... '�� ��'� j :Illi�r�� O.. ■i �'■ ■I I� -. =' E e 1� ` �: ... JCPENNEY .. ''I� . � �� _ v � �f' �: _ IIIEr� E ��� .. �t I , '� s dm � - JCPENNEY � ❑ �'� ■I ��■ : �, `I_ Ie — a� C� Ili�r�i SEARS �� , D - OM : . �� s ME - � 'MO NI 11 r _ • : '�r� L 5 � O / ;✓ % , �IEEIRIIHE / KEY PLAN f : TSG-E2 KEY PLAN pAk , ■ , KEY PLAN TSGD2 T5GF3 TSG-F1 KEY PLAN TSG -03 TSG-E1 TSG-02 T5G-D2 pAk NO SCALE 11111/ NO SCALE Ill/ METERING SWITCHBOARD METER GRADE/FINISHED FLOOR NOTES & LEGEND: AND LE NO SCA NO SCALE , I ■ ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC AREA ZONE 3. MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC AREA ZONE 3. MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC AREA ZONE 3. MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR 5D3MIC AREA ZONE 3. MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. UNIT NUMBER ELECTRICAL NOTES: CONDUIT AND WIRE TENANT'S PHASE II NOTES; PHASE I NOTES DBA 1. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE E A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE RETIRED SHUT DOWN THE HVAC UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. & LIGHT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE STOCK AREA AS 2. UPON DETECTION OF F1., GAS AND ELECTRIC POWER IS SHUT OFF FOR COOKING EQUIPMENT UNDER THE HOOD. 3. Ti. LANDLORD HAS PROVIDED A 120 V ORNIT FOR THE WILL BE MADE AT JUNCTION BOX LOCATED BY THE UNIT.. COORMATE CONNECTION WITH THE LANDLORD. 4. TIME SWITCH SHALL CONTROL MENUBOARD, UNDER COUNTER AREA LL(2TTING. USE PARAGON TYPE 70007-0 OR EQUAL 5 uNDE 6 MILIJAMPT LIGHTING sH FJ_ B 10 WM1E TER NEON 6. E FOOD COURT FLOOR IS A STRUCTURAL SLAB. TENANT TH LANDLORD FOR ANY UNDER FLOOR CONSTRUCTION EGIS - CONDUIT AIR DUCT THAT ATEST -ALARM SWITCH A PART OF THE SYSTEM. TO BE AUTOMATICALLY TENANT'S SIGN. CONNECTION. LANDLORD WORN THE LIGHTING & SERVING 24 HOUR 7 DAY TYPE. OGHTG HITE) N (W MUST HAVE wWTTEN CONSTRUCTION, BEFORE AND WIRE WILL TENANT TENANT'S 1. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE RETURN SHUT DOWN THE HVAC UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. & LIGHT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE STOCK AREA AS CONFUR AIR DUCT THAT A TEST -ALARM SWITCH A PART OF THE SYSTEM. AND RE WI WILL TENANT'S I. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE RETURN AIR DUCT THAT WILL SHUT DOWN THE HVAC UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE A TEST -ALARM SWITN & LIGHT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE STOCK AREA AS A PART OF THE SYSTEM. WI CONDUIT AND RE TENANT, UNIT FUSIBLE SWTTfH OR SOCKET ® OI © EL E © ' 1 CIRCUIT BREAKER UNIT UNIT 01 M O O' FUSIBLE SWITCH OR FUSIBLE SWITCH OR © ' O of METERING SWITCHBOARD - METERNG SWITCHBOARD - - - �' M � ••j• ' METERANDSOCKET GRADE/FlSFE NID FLOOR © O I METER AND SOCKET GRADE /FINISHED FLOOR UNIT ® � ' © O' CIRCUIT BREAKER ® 0 1 © 0I mail' BREAKER TENANT'S AND PARTIAL RISER DIAGRAM THIS SHEET a TrG -01 MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANTS SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, !1017 QIDDIPIG •� + CONTRACTORS AND FOR BUILDING PERMITS S. SWITCH R ® a © D ' ® 0' © 1 ' ®r' METERNG SWITCHBOARD - 120/208V 3 4W S. THE INTERRUPTING OVERCURRENT AMPERES EXPENSE. 6: TENANT TO THE METERING /SWITCHBOARD WTDRN SWITCH, CIRNIT BREAKER, ETC.) COORDINATED WITH THE REQUREMENTS. crsMOKEDETECroR Iw SUPPLY AIR DUCT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR CA PACTIY OF THE METERING SWITCHBOARD MINIMUM OF 65,000 RMS DEVICES SHALL BE A MIN AT 240V AC. TO PROVIDE A MAIN DISCONNECTING MEANS TENANT'S UNIT. ® o' ® o' ® 01 METER AND SOCKET -�.1 GRADE FINISHED FLOOR M O I I I I / © IOU I �/ OM O CIRCUIT BREAKER 1 °Y TENANT 2 e. nv ^LORD 3. METER BY UTILTTYAT 4. ALL EQUIPMENT ADDITIONS (SOCKET, METER, FUSIBLE SHALL BE COMPATIBLE S WITCHBOARD MANUFACTURERS 120 V SMOKE EXHAUST FAN PARTIAL RISER DIAGRAM © U PARTIAL RISER DIAGRAM ® 0 ©.. 120/208V 3 4W & EGEND: NOTES L 277/480v 3 4W IN GBUILDING ONLY. 120/208V 3 4W IN A, B, C, D, E & F- BUILDINGS. NOTES & LEGEND: I I PARTIAL RISER DIAGRAM \\ 1 8vn M 2 ° ^ LDS 3. SCIRCUIT BREAKER, ETC.) WITH THE fj!:: N TETERINWSWRCHBOARD TY METERING SWITCHBOARD H MINIMUM OF 65 RMS JN DISCONNECTING MEANS WITHIN TENANTS UNIT. I. NT 2. N ^LORD 3. METER BY UTILITY AT TENANT'S EXPENSE WffHIN TENANT'S UNIT. IMW The Richard E. Jacobs Group r MAGNETI STARTER W/ OVERLOA0 NINATED ONTROL QRNITUQUIREMENTS. I ov, nu 2 ^' ORO 15/1 _ 111 L FDSCS OIITPUi FDSCS INPUT s a 4 24 a a 24 24 + - .2424 + - 3. METER BY UTILITY AT TENANT'S E%PENBE. 4. A LL EQUIPMENT ADDMONS TO THE METERING /SWITCHBOARD (SOCKET, METER, FUSIBLE SWITCH, CIRCUIT BREAKER, ETC.) SHALL BE AR AND ER SR E QATED WTH THE SWITCHBOARD MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. 5. THE INTERRUPTING CAPACTIY OF THE METERING SWITCHBOARD OVER AMPERES AT 240E AC. 6. TENANT TO PROVIDE A MAIN DISCONNECTING MEANS WTI1NN TENANT'S UNIT. / cb zobb F I bi �MINIMU�� P PANEL — 120/24 V TRANSFORMER B RESET TEST B CEILING SMOKE SWITCH DETECTOR FIRE DETECTION & SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM REV190NS 1. ALL WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT 2. ELECTRIC AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION. 3. ONE (1) CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATED NEAR THE STOREFRONT IS REQUIRED PER BD' -0” OF STOREFRONT. SMOKE DETECTOR IS TO BE PURCHASED FROM THELANDLORDAND INSTALLED6YTHET E ANDTIEDNTO THE FlRE DETECTOR SYSTEM. 2Q REVISED 1/15/96 Q REVISED ?; ! C; 9S DRAWN BY: DATE . c. JOB NUMBER IN THE EVENT THE TENANT IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL AND /OR FURNISH ANY AND ALL EQUIPMENT, WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. FOR TENANT'S ELECTRICAL SERVICE /INSTALLATION, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT OF APPROVAL OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND METHODS TO BE UTILIZED PRIOR TO AND AFTER INSTALLATION OF ALL WORK. LANDLORD'S APPROVAL OF SUCH METHODS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: LOCATION OF TENANT CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S OR UTILITY' COMPANY'S SERVICE; LOCATION OF THE ROUTING OF ALL CONDUIT; METHODS AND LOCATION OF SUPPORT OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT FROM LANDLORD'S APPROVED STRUCTURE; HEIGHT OF CONDUIT INSTALLATION (HEIGHT OF CONDUIT ROUTING SHALL BE A MAXIMUM HEIGHT FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR WITH A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 13' -10" ) RECEIVED SIZE OF ALL CONDUITS, WIRE, EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SERVICE TO THE TENANT'S PREMISES, AND MANUFACTURERS OF SWITCHES, FUSES, METER SOCKETS, METERS, FUSED BUS PLUGS, HANGERS, CONDUIT AND ANY OTHER DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR CffYOF TUKWM INSTALLATION. FAILURE TO OBTAIN LANDLORD'S PRIOR. APPROVAL FOR ANY OF THE ABOVE SHALL REQUIRE THE TENANT TO REMOVE ANY NONCONFORMING INSTALLATION OR DEVICE AND REPLACE SAME PER METHODS AND MATERIALS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. TENANTS CONTRACTORS AUG 2 5 2nnn SHALL BE BOUND BY THESE REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL OBTAIN LANDLORD'S WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO AND AFTER INSTALLATION.. TENANT SHALL SUBMIT "AS BUILT RECORD DOCUMENTS OF THE INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BY THE LANDLORD. IN ADDITION TO THAT STATED HERE -IN, ALL WORK SHALL ALSO CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS NOTED ON TTE DRAWINGS. PERMIT CENTER REVISED BY: DATE 1 -31 -00 FILE NAME, SCNTTE1 DRAWING NUMRE& 1 I E LOCATION: SOUTHCENTER MALL GENERAL NOTES GENERAL NOTES EirAllakiVAWA SEE NOTE #2 STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPING RING SOLDER JOINT ROOFING - MEMBRANE INSULATION NOTES,. 1. FOR BALLAST SYSTEMS, REPLACE BALLAST AFTER WORK IS COMPLETED. 2. 4 LB. LEAD FLASHING SHALL BE 1/4" MAX. DIAMETER LARGER THAN PIPE ALL JOINTS TO BE SOLDERED. 3. FLANGE SHALL BE SET BY ROOFER. CONTACT LL FOR LIST OF APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTORS 4. ALL ROOFWORK TO BE PERFORMED BY MALL APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR TYPICAL DETAIL - LEAD - BUR N.T.S. 1B" MIN. SQ. LEAD FLASHING SEE NOTE 3 N.T.S. 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AIA 201 AND TENANT'S GENERAL CONDNIONS REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. ACTUAL LOCATION AND EXTENT OF LANDLORD'S SERVICES MUST BE FIELD VER RED. CHANGES TO CONFORM TO LANDLORD SERVICE LOCATIONS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE MADE AT NO ADDTIIONAL COST TO THE TENANT AND /OR LANDLORD. 3. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN, NOTED, SCHEDULED AND /OR AS REQUIRED FORA COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. A. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMMERCIAL GRADE AND SHALL BEAR A U.L LABEL ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW. REUSE OF EXISTING SHALL BE PROHIBITED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY LANDLORD AND ALL CODES. B. MATERIALS, PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW AND AS SUCH APPEAR ON THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UST OF APPROVED ITEMS AND SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM, IEEE, IPCTA, NEC, NEMA, RLM, CEM AND OTHER RECOGNIZED STANDARDS AND SHALL BE SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, WHICHEVER ARE MORE STRINGENT. 4. THE WORD "PROVIDE" AS USED HEREIN MEANS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. 5. ALL WORK TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHEREVER THERE IS A CONEUCT, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY. 6. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF ,THE SPACE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMBED TO: mum' COMPANY CONNECTIONS, SERVICE AND /OR TAPPING FEES: LOCAL, COUNTY OR STATE SERVICE CHARGES, INSPECTION CHARGES, AND PERMIT FEES; LANDLORD'S CONNECTION FEES, LANDLORD'S UTILITY CHARGES, LANDLORD'S METERING CHARGES, AND /OR LANDLORD'S EQUIPMENT CHARGES. 7. SUBMIT MATERIALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MAJOR EQUIPMENT TO THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND APPROVED THEM. 8. DEFICIENCIES AND NON- CONFORMING ITEMS - IF, AT ANY TIME DURING THE TERM OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD DETERMINES THAT TENANT'S EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM HAS NOT BEEN INSTALLED OR IS NOT OPERATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OR LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, LANDLORD MAY, IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES IT MAY HAVE, AFTER GIVING FIVE (5) DAYS WRRTEN NOTICE TO TENANT OF IT'S INTENTION TO DO SO, CORRECT SUCH DEFICIENCIES AS LANDLORD MAY ELECT TO PERFORM FOR AND ON TENANT'S BEHALF. TENANT SHALL REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED BY LANDLORD FOR THE CORRECTION OF THE DEFICIENCIES PLUS A FIFTEEN PERCENT (15 %) ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE. THE TOTAL AMOUNT SHALL BE DUE AND PAYABLE TO LANDLORD UPON DEMAND. 9. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER .IS DIVISION. ANY CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OF LANDLORD. SLEEVES SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 2" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND ALL SLEEVES, OPENINGS, ETC., THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED AFTER CONDUIT INSTALLATION TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATINGS. CHANNELING OF FLOORS IS EXPRESSLY FORBIDDEN. CONTRACTORS WILL BE HELD UABLE. n 10. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE FROM LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED LOCATION FOR ALL TEMPORARY POWER AND UGHHNG WITH ALL WIRING AS REQUIRED INCLUDING FURNISHING EXTENSION CORDS FOR HIS OWN USE. ANY TEMPORARY WIRING, FUSES, ETC., SHALL BE REMOVED UPON COMPLETION. TENANT SHALL REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR TEMPORARY POWER PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY N.E.C. AND LOCAL CODES. 11. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE. LANDLORD SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE ENTIRE INSTALLATION W. LANDLORD AS REQUIRED. VENT PIPE FOR PLUMBING VENTS TURN LEAD FLASHING DOWN INTO VENT PIPE A MIN. OF 1" BELOW TOP OF PIPE 4 L8. VIRGIN LEAD SEE NOTE #2 STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPING RING PRE - MOLDED PIPE SEAL RUBBER ROOFING MEMBRANE INSULATION N.T.S. PIPE /CONDUIT OR VENT THROUGH ROOF FLASHING DETAILS 14. PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, ETC., IF REQUIRED, WILL BE BY THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTES: 1. PRE - MOLDED PIPE SEAL CANNOT BE CUT VERTICALLY TO BE INSTALLED. 2. PRE - MOLDED PIPE SEAL MUST HAVE INTACT RIB AT TOP EDGE REGARDLESS OF PIPE DIAMETER. 3. WHEN PREFABRICATED PIPE SEAL CANNOT BE INSTALLED, USE FIELD FABRICATED PIPE SEAL SEE ALTERNATE PIPE FLASHING DETAIL 4. FOR BALLAST SYSTEMS, REPLACE BALLAST AFTER WORK IS COMPLETED. 5. FLANGE SHALL BE SET BY ROOFER. CONTACT L.L. FOR LIST OF APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTORS 6. ALL ROOFWORK TO BE PERFORMED BY MALL APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR GENERAL NOTES (CONT'D) 12. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE AS REQUIRED AND AS NOTED HEREIN. 13. CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION WITHIN TENANT'S PREMISES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE REQUIRED FOR UTILITY COMPANY WIRES. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE WITH CONDUIT DROP AND PULL WIRE TO ABOVE CEILING. 15. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL FIELD CHANGES IN HIS WORK AS THE JOB PROGRESSES, AND UPON COMPLETION SHALL TURN OVER TO THE TENANT AND LANDLORD A "RECORD" SET OF PRINTS SHOWING THESE CHANGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ACTUAL MANUFACTURER(S) OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED, EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S AS INSTALLED" SIZES ETC. 16. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WM-I ENGRAVED BAKELITE NAMEPLATES AS TO NAME AND /OR FUNCTION: DISTRIBUTION PANELS, LIGHTING PANELS, MOTOR STARTERS, PUSH BUTTON STATIONS, SWITCHES AND CONTROL DEVICES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, METER SOCKETS, ETC. 17. ALL ELECTRIC WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL, SUCH AS CHANNELS, RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK AND SHALL BE FASTENED TO STEEL CONCRETE OR MASONRY, MW NOT TO PIPING OR OTHER NONSTRUCTURAL ITEMS, INCLUDING JOIST BRIDGING, METAL DECK AND CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WHERE POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINES PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO COLUMN LINES OR BEAMS AND SEPARATED AT LEAST 31NCHES FROM WATER LINES WHEREVER THEY RUN ALONGSIDE OR ACROSS SUCH LINES. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, DUCTS OR APPROVED RACEWAYS. 18. "LOCK ON" DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUITS, TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED CIRCUITS, ALL LIFE SAFETY CIRCUITS AND OTHERS AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 19. GROUND ALL CONDUITS, CABINETS, PANELS, AND OTHER EXPOSED NON- CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF THE NEC AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. 20. TEST FOR GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS AND PROPER FUNCTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AFTER INSTALLATION I5 COMPLETE. FAULTS IN THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED. 21. THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS APPROXIMATE AND THE TENANT OR LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES WITHOUT ADDTIIONAL COST TO THE TENANT OR LANDLORD. 22. PROVIDE ANY AND ALL SHIELDING OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY N.EC. OR OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES DUE TO WATER CARRYING EQUIPMENT, PIPING OR DEVICES OR DUE TO ANY OTHER CONDITION REQUIRING SAME. 23. ROUTE ELECTRIC POWER AND CONTROL FOR THE ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT THROUGH A SEPARATE ROOF PENETRATION FOR THE ELECTRIC POWER AND CONTROL CONDUITS. FLASH PENETRATION PER LANDLORD DETAILS. DO NOT ROUTE GOND COND TYPICAL DETAIL - PREMOLDED - RUBBER ROOF 24. TT IS THE INTENT THAT THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY ASPECT AND THAT ANY MATERIAL OR WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS; BUT NECESSARY TO FULLY COMPLETE THE WORK, SHALL BE FURNISHED. 25. GUARANTEE: A. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT AND LANDLORD. DEFECTS WHICH APPEAR DURING THAT PERIOD SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. B. FOR THE SAME PERIOD, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO PREMISES CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP OR IN THE WORK OR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND /OR INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. WATER CUT -OFF MASTIC SPLICING CEMENT LAP SEALANT TT -9 O NOTE: DO NOT TRIM DECK FLANGE GENERAL NOTES (CONT'D) MATERIAL SPECS 1. CONDUIT SHALL BE STANDARD STEEL RIGID, IMC OR EMT (THIN WALL) ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS A. MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUITS SHALL BE 3/4" FOR EMBEDMENT IN CONCRETE AND 1/2" FOR ALL OTHER APPLICATIONS. ELECTRIC METAWC TUBING (EMT) SHALL BE GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO- GALVANIZED. FITTINGS SHALL BE OF COMPRESSION TYPE. EMT, IMC OR HEAVY WALL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR FEEDERS AND BRAN. CIRCUITS RUN ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN INTERIOR PARTITIONS. EMT SHALL NOT BE CONCEALED IN POURED CONCRETE SLABS OR WALLS B. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT MAY BE USED ONLY FOR SHORT FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM J -BOX TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS PERMITTED BY CODE AND AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE 6'-0 ". Q C. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN OR THROUGH DUCT WORK. D. CONDUIT IN THE CONCRETE SLAB OR UNDERGROUND SHALL BE RIGID GALVANIZED CONDUIT OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC RIGID CONDUIT. STUB -UPS, ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR, TO PANELS AND BOXES SHALL BE RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. E. PVC CONDUIT IS NOT ALLOWED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE IN CEILING OR WALL CAVMES 2. WIRE SHALL BE SINGLE CONDUCTOR COPPER WITH 600 VOLT INSULATION. #10 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. #8 AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE .12 HOWEVER #16 MAY BE USED FOR CONTROL WIRING. ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE SITE IN UNBROKEN PACKAGES, ALL WIRING OF ANY TYPE MUST BE IN CONDUIT. A. GENERAL WIRING SHALL BE TIM. (ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED.) B. HVAC CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE 8 - #16 AWG MULTI- COLORED CABLE WITH 600 V INSULATION. C. RUMEX AND BX CABLE ARE NOT PERMITTED. (SEE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT) D. MC CABLE MAY BE USED (25' -0" MAXIMUM). WHEN USED FOR SHORT FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM J-BOX TO LIGHTING FIXTURE 6'-0" IS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE (WHERE LOCAL CODE PERMITS) A 3. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL BY SCOTCHLOCK FOR 1f8 AND SMALLER AND T & B "LOCK -TITS" FOR #6 AND LARGER 4. LIGHTING FIXTURES, INCLUDING LAMPS, SHALL BE FURNISHED AS INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLAN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS. IN SALES AREAS, FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL . HAVE HPF BALLASTS, AND DEEP CELL PARABOLIC LOUVERS. ALL FIRE RATING ENCLOSURES FOR ELECTRICAL UGHTING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR S. ALL UNE AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING INCLUDING TEMPERATURE CONTROL, CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS, . DAMPERS, INSTALLATION OF THERMOSTATS, INTERLOCKING, ETC., EXCEPT THAT WHICH IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED POWER AND CONTROL INTERLOCK FOR ALL HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS. 6. COLOR OF WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. COVER PLATE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL OR SMOOTH THERMOSPLATIC TO MATCH DEVICE COLOR WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE EQUAL TO "SPECIFICATION GRADES" AS FOLLOWS: A. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES - HUBBELL .5362 & GF5362 ; B. LIGHTING SWITCHES - HUBBELL #1221 SERIES, 3 -WAY AND 4 -WAY SIMILAR -.223 AND #1224 RESPECTIVELY. C. INCANDESCENT DIMMERS - LUTRON D. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS - SQUARE D TYPE E. EXHAUST FAN TIMERS - MARK TIME F. CLOCK RECEPTACLE - HUBBELL CAT. 7707 -SS G. SHUNT TRIP - SQUARE D TYPE. 7. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELS SHALL BE OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH OVERALL DOOR, AND TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY INSIDE DOOR. TWO OR THREE POLE BREAKERS SHALL BE COMMON TRIP TYPE. LOADS SHALL BE BALANCED WITHIN 1095. 8. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT. SWITCHES SHALL BE FUSED OR NON - FUSED AS CALLED FOR ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, LOAD AND HORSEPOWER RATED AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR EQUAL NTS ROOFTOP UNIT CONDUIT DETAIL 1. LOCATE SO NOT TO OBSTRUCT ANY SERVICE TO RTU OR READING OF NAMEPLATE. 2. DO NOT INSTALL CONDUIT THRU CURBS. USE SEPERATE ROOF PENETRATIONS. 3. PITCH POCKETS ARE NOT PERMITTED GENERAL NOTES (CONT'D) 9. OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED, ONE - PIECE, PRESSED STEEL KNOCKOUT TYPE 10. JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, CODE GAUGE SIZE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS DOORS FOR CONCEALED JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES. TT -37 3 7 11. A FOR NON FOOD COURT TENANTS, TIME SWITCHES SHALL CONTROL SIGN, ENTRANCE LIGHTING, AND SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING. USE PARAGON TYPE 7007 -0 OR EQUAL, 24 HOUR, 7 -DAY TYPE B. FOR FOOD COURT TENANTS, THE LANDLORD HAS PROVIDED A JUNCTION BOX ABOVE THE CEILING FOR CONTROL OF THE TENANT'S SIGN (120 VOLTS). THE LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE A 1/2" CONDUIT FROM THE JUNCTION BOX TO THE SIGN. WIRING FROM THE JUNCTION BOX TO THE SIGN IS THE TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY. SEE LANDLORD'S DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION. 12. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION MAYBE USED FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS WHERE AUTOMATIC OPERATION IS NOT REQUIRED. SINGLE PHASE STARTERS SHALL BE SQUARE D OR EQUAL THREE PHASE STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OVERLOAD DEVICE IN EACH PHASE LOW VOLTAGE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE USED FOR AUTOMATIC FAN OPERATION. COMBINATION STARTERS, WHEN USED, SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE SWITCHES. WOO '21 ELECTRICAL DATA FORMS TO BE COMPLETED BY TENANT MAIN BUS RATING MAIN BREAKER PANEL NO. FED FROM FEEDER CABLE SIZE Description Walls per phase A '3 C Circ No. 1 3 S 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 ABC Circ No. 2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 Watts per phase A B C Description TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD ICW. K.V.A. AMPS LOCATION MOUNTING TOTAL MAIN BUS RATING MAIN BREAKER PANEL NO. FED FROM FEEDER CABLE SIZE Description TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD Watts per phas A `3 C Circ No. 3 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 K.W. K.VA. AMPS Description Lighting (recessed) Lighting (surface) Receptacles Water Heater H.V.A.C. Equip. (fans, etc.) Miscellaneous ,(sign) Reserve TOTAL Gross Leasable Area = ABC LOCATION MOUNTING Circ No. 2 10 12 14 16 20 22 24 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 Connected K.W. AMPS 6 8 Watts per phase A B C K.W. Demand Description LOAD SUMMARY AMPS TOTAL Watts /Sq.Ft = NOTE: THE COOLING AND HEATING LOADS SHALL BE INTERLOCKED SO AS NOT TO OCCURS SIMULTANEOUSLY. THE LARGER OF THE TWO LOADS SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE TOTAL CONNECTED. NOTE: UGHTING K.W. FROM LOAD SUMMARY TO BE USED IN H.V.AC. CALCULATION FORM. SOUTHCENTER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. If any part of the tenant's electrical serJiceMstallation is not existing, tenant shall install and /or furnish all equipment, condu wi conduit, ring, etc. from landlord's service (wireway, switchboard, bus duct, etc.) to the tenant's premises and shall be subject to landlord's prior approval. Tenant to verify on landlord dwgs. and with landlord representative the extent of existing portions of system, system voltage and sizes. Tenant shall indicate on tenant's plans all design information required for the complete electrical system to be installed. See "Service Installation Note" on drawing TTE -1 for landlord requirements. 2. The tenant shall furnish and install all conduit, cable, equipment, lighting figures, panels, transformers, etc. as required fora complete installation per the National Electrical Code, landlord requirements and the local authority having jurisdiction. 3. The tenant shall furnish and install a. smoke control system within the premises as noted on TIE and/or TTM drawings. 4. if not installed by the landlord, the tenant shall install conduit to obtain telephone service from the local utility company. ,All wiring and installation is by the tenant and at the tenant's expense. 5. 6. No panel or flexible conduit shall be located in the demising wall. All electrical & telephone equipment shall be located on 1 -3/4" plywood panel which shall be mounted to a masonry wall using minimum 1-5/8" unistrut Utast. is not for mounting plywood to stud walls. 7. Al recessed lighting fixtures shall be installed with earthquake clips. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWRA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, wASIIINGTON ELECTRICAL DESIGN CRITERIA, DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sheet 2 of 2 UNIT NUMBER DBA THIS SHEET & TTG -01 MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANTS SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, BIDDING CONTRACTORS AND FOR BUILDING PERMITS The Richard E. Jacobs Group REVISIONS 3Q REVISED 7/15/98 2Q REVISED /15/96 REVISED 6/13/95 DRAWN BY: REVISED BT: FILENAME: SCNTTE2 DATE JO3 NUMBER DATE 1 -31 -00 DRAWING NUMBER: TTE-2 ounaN: SOUTHCENTER MALL HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE UNIT AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL NOMINAL TONS CFM MIN OA ESP RPM FAN MOTOR MCA MAX FUSE VOLTAGE COOLING CAP (2) EER HEATING CAP COP WEIGHT REMARKS HP -1 RETAIL AREA CARRIER 5OHJQ- 012 -V601 10 4000 585 1.3" W.C. 908 3.0 HP 105.0 110 A 208/30 115.0 MBH 10.0 110/64 MBH 3.3 2500 LBS 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK MAKE & MOD WEIGHT LBS. REMARKS EF -1 GREENHECK SP 7 100 0.25" 950 120/10 10 1 1) MINIMUM OSA BASED ON OCCUPANCY OF 39 PEOPLE ® 15 CFM /PERSON. 15 x 39 = 585 CFM. 2) BASED ON 90/74 DEG F OSA MIXING WITH 75/64 DEG F RETURN AIR. 3) PROVIDE 2" DISPOSABLE FILTERS TO MATCH FRAME SIZE. 4) PROVIDE FACTORY MOUNTED ECONOMIZER, DEFROST CYCLE, FACTORY 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT, WIRING FROM HEAT PUMP TO THERMOSTAT BY DIV. 15900. 5) PROVIDE FACTORY CURBS FOR BUILT -UP ROOF MOUNTING ON WOOD SLEEPERS OR AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN W/ TRAP. DRAIN TO ROOF. 6) PROVIDE FACTORY STARTERS MOUNTED ON OUTSIDE OF UNITS WIRING FROM STARTER TO MOTORS /COMPONENTS. PROVIDED WITH UNIT. 7) ALL ROOF WORK IS BY LANDLORD CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH ON SITE FACILITY MANAGER. CONTRACTOR INCLUDE IN BID ALL EXPENSES INVOLVED FOR LANDLORD CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE ROOF TOP WORK. 8) PROVIDE WITH THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS: THRU THE SIDE SERVICE CONNECTIONS, EMERGENCY HEAT CONTROL PACKAGE, OUTDOOR COIL HAIL GUARD ASSEMBLY, INTEGRATED PARABLADE ECONOMIZER WITH POWER EXHAUST, OUTDOOR COIL GRILLE, FILTER STATUS SWITCH, 16.OKW ACCESSORY HEATER AND SINGLE POINT CONNECTION KIT. FIRE PROTECTION NOTES: 1. EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND HEAD LOCATIONS SHALL BE MODIFIED PER TENANT'S NEW FIXTURES, PARTITIONS, SOFFITTS, ETC. 2. THE REVISED SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S FIRE INSURANCE UNDERWRITER, INDUSTRIAL RISK INSURERS, AND ALL GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PREMISES. 3. COMPREHENSIVE SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE APPROVAL BY THE OWNER, LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S FIRE INSURANCE UNDERWRITER & INDUSTRIAL RISK INSURERS. 4. NO VALVES OR ALARMS ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 5. SPRINKLER HEADS LOCATED AT THE STOREFRONT, IN SHOWCASE WINDOWS AND HARD SURFACE CEILINGS MUST BE CONCEALED TYPE. HEADS LOCATED IN ACOUSTIC CEILINGS MAY BE SEMI - RECESSED TYPE. SURFACE MOUNTED HEADS ARE PERMITTED IN NON- CUSTOMER AREAS ONLY. 6. LOCATE HEADS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER FLOOR COVERAGE BELOW ANY NEW OR EXISTING DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT. FIELD VERIFY. 7. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 8. ALL ROOF WORK IS BY LANDLORD CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH ON SITE FACILITY MANAGER. CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE IN BID ALL EXPENSES INVOLVED FOR LANDLORD CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE ROOF TOP WORK. 9. ALL SPRINKLER WORK IS BY LANDLORD CONTRACTOR, AND SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ON SITE FACILITY MANAGER. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE IN BID ALL EXPENSES REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD'S INSURER, FACTORY MUTUAL ** SPRINKLER PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD AND CITY OF HURST FIRE AUTHORITY, BEFORE INSTALLATION UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE TYPE 0 O 0 MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NO. TITUS MCD TITUS 272RS TITUS 50F FUNCTION SUPPLY SUPPLY RETURN MAX. N.C. 30 30 30 FINISH WHITE WHITE WHITE BORDER TYPE CEILING TYPE REMARKS COORDINATE STYLE AND COLOR WITH ARCHITECT NOTES: PROVIDE END CAP BORDER FOR LINEAR DIFFUSERS AND COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF ALL DIFFUSERS /REGISTERS WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH DECOR. 1) PROVIDE AND INSTALL GREENHECK MODEL RCC -7 DISCHARGE ROOF CAP AND CURB. ACOUSTICAL LINED BOOT STRAP HANGERS, FLEX CONNECTION STRUCTURE SECURE TO WHERE SHOWN 0.1,141 DRAWINGS 1 4" PLUS DUCT HEIGHT r 1 ( 1 �- II _J ��IIIE — IIIIIIIIIIIIIh' -- EXHAUST GRILLE TYP. EXHAUST /RETURN GRILLE DETAIL NO SCALE INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT INSTALLED WITH INNER DUCT STRETCHED TAUT (TAKE UP SLACK) FLEX DUCT ® T -BAR CEILINGS (USE HARD DUCT ® GWB CEILINGS) PULL BACK JACKET & INSULATION FROM CORE. DUCT COLLECT EXCESS INNER DUCT PAST COLLAR BEAD UNTIL FULLY STRETCHED, THEN WRAP AT LEAST TWICE AROUND WITH APPROVED DUCT TAPE. SECURE WITH APPROVED CLAMP. PULL JACKET & INSULATION BACK OVER THE CORE. SECURE JACKET WITH TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE OR AN APPR. CLAMP. TUCK IN EDGE OF JACKET OR TAPE 3/8" BEAD ON DUCT COLLAR FOR ATTACHING FLEX. DUCT (TYPICAL) SQUARE TO ROUND ADAPTOR FASTENERS, ALL SIDES LAY -IN CEILING DIFFUSER T -BAR CEILING DUCT CLAMP PAINT BLACK TYP. CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER CONNECTION DETAIL NO SCALE (TYPICAL FOR UNRESTRICTED CEILING) RETURN/ EXHAUST DUCT ALTERNATE DUCT LOCATION VOLUME DAMPER, SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION 3/8" BAND ON DUCT COLLARS (TYPICAL) MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER CONSTRUCT /INSTALLED PER SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS (LOCATION PER HVAC DWGS) MINIMUM 1 -1/2 DIAMETER CENTERLINE TURNING RADIUS TYPICAL ALL FLEX DUCT INSTALLATION z -- TWO DUCT DIAMETERS OF STRAIGHT DUCT CEILING TILE 1 NOTE: USE WHERE CLEAR HEIGHT IN CEILING SPACE ALLOWS 2 -DUCT DIAMETERS OF STRAIGHT VERTICAL DUCT. DEMOLISH EXISTING CONDENSING UNITS SERVING SPACES 228 & 240. VERIFY UNITS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. SECURE BASE TO CURB WITH LAG SCREWS 12" O.C. MIN. OF 2 PER SIDE FABRICATED CURB SEE CURB DETAIL EXISTING METAL DECK DUCT INSULATION SEE SPECIFICATION HEAT PUMP MOUNTING LOCATION NO SCALE DUCT RESILIENT GASKET SEAL TYP. DUCT THRU ROOF DETAIL NO SCALE EXISTING INSULATION SECURE CURB TO DECK W/ SCREWS 12" O.C. MIN. OF 2 PER SIDE. 3 "x3 "x1/4" ANGLE FRAMING (4) SIDES- SEE CURB DETAIL NOTES: 1. H.V.A.C. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATON W /LANDLORD'S ROOFER FOR PROPER SEQUENCE TO PERMIT FLASHING & COUNTERFLASHING INSTALLATION. PLUMBING — D - - CWS - - CWR - -0 Co - * HB /WH HOSE BIBB/ WALL HYDRANT 101 HVAC 171 • C.D. ▪ -4 R.R. /E.R. '\ _f\J\J FLEX 0. F -1 I -0 ABV. CLG. A.D. AFF BDD C.D. C.G. COMB. CONT. DIM DN DH EXH EG EF EMS DF FD W WASTE BELOW FLOW W WASTE ✓ VENT CW COLD WATER (DOMESTIC) HW HOT WATER (DOMESTIC) D CONDENSATE DRAIN CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN CO CLEANOUT - FREE STANDING /WALL MOUNTED T'STAT THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE SENSOR - SECTION THRU SUPPLY AIR DUCT PIPE SLOPES DOWN THIS DIRECTION CLEANOUT - FLUSH WITH FLOOR PIPE ELL DOWN PIPE TEE UP PIPE TEE DOWN SECTION THRU RETURN, EXHAUST OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT CEILING DIFFUSER RETURN (R) OR EXHAUST (E) AIR GRILLE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK ROUND DUCT UP ROUND DUCT DOWN RECTANGULAR DUCT DOWN TO EXHAUST GRILLE OR DUCT UP O DIAMETER SUPPLY AIRFLOW RETURN/EXH AIRFLOW RISE IN DUCT (D = DROP IN DUCT) DUCT SIZE (CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS) FLEX CONNECTION VOLUME DAMPER BACKDRAFT DAMPER FIRE DAMPER SYMBOLS /ABBREVIATIONS - SYMBOL DESIGNATES MECHANICAL TYPE & NUMBER GRILLE, REGISTER OR DIFFUSER TYPE (SEE SCHEDULE) j2X 12 NECK SIZE (INCHES) ZJ 500 . F AIR QUANTITY (CFM) r?i CONN. POINT TO EXIST. KEY NOTE CALLOUT ABOVE CEILING ACCESS DOOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BACK DRAFT DAMPER CEILING DIFFUSER CEILING GRILLE COMBUSTION /COMBINATION CONTINUATION /CONTRACTOR DIMENSION DOWN DUCT HEATER EXHAUST EXHAUST GRILLE EXHAUST FAN ENERGY MNG. & CONTROL SYSTEM GAS DUCT FURNACE FIRE DAMPER MECHANICAL DRAWING INDEX M1 MECHANICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES M2 MECHANICAL HVAC, PLUMBING PLAN M3 SPECIFICATION M4 SPECIFICATIONS & MALL SCHEDULES FLEX. HV I.E. LVR M.C. N.O. N.C. NPC NPH NPR O.R.D. OA P.O.C. RA RG REG. RPBP SA SG SS TG TYP VTR - F —� I y i 7 F/S FD OR FFD FS FLOOR DRAIN OR FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK - SPRINKLER PIPING - UNION GV PRV CKV RV FMS TH GATE, BALL OR BUTTERFLY VALVE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE OR REDUCING VALVE CHECK VALVE RELIEF VALVE FLOW MEASUREMENT STATION STR STRAINER THERMOMETER PIPE CAP WYE STRAINER WITH CAPPED HOSE END BLOWDOWN VALVE AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE, 2 -WAY BAL BALANCING VALVE MOTORIZED DAMPER TRANSITION - FROM RECTANGULAR TO ROUND COMBINATION FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER 90' ELBOW, R/D OR R /W =1.5 SQUARE CORNER ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES 90' TAKE -OFF OR TEE 90' CONICAL TAKE -OFF 45' TAKE -OFF TRANSITION OR REDUCER (FOT= FLAT ON TOP, FOB =FLAT ON BOTTOM) WYE FITTING 90' RECTANGULAR TAKE -OFF WITH 45' TAPER TRANSITION (10 "0 TO 8 "0) FLEXIBLE DUCT HEATING /VENTILATING UNIT INVERT ELEVATION LOUVER MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED NON- POTABLE COLD WATER NON- POTABLE HOT WATER NON- POTABLE HOT WATER RETURN OVER -FLOW ROOF DRAIN OUTSIDE AIR POINT OF CONNECTION RETURN AIR RETURN GRILLE REGISTER REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER SUPPLY AIR SUPPLY GRILLE STAINLESS STEEL TRANSFER GRILLE TYPICAL VENT THROUGH ROOF RECEIVED CRY OFTUKWIIA AUG 2 5 20O PERMIT CENTER I M 5) M1 1 : Aug. 18, 2000 PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIZING SCHEDULE P -NO. FIXTURE WASTE VENT COLD HOT REMARKS P -1 WATER CLOSET 4" 2" 3/4" - -0 MARK FIXTURE UNITS SIZE PROD MO ELLING NUMBER P -2 LAVATORY (WALL MID.) 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 0 P -3 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER -- -- 3/8" 3/8" O El 1 -11 1/2" SC -500 NOTE: MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 0 ADA COMPLIANT AMERICAN STANDARD 2108.408 CADET W/ CHROME SUPPLY & STOP VALVE, 1.6 GAL/ FLUSH, PRESSURE ASSIST W/ LEVER ON WIDESIDE OF STALL. OPEN FRONT SEAT & COVER. WHITE. O NEW LAVATORY PROVIDE AMERICAN STANDARD LUCERN 0355.012 SIZE 21 "X18 ", 4" FAUCET CENTERS, SYMMONS SCOT MODEL S- 60 -H -OFG FAUCET GRID DRAIN, AND J.R. SMITH 700 -M31 CONCEALED ARM FLOOR MOUNTED CARRIER, TRAP AND SUPPLIES. PROVIDE LAVATORY P -TRAP AND ANGLE STOP ASSEMBLIES. PROVIDE ONE PIECE ' TRUEBRO" TRAP WRAP ON STOPS, TRAP, RISER ECT. O PROVIDE CHRONOMITE INSTANT -FLOW MODEL S- 461L/208V 10 COMPLETE WITH 0.5 GPM FLOW CONTROL FOR INSTALLATION ON FAUCET. 4600 WATTS, 22 AMPS. INSTALL PER CODE AND MANU. INSTRUCTIONS. El 12 -32 3/4" SC -750 P-1 3 /4 "CW DN 4 "W, 2'V SEE RISER DIAGRAM THIS SHEET - EXIST 4 "W BELOW FLOOR S4"W CONN TO (E)4 BELOW FLOOR VERIFY INVERT VIA LOCATOR PRIOR TO STARTING WORK 3 /4 CONN TO (E)CW "CW FROM MALL WATER METER P-2 1 /2 "HW & CW Al 2'W & 1 1/2'V DN 0 16 ,0V° 300 ti - ® A 30X18 TRANSFER WITH, SCREENED OPENING C 2000 (2 -TYP) 24 "0 REMOTE READ CONTACT ON WALL 1 _�_ A_ I eD MECHANICAL HVAC, PLUMBING -L N 1/4" = 1' -0" 14 GAUGE BOOT VOLUME DAMPER DOUBLE DEFLECTION SUPPLY GRILLE TYPICAL SECTION A -A SCALE: NONE DOUBLE WALL DUCT WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW, WRAPPED ELSEWHERE ELEVATION TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING GRID HEIGHT AFF HP -1 ON ROOF FLOW CONTROL FITTING, SET FOR 110' F. MAX. CHRONOMITE, MODEL 5 -461L, INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER. .5 G.P.M., 208V. 10, 4600 WATTS. NEW FCO ON EXISTING PIPE P -3 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET 1300 6x10 (4 -TYP) BUILT -IN CHECK VALVE ro --- 171 1 ROUTE DUCTWORK TIGHT TO STRUCTURE 36x24 RETURN GRILLE ABOVE CEILING COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH MALL ENGINEERS AND MALL CRITERIA HANDBOOK FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DETAILS. ROUTE DUCTWORK ON ROOF TO ROOF PENETRATION LOCATION. ASSUME 40' EACH FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN. ALLOW FOR MULTIPLE OFFSETS. PROVIDE 4x4 TIMBER BLOCKS WITH PAD FOR SUPPORT. PROVIDE R -8 INSULATION FOR ALL EXTERIOR DUCTWORK. ADA HEIGHT & CLEARANCES PROVIDE "TRUEBRO" TRAP WRAP ON STOP, RISERS & OFFSET TRAP. 1/2" THREE -WAY WALL STOP. A.D.A. COMPLIANT WALL HUNG LAVATORY DETAIL NO SCALE y21 2 "x4" FIRE TREATED WOOD NAILER. SECURE TO CURB AT 12 "O.C. (MIN. 2 PER SIDE). FABRICATED 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION. PAINT AFTER PAINT WITH RUST RESISTANT AFTER FABRICATION. FABRICATE HGT. OF CURB SO THAT HGT.ABV.ROOFING SURFACE IS A MIN. 10 ". FOR HOOD EXHAUST SYSTEMS SEAL OFF OPENINGS IN DECK W/ METAL PLATE SECURE CURB TO DECK WITH SCREWS AT 8" 0.C. 3" 3 "x1/4" ANGLE FRAMING ALL SIDES OF DUCT PENETRATION, WELDED OR BOLTED TOGETHER. COPE ANGLES PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS TO ALLOW TOP LEG TO SET ON TOP CHORD OF JOIST. WELD OR. CLAMP ANGLES TO JOIST. ANGLE MAY BE OMITTED ON SIDE OF DUCT OPENING WITHIN 6" OF JOIST. SEE NOTE #2 J 12" MIN. SEE NOTE #1 A 300 (9 -1YP) SECTION 'A' USE THIS DETAIL FOR NON - REMOVEABLE EQUIPMENT SANITARY WASTE AND VENT RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE (E)CW 4"W (E)4"W--\ 2 "x2" FIRE TREATED WOOD NAILER. SECURE TO CURB AT 12 "0.C.(MIN (2) PER SIDE) USE THIS DETAIL FOR REMOVEABLE EQUIPMENT RIGID INSULATION TO MATCH THICKNESS OF NAILER. ADHERED TO CURB. CUT INSULATION TO MEET WOOD BLOCKING EXISTING INSULATION TO REMAIN. REPLACE ALL DAMAGED INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING. METAL DECK EXISTING JOIST FIRE TREATED BLOCKING ALL (4) SIDES OF CURB. NOMINAL 6 "WIDE x THICKNESS TO MATCH INSULATION THICKNESS. NOTES: 1. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT. SEE DETAILS. 2. EXTERIOR MIN. DIMENSIONS OF CURB FOR FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING SHALL BE 12 "x12 ". TYP. FABRICATED CURB NO SCALE 2'V 3 /4 "CW GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL EQUIPMENT/ UNITS SHALL BE SET ON FACTORY SUPPLIED CURB. NO CURB ADAPTERS ARE PERMITTED. REUSE OF THE EXISTING CURB IS NOT PERMITTED. 2. ALL CONDENSATION, ELECTRICAL AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE SET IN PERIMETER OF CURB. 3. WATERPROOFING AT NEW CURB IS PER LANDLORDS SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATE WITH ON SITE FACILITY MANAGER. 4. INSTALL NEW 1" BACKFLOW PREVENTER PER MALL STANDARDS IN EXIST CW SERVICE. 5. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATER CLOSET AND LAV. REUSE EXISTING SERVICES. 1 1 �// P -2 1 1/2'V FLAG NOTES > PROVIDE PLENUM RATED CABLING FROM HVAC UNIT TO THERMOSTAT LOCATION. I> DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION 15, WIRED BY DIVISION 16. EF -1, PROVIDE 6 "0 UP TO ROOF MOUNTED DISCHARGE. 1 ,2'VTR ) I �' I I � 1 r. l EXTEND AND CONNECT TO LANDLORD'S SANITARY SEWER STUB. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION AND INVERT 3/4" WATER METER- PROVIDE PER CITY STANDARD P-1 1/2" P - 2 EXTEND, COORDINATE, AND CONNECT TO LANDLORD'S CW SERVICE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE PRIOR TO DOING ANY WORK. P-3 1 /2 "HW DOMESTIC WATER RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE ROOF JOISTS - LAP ANGLE MIN. 2" OVER JOIST ANGLE FRAMING FOR DUCT PENETRATION MITERED JOINTS WELDED AND GROUND SMOOTH ON CURB (TYP.) PLAN FOR HOOD EXHAUST OR WHERE CODE DOES NOT PERMIT TREATED WOOD GITYOFTU A BLOCKING, OMIT WOOD BLOCKING AND UTILIZE ROOFING MATERIAL PER CODE. AUG 2 5 2000 METAL DECK PERMIT CENTER w CC 0 c w CO 0 0 0 w LL P O VJ CC 0 O Aug. 18, 2000 M2 INTERIOR DOMESTIC HOT WATER i/2" - 4" 1/2' - SANITARY DRAINS AND TRAPS EXPOSED AT FIXTURES FOR THE DISABLED (SEE NOTE 1 BELOW) (1) (1) (1) OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK (PAINT WITH RUST PREVENTIVE PAINT) 1/2' - 1 -1/4' 3/4" ' RHYDONIC (35' - 991 __ 1 -1/2 INTERIOR IiYD'" (65" - 1001 ALL SIZES - INTERIOR HYDRONIC (1.. - 2501 1/2" -' - INTERIOR REFRIGERANT ` (LIQUID AND SUCTION ONLY)'tM1111a (SEE NOTE 3 BELOW). EXTERIOR EXPOSED • -' GERANT 1 / 2 ' -- I- 3 / 4 ALUM. (UQUID AND ION ONLY) i -1/2 - 4" ` ALUM. BRAINS LOCATED IN �1'__1�,,,'' I- - TILING SPACE OF OTHER ALL SIZES ®M INTERIOR DOMESTIC COLD WATER 1/2" - 4- 4 " ME a Iv EXTERIOR EXOSM. „ ... - glln5 "= �mim !... M. INTERIOR CONDENSATE DRAIN ALL SIZES 1/2' - INTERIOR SUPPLY AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK BLANKET 1 -1/2" - INTERIOR EXPOSED SUPPLY BOARD 7' - OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK (PAINT WITH RUST PREVENTIVE PAINT) BOARD 1" ALL DUCTWORK RISERS 1 -1/2 - TO ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT BLANKET (SEE NOTE 3 BELOW). • SECTION 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS A DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1. THE WORD 'OWNER" OR 'TENANT' SHALL MEAN 'WIZARDS OF THE COAST", OR MY REPRESENTATIVE OF HIS PARTY DULY AUTHORIZED TO ACT IN HIS BEHALF IN THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK. 2. THE WORD "CONTRACTOR" SHALL MEAN THE PERSON, FIRM OR CORPORATION ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH THE OWNER T CONSTRUCT AND COMPLETE THE WORK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 3, THE WORD 'ARCHITECT" SHALL MEAN 'BRODERICK ARCHITECTS" AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES ACTING AS THE OWNER'S APPOINTED AGENT, 4, THE WORD 'FURNISH' SHALL MEAN TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR SUBSEQUENT REQUIREMENTS FORA COMPLETE SYSTEM L M AS SHOWN AND CALLED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEEIN, 5. THE WORD "INSTALL" SHALL MEAN OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING, BUT NOT UNITED T0, UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTION, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR REQUIREMENTS FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM AS SHOWN AND ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 6. THE TERM, "PROVIDED' SHALL BE INTERPRETED AS MEANING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR WITH THE EXCEPTION WHERE HEMS ARE ° PROVIDED BY THE OWNER WHICH MEANS 'FURNISHED ONLY AND INSTALLED BY SPON THIS SIBL COLE y SCHEDNTRACTOR ULE UN FOLESS R ADD NOTm ITIO OTHE NAL INFORWISE RMATION. REFER TO THE RE B. SUMMARY OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, PERMITS, SERVICES, TOOLS, PERSONN TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR AND REASONABLY IMPLIED, AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION, TESTING AND BALANCING OF ALL THE WORK FOR ALL INSTALLED SYSTEMS AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, THESE CONDLDONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT UNITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. DU DUCTWORK, SUPPLY AIR�DI L AIR GRILLES EXHAUST AIR GRILLES, DUCTWORK INSULATION, FITTINGS, HVAC EQUIPMENT, DAMPERS, ROOF CURBS AND CAPS, EXHAUST FANS, CONTROL WIRING, ETC„ AND ALL RELATED COMPONENTS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. A DRAINS DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SY SYSTEM, WASTE, PIPE INSULATION, VALVES, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. NATURAL GAS PIPING, ETC„ AND ALL RELATED COMPONENTS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN.. C. GENERA] REQUIREMENTS 1, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXTENT OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY CONNECTION POINTS, EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS, ETC., AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS, REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR T BIDDING. BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF BUSING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED O MEET THE TENT F O THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, NO ADDTIIO L T COMPENSATION IN SHALL RE ,EDITED TO THIS CONTRACTOR FOR FAILURE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDMONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, FAILURE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS BY VISAING THE SE PRIOR TO BIDDING DOES NOT RELIEVE THIS CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY. 2, THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. 3. RELOCATION OF ANY EXISTING WATER GAS, WASTE, VENT, DRAINAGE LINES DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT, ETC:, TO FACILITATE 5TOITE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT REMOVE OR RELOCATE ANY LANDLORD EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC„ WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD, 4. ALL WORK BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING MAINTAINING REPAIRING, ETC. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE E FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MAINTAINING ALL MANUFACTURES REQUIRED CLEARANCES, 5, ALL ROOF CUTTING, PATCHING AND FLASHING SHALL BE BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR OR LANDLORD'S APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S IPENSE COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD, MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES FROM ALL OUTSIDE AIR OR FRESH AIR INTAKES LOCATED ON THE ROOF. 6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL STEEL OR SUPPORTS TO SUPPORT ANY INSTALLED EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ADDITIONAL STEEL OR SUPPORT LOCATIONS WRH THE LANDLORD PRIOR T BIDDING AND INSTALLATION, 7. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF OF THE FLOOR FOR ALL INSTALLED PIPING, DRAINS, SLEEVES, ETC„ AS SHOWN AND CEI I F FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN, COORDINATE ALL FLOOR CUTS WITH THE LANDLORD AND ANY AFFECTED TENANTS. CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL BE HELD TO A MINIMUM. B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK OUTSIDE OF THE TENANTS LEASABLE AREA WITH THE LANDLORD AND ANY AFFECTED 'TENANTS. N. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH THE 'LANDLORD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 10. ALL AMERICAN NATIONAL ROOF )) 'TOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A MINIMUM TWO INCH (2 THE LETTERING L N NA ALLTAN DS INSTITUTE N S (ANSI) FOR Fl REFER TO LETTERING SIZE, LENGTH OF COLOR FIELD, COLORS AND VIEWING ANGLES OF IDENTIFICATION OR N DEVICES, D. CODES FEES AND MICCFLL ANFOUS COSTS 1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, LOCA ORDINANCES, INDUSTRY STANDARDS, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND 11TILTIY COMPANY REGULATIONS. 2. IN CASES OF DIFFERENCE BETWEEN BUILDING CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, STATE LAWS LOCAL ORDINANCES INDUSTRY STANDARDS, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRMNG OF ANY SUCH DIFFERENCE 3, NON- COMPLIANCE: SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PERFORM ANY WORK THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, STATE LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES INDUSTRY STANDARDS LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS OR TIE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL. BEAR ALL COSTS ARISING FOR THE CORP.ECTON OF NON - COMPLYING ITEMS, 4. APPUCABLE CODES AND STANDARDS SHALL INCLUDE ALL FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE CO NATIONALLY CONSIDERED A ACCEPTED I AND TO BE EXCEED STANDARDS. SO INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES AND STANDARDS AND ANY CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE CODES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR FAILURE OF CODE INQUIRY OR COMPLIANCE, 5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS, PAYMENT OF ALL FEES NECESSARY DRAWINGS AND ARRANGING AND PAYING FOR ALL INSPECTIONS, TESTS, ETC., WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY AUTHORITY OR UTILITY COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH THE FURNISHING OR INSTALLATION OF ANY OF HIS RESPECTIVE WORK. 6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REIMBURSE THE LANDLORD FOR ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH 'AAA DOWN OF ANIY LAN DLORD E NEW I PLUMBING Oft FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, ETC, AS AND A E D FOR THE NEW IR ALLATIOR SP MF H E R N THE SYSTEMS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. . E. WORK AND WORKMANSHIP 1, ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT S BE OF THE HIGHEST QUALITY IN EVERY RESPECT, ST ALL MATERWS AND EQUIPMENT SHA LL BE NEW, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, OF THE LATE DESIGN AND FREE OF DEFECTS. 2. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE BY SKILLED WORKMEN OF HIGHEST STANDARD IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS PRINTED SPECIFICATIONS, PERFORMED UNDER SUPERVISION OF COMPETENT FOREMAN AT ALL TIMES. 3. THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT HAVE FULL POWER TO REJECT ANY WORK, MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT NOT IN ACCORDANCE WRH THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS WR H ERE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THEI RA RC HCNTES SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS WHICH WERE APPROVED BY THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. 4, WORK OR EQUIPMENT THAT IS REJECTED SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED TO THE SATI SFACTION OF OWNER OR ARCHITECT AT HIS EO EXPENS WORK OR EQUIPMENT THAT THE I REJECTED TIMER SO T STATED IN WRITICNG BY THE E OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT. F. G. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION, ENTITLED OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS; NATIONAL CONSENSUS STANDARDS AND ESTABUSHED FEDERAL STANDARDS. H. COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS 1, BEFORE THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE COORDINATE AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE INSTALLD SYSTEMS MATERIALS, PIPING EQUIPMENT, ETC., WITH OTHER TRADE CONTRACTORS TO AVOID OTHER TRADE INTERFERENCES AND CONFLICTS, 2, R IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO LEAVE THE REQUIRED NECESSARY ROOM FOR OTHER TRADES. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED TO THIS CONTRACTOR' FOR FAILURE TO. COORDINATE WITH TRADE CONTRACTORS PIPING I EQUIPMENT FOUND ENCRC CONFLICTS, N SPACE RI OF BY OTHERS. 3. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE INFORMATION AND COOPERATION TO THE OTHER CONTRACTORS AND TRADES PERTAINING TO HIS WORK TO ACCOMPUSH COORDINATION OF THE COMPLETED PROJECT. I. EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS OF PROVIDED EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, 2. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR EACH EQUIPMENT DRAWING SUBMITTAL. A SHEET SIZE 8 -1/2' X 11 ", B. MANUFACTURE'S STANDARD SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS: 1, MODIFY DRAWINGS TO DELETE INFORMATION THAT IS NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT, 2, SUPPLEMENT STANDARD INFORMATION TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. C. PERFORMANCE CHAR S OTHER STANDARD SCHEDULES, DATA. 1. CLEARLY MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY PERTINENT MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, MODELS ETC. 2, SHOW IEOUIPMENT DIMENSIONS AND MAINTENANCE OR CONSTRUCTION CLEARANCES REQUIRED. 3. SHOW PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AND CAPABILITIES. 4. SHOW WIRING DIAGRAMS AND CONTROLS. 5. THE AND T DATA SHEETS. 6. THE FUULL MANUFACTURE'S MODEL NUMBER OF EACH ITEM. 7. IDENTIFICATION OR SOLAR FINISHES. 8, THIS TH SHOP DTA AND DATA SHALL BE AFFIXED TO EACH OF COPY OF DRAWINGS GSS SIGNATURE WWITH INDICATION THRN HIS REVIEW. 3, COPIES OF THE EQUIPMENT UI SHOP DRAWINGS ALL GS AND A OTHER RELATED INFO INFORMATION MUST APPEAR IN THE OPERATIONS MANUAL LEFT ON SITE AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION. J. RECORD DRAWINGS 2. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO THE DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT WITH THIS CONTRACTOR'S STAMP AND SIGNATURE THEREON. THIS COPY OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE PLACED IN A DRAWING TUBE AND MARKED "RECORD DRAWINGS - DO NOT REMOVE FROM PREMISES" AND SHALL BE KEPT WITH THE OPERATIONS MANUAL. K, OPERATIONS MANUAL , ONE COPY AN OPERATNS IOND MAINTENANCE MANAL F OR LL EQUIENT FURNISHED FOR THE PR OJ ECT SHALLBE COALLECTED AND INSERTED U IN A LABAELED THREPMEINCH (3) THREE (3) RING BINDER. 2. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED AS FOLLOWS: A. SECTION 1 1. TITLE OF PROJECT 2, LOCATION OF PROJECT 3. NAME AND ADDRESS OF OWNER 4, NAME AND ADDRESS OF ARCHITECT 5, NAME AND ADDRESS OF THIS CONTRACTOR, B. SECTION 2 1, SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL APPROVED EQUIPMENT, C. SECTION 3 1. A LISTING OF ALL EQUIPMENT WARRANTES INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT MO NUMBER, SERIAL NUMBER, START AND ENDING DATE OF TH WARRANTY, ETC. DEL D, ON 4 1. . COPIES OF ALL AIR AND WATER BALANCE REPORTS. 3, EACH SECTION SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A PASTEBOARD TABBED DMDER, 4, ALL INFORMATION SHALL BE ARRANGED IN AS MANY BINDERS AS NECESSARY. 5. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND DRAWING TUBE SHALL BE LEFT WITH THE STORE MANAGER. L INSPECTIONS. FINAL REPORTS AND GUARANTEE 1. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THIS NTRACTOR SHALL THE LO CAL AND STATE AUTHORITIES AND THE LANDLORD CO TO ARRANGE FOR INFORM FINAL INSPECTIONS OF THIS WORK. SUCH DECISIONS AS THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT MAY MAKE WITH RESPECT TO QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE QUALITY, FITNESS OF MATERIALS EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE P ARTI ES THERETb DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS 1, 3, THE DRAWINGS SHOW THE ENDED ARRANGEMENT AND ROUTING OF ALL PIPING, DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT AND INT APPURTENANCES. THEY SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS ACTUAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES WILL PERMIT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INIVESITGATE STRTURAL AND FINISH CON DITIONS ESSORIES AFFECTING HIS WORK AND SHALL PROVIDE ANY FRT OFFSETS A ND ACC REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE SAID CONDITIO IN T BID PROPOSA WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURES ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID, MANUFACTURES CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT PRIOR THROUGH SHOP DRAWING OR SUBMITTAL PROCESS. TO ACCEPTANCE. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THIS CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 4. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE AN INSTALLED SYSTEM BASED UPON SELECTED MANUFACTURERS OF EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL SERVICES,' SIZE, CONFIGURATIONS ETC. ERS RE ENCOARE CONSISTENT "'rag MANUFACTURERS R ECOMMENDAO MANFUR AURAGED RE P I ,QU MENT FOR THIS PROJETICT• NS. OTHER HOWEVER, SL T BE THIS RSIGN BASE. NO ON ADDITIO TO ASSURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IS CONSISTENT WITH THE DESIGN BASE. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED FOR REVISIONS, MODIFICATION ETC., TO ELECTRICAL SERVICES WIRING BREAKERS, SPACE, CLEARANCE, DUCTWORK, PIPI NG, LTC., REQUIRED BY OTHER MANUFACTURES. 5. THE LOCATION OF ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC., AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS IS APPROXIMATE AND THE OWNER OR THE LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY SAID ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORKS, PIPING. ETC„ UPON THEIR REQUEST AT NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION TO THIS CONTRACTOR, 1. DURING CONSTRUCTION THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COM PLETE AND LEGIBLE SET OF DRAWINGS SHOWING CHANGES AND DEVIATIONS BETWEEN ACTU CONSTRUCTION AND THE ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS, 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE OWNER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND ANAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT THE COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT. 3. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF THIS WORK A LETTER CERTIFYING THAT THIS WORK IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LO CAL LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES, LANDLO REQUIREMENTS, UDUTY C OMPANY REGULATIONS AND APPLICABLE REQUIREM OF NATIONALLY ACCEPTED CODES AND STANDARDS. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ( UARANTEE ALL MATERIALS EQUIPMENT, WORK ETC., UNDER THIS CONTRACT FOR ONE (1 YEAR AFTER THE ACCEPTANCE OF ALL SYSTEMS INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT THIS CONTRACTORS OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED FORM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE, IN WRITING, EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE AS SPECIFIED WITH THE INDMDUAL EQUIPMENT. 5. UNDER THE ONE (1) YEAR GUARANTEE PERIOD THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE PREMISES CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN ANY WORKMANSHIP OR ANY EQUIPMENT FURNISHES AND /OR INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. D FFVFS 1, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLA EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR WALL OR P ARTI TION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURF,(, EXCEPT SLEEVES TFIAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL. EXTEND TWO INCHES (2") ABOVE THE FLOOR. THIS C CONTRACTRILLIOR N SHALL CUTTING O UTILD ATE F OPITH INGS HE CONCR W T LA ETE AND O FLOOO RS OR AFFECTMASED ONRY WA TENANTS LLS: ANY ORE DG OR EN IN 2. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH FLOORS A EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY SLEEVE PARTITIONS THROUG NH 0. 22 U.S SUSPENDE D CEILINGS OR FOR CONIMUM. NCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, S Si1ALL B GALVANIED STEEL MI N. FIRE STOPPING SECTION 15241 - VIBRATION ISOLATION 1. ALL OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS FOR CONDUITS SHALL ,�E FIRE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 101 W CALCIUM SIUCATE, SIUCONE "RN FOAM 3M FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. PROVIDE SLEEVES AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPLICABLE CODES OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE WALLS AND /OR FLOORS AND SEAL AS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 101 AS USTED ABOVE. O. PHASING RAIL IIREMFNTS 1. TF115 CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICES REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S HVAC, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ETC., IN OPERATION. THIS CONTRA SALL SCHEDUE HUT DOWNS OF T LANDLORDS HVA PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION OR CTOR ELEC SYST S ONE WEEK PRIOR TO HE THE SHUT DOW If. P. DFMOI MON 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION. OF EXISTING WORK AN D T HE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACT . OR COORDINATE WITH TH E GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT IN TACT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HEW RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEMOLITION OF ALL EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT UNITED T0, ALL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION, PLUMBING FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONTROL WIRING, ETC., NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS PROJECT OR AS REQUIRED BY THE NOTES OR AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT ABANDON ANY EXISTING. UNUSED SYSTEM IN PLACE. ALL EXISTING ABANDONED AND UNUSED SYSTEMS SHALL BE REMOVED TO ITS POINT OF gR MIS DU CTWO F O E OR _ SHAL N RIFY WITH THE LANDLORD B ANDONEE EQUIRMEIAL I T RE MO�A ROOF CURBS SH ALL BE FIEMOV AL OR CAPPED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY TO WITH THE LANDLORD THE EXTENT OF THE REMOVAL OF THE ROOF CURB PRIOR TO THIS WORK, CURB CAPPING REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. R CI HE oa.RAL REQUIREMENTS IN THIS S PECIHCA ' SECTION FOR ROTE PR OOF ABOVE EFER T HETALI_.,_�YT. N � OT ._h_r_P ITEMS TO THE E LEASABLE AREA BE RN OVE RA D THE THE LEASABLE AREA NOT HALLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF, WALL, FLOOR ETC, SHALL BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED TO MATCH THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED I IN O CONCREETE, R OTH DR0WISE PIPING. NA SSIBLE ARE'TO CUNT, ETC., OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WETHIN THE FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING AND/OR DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXTENT OF ANY DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL INCLUDE THIS IN THE BID PROPOSAL NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED TO THIS FOR FAILURE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EI AWLN O GSGB REQUIRING DEMOLITION WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OXISTF TH E DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 3. PRIOR T COMMENCEMENT OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK INSPECT AREAS iN WHICH WORK WILL BE PERFORM. PHOTOGRAPH EXIST ING ONDITIONS T'O STRUCTURE ASURS EQUIPMENT OR TO SURROUNDIN PROPERTIES WHICH COULD C BE MISCONSTRUED AS DAMAGE FACE RESULTING FROM SELECTIVE' DEMOLITION WORK, AND FILE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, 4. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE OWNERS PERSONNEL AND THE GENERAL PUBUC FROM INJURY DUE TO SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN KEEP THEM IN SERVICE, AND PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE DURING -DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCfLON. PROVIDE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SHORING, BRACING OR SUPPORT TO PREVENT MOVEMENT SETTLEMENT OR COLLAPSE OF THE'% STRUCTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED AND ADJACENT FACILITIES WHICH' ARE TO REMAIN, COVER AND PROTECT FURNITURE; EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN FROM SOILING OR DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION WORK IN THOSE AREAS FROM WHICH SUCH ITEMS HAVE NOT BEEN REMOVED. 5. PROTECT ADJACENT MATERIALS INDICATED TO REMAIN. LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT MECHANICAL SERVICES PASSING THROUGH THE DEMOLITION AREA AND LSERVING OTHER AREAS OUTSIDE THEE DEMOLITION T UNITS, MAINTAIN EXISTING ELECTRICAL. SERVICES AND FEEDERS TO OCCUPIED AREAS AND OPERATIONAL FACILITIES. PERFORM SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK IN A SYSTEMIC MANNER. USE SUCH METHODS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS, 6. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED OR BEUEVED TO BE ENCOUNTERED DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STOP WORK AT THAT PARTICULAR LOCATION AND NOTIFY THE OWNER OF THE HAZARDOUS MATERAL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTINU WORK AFTER REMOVAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS:. 7, REMOVE DEBRIS RUBBISH AND OTHER MATERAS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION - OPERATIO NS FROM THE BUILDING SITE. TRANSPORT AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS OFF SITE, BURNING OF REMOVED MATERIALS IS NOT PERMITTED ON THE PROJECT SITE 8. UPON COMPLETION OF MECHANICAL DEMOLITION WORK, REMOVE TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND DEMOUSHED MATERIALS FROM THE SITE. REMOVE PROTECTIONS AND LEAVE INTERIOR AREAS BROOM CLEAN. REPAIR DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, RETURN STRUCTURES AND SURFACES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN TO CONDITIONS EXISTING PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION OR SURFACES SOILED OR DAMAGED BY SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK. END OF SECTION 15010 SECTION 15100 - VALVES MANUFACTURES 1. GRINNELL 2. NIBCO 3; POWELL 4. STOCKHAM B. VAI VE SCHFULJI FS VALVE PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE CLASSIFICATION SCHEDULE VALVES - Y AND SMALLER TYPE OF SERVICE GATE. GLOBE END OF SECTION 15100 SECTION 15145 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS BALL CHECK DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER 125 125 150 125 A RELATED WORK 1. MECHANICAL INSULATION: SECTION 15250 B. MANUFACTURES 1. DI -LINE 2. FEE AND MASON 3. GRINNELL 4. MICHIGAN HANGER COMPANY C. INSTAL I ,TON 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C- CLAMPS WE RH INST RETALLATIOAINING N CUOF PS WORK. CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLET 2. HANGERS SHALL BE. STENED O HE T BUILDING STE EL OCRT OR ASRY BUT NOT TO EQUIPMENT FA OR' PIPI HANGING FROM META DEC K SHALL MON NOT BE , PERMITTED. HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE UPPER CHORD OF THE BAR JOIST. WHERE WHERE A INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS DOORS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND THE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY ANY LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. 3, gage, SUPPORTS FOR EQ(11PMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, EEC., S HALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM THE LANDLORDS CEILING, SOFFITS NEUTRAL PIERS PIPING, DUCTWORK, METAL ROOF DECK, LATERAL BRACING, BRIDGING, ELECTRIC CONDUITS, EEC, 4. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMET ER OF INSULON. INTALL SIXCH (6 LONG S CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE ATI HANGER S AND THE IN PIPE INSULATION . REFER TO THE DRAWINGS FOR PIPE HANGER DETAILS. 5. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DI- ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. 6. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD OR CODE. END OF SECTION 15145 A RELATED WORK 1. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: SECTION 15145 2. HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING: MANUFACTURES 1. AMBER /BOOTH COMPANY 2. KORFUN0 DYNAMICS CORPORATION 3. MASON INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED 4. PEABODY NOISE CONTROL INCORPORATED 5. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL, INCORPORATED INETAI i A710N C, 1. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SFIALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL SUPPORTS BETWEEN ENT, HEAT PUMPS VIBRATING EQUIPMENT, FANS, ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPM EXHAUST FANS,ETC., ANO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM THE V EVGIP SHALL O ISOLATED EF RUBBERAND SPRING DEVICES. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FROM THE FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WfTH HOUSED SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. 3, DEAD LOAD AND OPTING LOAD CONDITIONS WHEN SELECTING DEVICES. ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT ERA AND LOADING. AVOID'GROUNDING THE ISOLP.TOR. 4. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT THE ISOLATING DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO THE STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT,EEC, 5. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR FURTHER APPUCATION AND INSTALLATION DATA. END OF SECTION 15241 A RELATED WORK 1. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: SECTION 15145 2. PLUMBING: SECTION 15400 HYDRONIC REFRIGERANT PIPING: SECTION 15500 HEATING, CATION AN AIR CONDITIONING: SECTION 15800 PRODUCTS 1. BLANKET INSULATION WITH ALUMINUM FOIL FACING A. CERTAIN TEED CORPORATION, KNAUF FIBERGLASS, MANVILLE & OWENS- CORING FIBERGLASS CORPORATION 2. FLEXIBLE EASTOMERIC A ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, PITTSBURGH' CORNING PRODUCTS. & RUBATEX CORP, INCA II ATION SL'HFDI II F4 TYPE. OF DUCTWORK. B. C: B. 1. )2oDD2 SECTION 15800 SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION TYPE OF PIPING GFNFRAI NOTES' (A) PIPING INSULATION IS BASED UPON FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC TYPE. (B) ALL INSULATION SHALL MEET LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND UL FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS. NOTES; (1) ONUEBRV MODEL 1 H N GUARD" INSULATION KR SHALL BE PROVIDED (2) CORROSION - RESISTANT POLYETHYLENE COATING MAY BE SUBSTITUTED. (3) ALL RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED WITH DUCTWORK INSULATION END OF SECTION 15250 RELATED WORK 1. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS: SECTION 15010 SUMMARY OF WORK FORM SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION THICKNESS JACKET PIPE SIZE THICKNESS JACKET THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, PERMITS, SERVICES, TOOLS PERSONNEL, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR AND REASONABLY IMPLI INSTALLATION, ED, AND INCIDENTAL TO THE FURNISHING, INLLATION, SPEC COMPLETION AND IFIED HE TESTING O REIN ALL THE WORK RED FOR BY JOB ON A COMCONDPLETE ITIFIRE S. PROTETHESCTION E SYSTEM AS AND AS REQUI CONDITIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT UNITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A L C TE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AS RUIRE D BY NFPq, LL COD ANRLORDS CRITEIA AND INSURANCE CARRIER EQ ANTI THE ERNER INS ES, CARRIER INCLUDING SPRINKLER EADS, D MD ALL RISERS, LATERALS, NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. DESIGN DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS. C. TESTS AND TEST CERTIFICATES, D. FIRE EXTINGUISHER(S). C. GFNFRAI REQUIREMENTS 1. ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE BY THE LANDLORD'S ARE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR OR A LANDLORD'S APPROVED. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM WORK WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO BIDDING AND THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS, OR MODIFICATIONS. 2. THE FRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXTENT OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS FlRE PROTECTION PIPING EQUIPMENT S PRINKLER HEADS, ETC. BY OTHERS ETC., AS SHOWN AND CAUEIC FOR ON TH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIE HEREIN AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BIDDING, BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED TO THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR FOR FAILURE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS HIGH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS THE SPECIFICATIONS. PIRT BIDDING DOES NOT OF E PROTECTION CONTR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN WORK OR WORKMANSHIP, 3. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN WHICH • FISNNEITHER SPECIFICALLY ON THE DRAWINGS NOR FOR IN THE SPECIFICAON BUT ICH VIOUSLY EESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHI IS S, USUALLY WH HIS IS O IN' WORK NC OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. 4. ALL WORK BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING REPAIRING, ETC. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MAINTAINING ALL MANUFACTURES REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 5. RELOCATION OF ANY EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, EQUIPMENT VALVES, SPRINKLER EA HDS ETC., TO F ACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED RELOCATE THE BID PROPN TEE FlRE T, PECN CON SHALL NOT REMOVE R ANY LANDLORD EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC., WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD. 6, THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM DOWN TIME SHALL BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM AND SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH THE LANDLORD, LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT, INSURANCE CARRIERS, ALARM COMPANY, OTHER OCCUPIED AREAS AFFECTED BY THE SHUT DOWN, ETC, THE LANDLORD'S WHEN THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SYSTEM 1 5 NOT BE THE YTE CHARGED ANT'S PREMISES AND AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY, 7. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDRAUUCALLY CALCULATED FULLY SUPERVISED AND INSTALLED ACCORDING T NFPA 13, SUPERVISION WILL INCLUDE VALVE TAMPER SWITCHES LORD AND 'S WAT TER Fl FLOWRE ALA INDICA RMPTORS ANEL WHICH SHALL TRANSMIT CONDTTONS TO THE LAND 8. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE OF AI. ALSO INCLUDES REGULATIONS OF GOVERNING SERVICES(S) OR STANDARDS SYSTEM(S) WHEN AGENCIES. IS BEING CEXTTE,NDL SCE OR MODIFIED. 9. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED, AVOIDING INTERFERENCE WITH LIGHTS, DUCTWORK, PIPING, LANDLORD EQUIPMENT, ETC. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLER HTS INST OR MODPFlCA'TION AND DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, REGISTERS, ETC., PRIOR TO 10. WHERE POSSIBLE, THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK THE EXISTING SPRINKLER ALLMMAINS AMEET RANCHES REQUIREMENTS OR I EIUN HEIGHTS, EQUIP EI CRITERIA. MAJO RELOCATE COMPONENTS INCLUSIVE OF ADJACENT TENANTS AND MALL COMMON AREAS, REMOVE ALL UNUSED OR .ABANDONED PIPING. 11. PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TEST CERTIFICATES SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE LANDLORD, OWNER, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, ETC. 12. CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CEILINGS BELOW 8' -0" 13. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK OUTSIDE OF THE TENANT'S LEASABLE AREA WITH THE LANDLORD AND ANY AFFECTED TENANTS. D. QUA] fTl' ASSURANCE 1.. ALL t�1ATERIALS AND CES USED ARE TO BE NE�+/ AND ARE TO BE LISTED FOR USE BY THE UNDERWRf[ERS ORATORIES INCORPORATED AND SHALL BEAR THER LABEL. HENEVER "LABEL SE IS AR' EQUIREMENTT OR IS AVAILABLE 2. PUBLICATI THE FlRE ONS, PROTE CTION. SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REGULATING AGENCIES, ORGANIZATIONS, 3. HAZARD CLASSIFICATION SHALL BE ORDINARY HAZARD. E SHOP DRAWINGS 1. THE FlRE OTECTIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPAE DETAILED SHOP DRAINGS AND CALCULATIONS PR OF TH NECESSARY WORK REQUI SUBMIT ALL REQUIR COPIES TO THE LANDLORD AND THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION TO THE OWNER, 2. DRAWINGS SUBMITTED TO THE. OWNER SHALL BEAR THE APPROVAL' OR "RELEASE" STAMP OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL AND LETTERS OF APPROVAL OR COMMENTS FROM THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL SHALL ALSO BE SUBMITTED AT THIS TIME. 3. APPROVAL FR PAT/721E), LANDLORD AND GO VERNING AGENCIES SHALL BE OBTAINRI TO FABRICATION, TION, MODIFICATION, ETC., OF THE NCI FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ED P BY OR THIS CONTRACTOR. 4. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL WORK PERFORMED ON THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM PRIOR TO RECEMNG SAID APPROVALS. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE AWARDED TO THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR FOR WORK DONE PRIOR TO THE RECEIPT OF SAID APPROVALS IF WORK PERFORMED IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID APPROVALS, F. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 1. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS SHALL BE AS .FOLLOWS: A SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE ASTM A -53 FOR FERROUS PIPING, WELDED AND SEAMLESS, AN §I B- 36 -10 -70 FOIL WROUGHT IRON STEEL PIPE. B. CA5T IRON OR MALLEABLE IRON REWED FITTING FOR IPES TWO I ( AND SMALLER SCREWEDOR CAST SC IRON FLANGED S JOINTS P FOR PIPES NCHES LARGER 2 TNO INCHES (2'. C. GALVANIZED OR BLACK. MALLEABLE IRON WITH BRASS SEAT SCREWED UNIONS FOR PIPES TWO INCHES (2') AND SMALLER. D. VICTAUUC TYPE COUPLINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE WHERE APPROVED BY CODE AND THE LANDLORD, E. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MANUFACTURES 1. AWED TUBE AND CONDUIT CORPORATION BE INES 3, JONES RGER AND LAUG H 4. U,S. STEEL 5. REPUBLIC, F. FlRE CRANE PROTECTION FITTING MANUFACTURES 1. ITT GRI AUUC -BACON 3. ST GRINNELL- GRUVLOK 4. STOCKHAM VICT 2. SPRINKLER HEADS A. ALL SPRINKLE THE LANDLORD, R SHA BE AS FOLLOWS: HEADS SHALL NS NEW AND RAOR 1• F R REQUIRED BY THE OWNERS INSURANCE CARRIER TED OFR THE 65 AUTHOROITY AS HAVING' JURISDICTION B. SPRINKLER LOCATED IN A FINISHED CEILING AREA SHALL BE PENDANT MOUNTED ON CONCEALED PIPING. C. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1, SALES ESCUTCHEON AREA: NT RECESSED PENDA TYPE, BRIGHT CHROME WITH BRIGHT CHROME . 2. STOCK ROOEON. (WITH CEILING). RECESSED PENDANT TYPE WITH BRIGHT CHROME ESCUTCH 3. STOCK ROOM (WITHOUT CEUNG): UPRIGHT PENDANT TYPE, ROUGH BRASS 4. CONTROL AREA STOREFRONT POP -OUT): CONCEALED PENDANT TYPE, ROUGH BRASS WITH H PAINTED COVER PLATE. 5. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM ORIFICE SIZE OF 1/2" OR 17/32' AND SHALL BE UL LISTED. D. THE SHE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE SPRINKLER HEAD REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. E. PROVIDE SPARE HEADS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA. F. SPRINKLER HEAD MANUFACTURES 1. CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORPORATION 2. GRINNELL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS COMPANY, INCORPORATED 3. RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER COMPANY, INCORPORATED 4: VIKING CORPORATION G. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1. ALL HANGER AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS SHALL BE PER NFPA. 2. HANGER AND SUPPORT SPACING SHALL BE PER NFPA. 3. WHEN MECHANICAL GROOVES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE MAX H TEST OF SYSTEM IMUM NG RECOMMENDED BY 'THEENMAN FACTDUREUPPORTS 1, THE FlRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL FLUSH AND TEST E 11 5 , ROT CTION SYS TEM NNFPA STANDARDS TESTH0140 PRESSURE RESULTSOSHALLI CVM 2' 00 #/S TUFF OR P ER 2. ALL 1E915 SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE OWNERS OR LANDLORDS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INSURANCE INTEREST. A COMPLETE WRITTEN R PORT OF THE TEST RESULTS SHALL BE SENT TO THE OWNER. OR ARCHITECT WITHIN TEN (10� DAYS OF THE COMPLETION OF THE ILSIS STATING THE RESULTS OF THE TEST AND TIHHEEEEEE NAME OF THE REPRESENTATIVES PRESENT DURING THE TEST PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 3, ANY ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE IMMEDIATELY AND THE TESTS SHALL BE RERUN TO PROVE FINAL SECURITY OF THE SYSTEM. END OF SECTION 15300 DENOTES SECTION THAT IS NOT APPLICABLE HEIVED C; ;Y OP CE TUKWILq AUG 2 5 2000 CENTER L� E3 ID Aug. 18, 2000 It A ; 3 D. TEST OF SYSTEMS . 9. SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING A. RELATED WORK 1. VALVES: SECTION 15100 2. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: SECTION 15145 3. MECHANICAL INSULATION: SECTION 15250 4. HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING: SECTION 15800 B. EQUIPMENT AND MATERLALS 1. REFER TO THE DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPE OR COPPER WNH DRAIN WASTE & VENT FITTINGS NO ABS OR PVC PIPING WILL BE ALLOWED. 3. CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A TYPE "L" DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH 95 -5 TIN- ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. NO PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN DEMISING WALLS. ALL CONDEN SATE DRAIN ETRATIONS SHALL BE MADE THRU THE ROOF ADJACE TO ROOF TOE C D A TONIRA PEN UN USING LANDLORD TERMINATION N PO PENT RA TON NT REQUIRED B Y THE TERMINATE CONDENSATE DEN SA E CODE APPROVED TTER MINATE POINTS OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. CONDENSATE DRAINS SHALL NOT TERMINATE ABOVE THE ROOF LEVEL 4. DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A BELOW GRADE: TYPE "K" ANNEALED TEMPERED COPPER TUBE FOR PIPE SIZES TWO INCH !2"1 AND ?MATS ALL JOINTS AND WRAP IN ACID SOIL ECTIV WP. I CTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. NO PIPING SHA BE E INSTA IN DEMISING WALLS. B. ABOVE GRADE TYPE "L" DRAWN COPPER MBE WITH 95 -5 TN- ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT FITTINGS FOR ALL OTHER PIPING. DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. NO PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN DEMISING WALLS BETWEEN TENANTS. EARL INSTALL WATER HAMMER A RRESTORS ON EACH HOT AND COLD WATER SL.IPPLY TO EfjCH FIXTURE. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE SIMILAR JAY R. SMITH HYDROTROL SERI EQUAL REFER T O THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SCHE DULE. 7. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS' A PROVIDE DOUBLE CHECK VALVE OR REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AS REQUIRED BY A LIRE JURISDICTION. BRONZE B WRH TNRRES NTD 15O PCIG PINI WORKING PRESSURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, CORROSION RESISTANT INTERIOR COMPONENTS AND STRAINER ON INLET. ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE CHROM PLATED SIZE AS REQUIRD AND PLAC AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH VISCID, FLOORS, C EILINGS, ETC., IN ALL FlNISHD AREAS. RELOCATE WATER METER AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD OR SUB. WATER METER LOCATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD OR THE UTILITY COMPANY REGULATORS. VERIFY EXTENT OF EXISTING METER OR NEW METER REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. 10. INSTALL FIXTURE CAERS OR SPPORT FOR LL WALL MOUNTED PLUMBING FIXTURES. FIXTURE CARRIERS OR RRI SUPPORTS U SHALL BE AS A FOLLOWED: A. JAY R. SMITH MANUFACTURING COMPANY B. JOSAM COMPANY C. WADE DIVISION; TYLER PIPE D. ZURN INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED; HYDROMECHANICS DIVISION C. INSTAI I ATION 1. ALVE V LOCATIONS SHALL BE OLLOW A PROVIDE A SHUT OFF VALVE AS F IN THE S SUPPLY PIPING TO EACH FIXTURE. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 24" X 24" ACCESS DOOR WHERE REQUIRED FOR VALVE ACCESS. 2. PROVIDE FLOOR DRAINS AND CLEAN -OUTS PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1. PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION ?EFT" SANITARY PIPING SYSTEM SNAKE THE SANITARY SYSTEM A MINIMUM OF FIFIY FEET SD' -0 " FROM EVERY CLEANOUT AND REPORT ANY BLOCKAGE. 2. TES IPME T WA NT TER SU PPPUD. RESSURE TO INSURE MINIMUM PSI MATCHES MOST DEMANDING EQU 3. STERILIZE WATER SYSTEM PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODE REGULATIONS. 4. TEST THE WATER PIPING SYSTEM AT 510 FOUR (4) HOU OR A R BY THE LANDLORD, UTILItt COMPANY RE GU NS OR FO BY CODE REQU IREM ENTS. EQUIRED 5. TEST THE SANITARY WASTE, VENT AND DRAIN PIPING WITH A TEN FOOT (10') WATER COLUMN FOR ONE HOUR OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD, L7TILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS OR BY CODE REQUIREME 6. TEST AND PURGE THE GAS PIPING SYSTEM AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, UTILITY COMPANY REGULA LOCAL C ODES AND APPLICAB NFPA CODES. 2. 4. LATED WORK PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE A 1/4" NPT FITTINGS TO REC O.D. FITTING AND CAPS S AT 400 PSIG, 0' F. TO 200' F. STRAINERS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A Y" PATTERN STRAINERS 125 PSIG STEEL SCREEN, THREADS?2-1/2 FOR TW( AND ONE -HALF INCHES INCH FOR HEATING AND 0.125 WITH SLOWDOWN VALVE AND H H END OF SECTOR 15400 SECTION 15510 - HYDRONIC PIPING GARS AND SUPPORTS: SECTION 15145 2. HANICAL INSULATION: SECTION 15250 3. H� •TUG, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING: SECTION 15800 B. HYDRONIC •UIPMENT AND MATERIALS 1. CONDENS• WATER PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A ASTM A 0, SCHEDULE 40 ERW, BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH P N .S. STEEL PIPE WITH Wa •.• JOINTS FOR PIPE TWO AND ONE -HALF INC K 2 -1 AND LARGER. COPPER PIPE NTH THREADED OR SILV D AND SOLDERED JOINTS ' IPE TWO TEMPERED (2") AND SMALLER. '- PIPING SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMAN ' W10-1 ASTM, AH5, LANDLORD REQUI'. ENTS, ETC. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. UNIONS OR FLANGES M BE MUST BE USED AT EQUIPM CONNECTIONS WHERE SERVICE OR REMOVAL MAY REQUIRED. - PLUGS SLL EITHER A THAENT E BRASS CHILLS END FITE 5. COMBINATION B ALANCING AND T -OFF VALVE SHA BE A BELL 0140 GOSSET CIRCU•' SETTER WITH LOCKING ' TEST OF SYSTEM 1. PIPING AN0 EQUIPME PRESSURE OF 125 E � FOLLO M OR PRESSURE PROBE, 7 /e" VALVE CORE OR NORDEL RATED IRON BODY WITH PERFORATED STAINLESS S f2' AND SMALLER, FLANGED FOR TWO ER SCREEN OPENING SIZE AT 0 033 INCH ATER OR CONDENSER WATER. PROVIDE SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED WITHOGE AT A MINIMUM 2. THE HYDRON10 1 'LNG AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE HVAC . 'LNG SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEANED A .• FLUSHED. REMOVE, CLEAN AND REPLACE ' GREENS. FILL THE TENANT'S HY• ONIC PIPING SYSTEM WITH DOMESTIC WATER AND 5 VENT PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 'TOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. THIS CTOR SHALL NOT FILL IS SYSTEM WITH WATER FROM THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM UNLES' SPECIFICALLY INSTRUv D TO DO SO BY THE LANDLORD. 3. PR I• - TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL •' AIN A -' ITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD THAT ALL TESTING, FLUSHING, AND PR ER NG OF THE HYDRONIC SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE DLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND THE THE HYDRONIC SYSTEM 15 READY TO BE CONNE.'1 D TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM END OF SECTION 15510 SECTION 15800 - AIR DISTRIBLTION EQUIPMENT A FOI IIPMFNT AND MATFRIAI S 1. 018 TO AIR HEAT PUMPS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A PROVIDE FACTORY -BUILT AND FACTORY- TESTED UNITS AS INDICATED, SIZES AND CAPACITIES AS SCHEDULES, AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. MANUFACTURED BY TRANE, McQUAY, LENNOX OR APPROVED EQUAL UNITS SHALL BE AR.I. STANDARD 320 PERFORMANCE CERTIFIED AND UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) USTED FOR SAFETY. EACH UNIT SHALL BE RUN TESTED AT THE FACTORY. B. THE CABINET SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM HEAVY -GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL THE INTERIOR SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1/2" THICK, MULTI DENSITY, COATED GLASS FIBER. ALL UNITS SHALL ALLOW SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO REPLACE THE COMPRESSOR WITHOUT UNIT REMOVAL ONE BLOWER AND TWO COMPRESSOR COMPARTMENT ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE REMOVABLE WITH SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK IN PLACE. A DUCT COLLARS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE SUPPLY & RETURN AIR OPENINGS. PROVIDE WITH 2" FILTER RACK AND ONE SET OF Y FILTERS FOR EACH HEAT PUMP. C. ALL UNITS SHALL CONTAIN A SEALED REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT INCLUDING A HERMETIC COMPRESSOR, EXPANSION VALVE METERING DEVICE, FINNED TUBE AIR -TO- REFRIGERANT HEAT EXCHANGER, REFRIGERANT REVERSING VALVE AND SERVICE PORTS. COMPRESSORS SHALL BE HIGH EFFICIENCY DESIGNED FOR HEAT PUMP DUTY AND MOUNTED ON VIBRATION ISOLATORS. COMPRESSOR MOTORS SHALL COME WITH INTERNAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION. COMPRESSORS SHALL HAVE 5 YEAR WARRANTY. REFRIGERANT REVERSING VALVES SHALL BE PILOT OPERATED SLIDING PISTON TYPE WITH REPLACEABLE ENCAPSULATED MAGNETIC COIL ENERGIZED ONLY DURING THE COOLING CYCLE. THE FINNED TUBE COIL SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF LANCED ALUMINUM FINS BONDED TO RIFLED COPPER TUBES IN A STAGGERED PATTERN NOT LESS THAN THREE ROWS DEEP AND HAVE A 400 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE. THE WATER -TO REFRIGERANT HEAT EXCHANGER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF A CONVOLUTED COPPER INNER TUBE AND STEEL OUTER TUBE WITH A DESIGNED REFRIGERANT WORKING PRESSURE OF 400 PSIG. D. THE FAN SHALL BE A DIRECT DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL TYPE WITH A DYNAMICALLY BALANCED WHEEL. THE HOUSING AND WHEEL SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR QUIET LOW VELOCITY OPERATION. THE FAN HOUSING SMALL BE REMOVABLE FROM THE UNIT WITHOUT DISCONNECTING THE SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK FOR SERVICING OF THE FAN MOTOR. THE FAN MOTOR SHALL BE THREE SPEED PSC TYPE. THE MOTOR SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED AND HAVE THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION. E ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND SAFETY DEVICES SHALL BE FACTORY WIRED AND MOUNTED WITHIN THE UNIT. CONTROLS SHALL INCLUDE FAN RELAY, COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR, 24V TRANSFORMER, REVERSING VALVE COIL AND LOCKOUT RELAY. A TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SCREW TERMINALS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR FIELD CONTROL WIRING. WHEN 11-10 SAFETY CONTROLS ARE ACTIVATED TO PREVENT COMPRESSOR SHORT CYCUNG, THE LOCKOUT CIRCUIT MUST BE RESET AT THE THERMOSTAT. A FIVE MINUTE TIME DELAY CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED TO PREVENT SHORT CYCUNG OF THE COMPRESSOR. SAFETY DEVICES SHALL INCLUDE A LOW PRESSURE CUTOUT SET AT 20 PSIG AND A HIGH PRESSURE CUTOUT CONTROL SET AT 380 PSIG. PROVIDE CONDENSATE OVER FLOW SAFETY SWITCH FACTORY INSTALLED TO STOP COMPRESSOR OPERATION SHOULD CONDENSATE RISE TO SENSOR LEVEL IN CONDENSATE PAN. PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SHIPPED LOOSE WITH HEAT PUMP, FOR FIELD MOUNTING. F. SUPPLY, RETURN WATER AND CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BRASS FEMALE PIPE THREAD FITTINGS AND MOUNTED FLUSH TO CABINET EXTERIOR. G. UNITS SHALL HAVE EER'S AS USTED IN SCHEDULE AND SHALL MEET OR EXCEED EER REQUIREMENTS OF THE OREGON STATE ENERGY CODE. H. HEAT PUMP HOSE KITS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY TRANE, FLOW RATES AS SCHEDULED FOR HEAT PUMPS. ON RETURN SIDE PROVIDE 24" LONG STAINLESS STEEL HOSE, BALL VALVE WITH TEST PORT AND PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE VALVE, SWIVEL END CONNECTION. ON SUPPLY SIDE PROVIDE 24" LONG STAINLESS STEEL HOSE, 2 -WAY SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE 841 TEST PORT AND PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE VALVE, STRAINER WITH DRAIN VALVE, SWIVEL END CONNECTION. 2. TOILET EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A REFER TO THE DRAWINGS FOR TOILET EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS. T HEATERS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: DRAWINGS FOR THE DUCT HEATER SIZE AND TYPE. UNIT MANUFACTURERS 3. A ELEC REFER • • B. ELECTRIC DUCT/ 1. LEC CHROMOLO 2. INDEECO NI 3. 0 -MARK C. POWER WIRING SHALL BE BY D NCHES (12") BELOW .OWN AND CALLED THE CE D. SUSPEND ELECTRIC THE STRUCTU FOR O EATERS FROM THE STRUCTURE OCK ROOM WITHOUT CEILINGS IN THE LOCA ' •RAWINGS. RECESS ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS IN TOILET R•• SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ADEQUATE ACCESS AND SERVICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. AND ALL OTHER APPUCAB 4. DUCTWORK SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL B. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION OF SHEET METAL DUCTWORK. C. ALL DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. D. FABRICATE„ ALL DUCTW WRH GALVAED SEF META IN C ACOANCE WITH SMANCA, HVAC DUCT COORK NSTRUCTION STANIZNDARHDS AND ALL STEEL REQUIRD APPRDLICABLE CODES. E FABRICATE ALL ROUND DUCTWORK WITH GALVANIZED SHEET METAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMANCA, "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND ALL REQUIRED APPLICABLE CODES. USE SPIRAL LOCKSEAM CONSTRUCTION. ROUND FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPOT WELDED AND BONDED CONSTRUCTOR. USED IN PLACE OF F. RE H _,., CEIUMG HBGHTS PERM0 AN RETURN AIR D •••' " 10 -• -- •CTWORK AND I NTERN IN LATED. AIRED HD ALL SUPPLY ER LL UNIT SHALL G. VARIFY ALL DUCTWORK CLASSIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES PRIOR TO DUCTWORK FABRICATION. H. INSTALL TURNING VANES IN ALL SUPPLY AIR RIGHT ANGLE ELBOWS. I. INSTALL ALL DUCTWORK SUPPORTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMANCA STANDARDS, LANDLORD REQUIRED E BY THE DLOR D LAND LI OR B APPUCABLE C DEDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING AS J. DUCTWORK TRANSDIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED THIRTY DEGREE (301 SLOPE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. K. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS MOTORIZED DAMPERS, ERE DAMPERS, CONTROLS, ETC., TH/BT REQUIRE SERVICE OR INSPECTION. MINIMUM ACCESS PANEL SIZE SHALL BE 24" X 24. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES OR REGISTERS WITH PLASTER FRAMES MAY BE USED AS ACCESS LOCATIONS. L PROVIDE RK. CONICAL OR "BELL-MOUTH" TAKE -OFFS FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO BRANCH M. PROVIDE DOUBLE WALL DUCT WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS UNITED SHEETMETAL K -27 WITH SOLID METAL INNERUNER AND 1 THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION IN ANNULAR SPACE. DIDCO'n 5. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A D K AND SES BlORK ORBCAS N J I FCLOEJN(IBLE I0ONNE TICTC TINS WHERE NG DUCNVIORK CROSSES BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. • F ABR I C. CONNECTIONS SHALL IN CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE COATED FLAMEPROOF NT FABRIC. PROVIDE ADDUATE JOINT FLEXIBILITY TO ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT AND PREVE THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION. 6. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE ONE INCH (1 ") INSULATED CLASS 1 AND RATED FOR THE OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. D ORK CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD S REQUIREMENTS AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. B. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK MANUFACTURERS 1. GENFLEO SLR -25C 2. NORFLIX 3. OWENS CORNING #INL -25 4. THERMAFLIX #G-K1.4 5. WIREMOLD C. ri IBLE DU QRK L N AT ANY ONE LOCA 03 N(1) 90' BEND OR EXTEND OVER 7. MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A LOCKING Q UADRANT SUPP VOLUME LY A CONTROL SER. DAMPERS WITH HANDLE OPERATORS IN EACH BRANCH DUCTWORK TO THE B. MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS MANUFACTURERS 1. AMERICAN WARMING AND VENTILATING. INCORPORATED 2. LOUVERS AND DAMPERS, INCORPORATED 3. NAILOR HART 4. NATIONAL CONTROLLED AIR 5. RUSKIN C. OPERATING HANDLES ON ALL DAMPERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM EIGHTEEN INCHES (181 LONG. 8. SMOKE /FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A PROVIDE SMOKE /FIRE DAMPERS AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFIC HEREIN, REQUIRE BY THE LANDLORD OR APPLICABLE CODE. B. FIRE DAMPER MANUFACTURERS 1. AMERICAN WARMING AND VENTILATING. INCORPORATED 2. LOUVERS AND DAMPERS, INCORPORATED 3. NAILOR HART 4. NATIONAL CONTROLLED AIR 5. RUSKIN C. ALL FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE UL LABELED AND PROVIDED WITH 120V TO 24V TRANSFORMER. D. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY LINTELS, FRAMING, SLEEVES, ETC., AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE DAMPER INSTALLATION. E REFER TO THE FIRE DAMPER DETAIL ON THE DRAWINGS. 9. DIFFUSERS, REGISTER AND GRILLES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A REFER TO THE DRAWINGS FOR THE DIFFUSER, REGISTER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE. B. DIFFUSERS REGISTER AND GRILLE MANUFACTURERS 1. ANEROSTAT 2. PRICE 3. TUTUS 10. ROOF /EQUIPMENT CURB AND PIPE SUPPORT CURB SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL THE NECESSARY CURBING AND FRAMING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUPMENT. AND PIPING ABOVE THE ROOF AS DESCRIBED, IMPLIED OR SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. ( ROOF /PIPE CURB HEIGHT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF SIXTEEN INCHES 6 ABOVE ROOFING MEMBRANE. THE ROOF CURB SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE EgUIPMENT IT IS TO SUPPORT. ALL CURBS MUST BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE TOP I5 "DEAD LEVEL VERIFY CURB LOCATION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO BIDDING. ALL ROOF CURBS SHALL BE FULL PERIMETER. END OF SECTION 15800 SECTION 15900 - TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. RFI ATD WORK 1. HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING: SECTION 15800 B. FOUIPMFNT AND MATFRIAI 5 1. 1H15 CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM TO AUTOMATICALLY CONTROL THE HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDMONING EQUIPMENT AND OTHER COMPONENTS AS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR ON 1HE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. FAILURE TO MENTION ANY SPECIFIC DEVICE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OF THE SONSIBITY FOR THE FURNISHING OR STALLATIO OR PROVIDIN THE DVICES OR ITEMS NEC IN IL ORDER TO ACHIEVE THE INTENT IN OF THE N DRAWING O SG PECIFICATIONS. E 2. ALL CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE TWENTY FOUR VOLT (24 V.) AND SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED 'S BY THIS CONTRACTOR. ALL ALL APPLICABLE C WIRING SHALL ODES. BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND 3. E NV (7) DAY PROGRAMMAB THERMOSTATS SH BE FURN S HED AND INST FOR EAC AVV B OX, UNLESS NOTED LE OTHERWISE ON THE ALL DRAW INGS. 5TANDAR00 HEATING D /COOLING 000 THERMOSTATS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH VAV BOX. 4. ALL VAV BOXES SHALL HAVE FACTORY ELECTRONIC TERMINAL UNIT CONTROLS OPERATING OFF INTERNAL 24 VAC 5814. C. SFQUFNCF OF OPFRATIONS, 1. TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FANS: A THE TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FAN (BY MALL) SHALL BE OPERATED BY WALL SWITCH. . .HEAT PUMPS: A. THE HEAT PUMP SHALL HAVE A 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT AND FACTORY CONTROLS TO PERFORM THE FUNCTIONS LISTED BELOW. IN THE UNOCCUPIED MODE THE UNIT SHALL BE OFF UNLESS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN NIGHT SETBACK TEMPERATURES DESIGNATED BY THE LANDLORD. B. DURING OCCUPIED PERIODS, WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW 77F, THE ECONOMIZER DAMPERS SHALL BE IN THE MINIMUM OSA POSITION. THE COMPRESSOR SHALL ENERGIZE AND THE EXPANSION VALVE SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE. IF THE MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE FALLS BELOW 40 THE ECONOMIZER DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE TO THE 1000 RETURN' POSITION AND THE DEFROST CYCLE SHALL BE ENABLED. WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 75 THE ECONOMIZER DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE TO USE OSA FOR COOLING. WHEN THE ECONOMIZER MODE 15 INITIATED, THE POWER EXHAUST FAN SHALL START. IF OSA TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE, THEN ECONOMIZER DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE TO MINIMUM OSA POSITION. IF SPACE TEMPERATURE CONTINUES TO RISE, THE COMPRESSOR SHALL ENERGIZE AND THE EXPANSION VALVE SHALL MODULATE OPEN TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE PER THE FACTORY CONTROL SEQUENCE. WHEN THE ECONOMIZER MODE I5 INITIATED, THE POWER EXHAUST FAN OR REMOTE EXHAUST FAN SHALL START. 3. SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM: A. A DUCTWORK SMOKE DETECTOR, SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE DUCTWORK WALL THE AIR SAMPLING /RETURN TUBES SHALL EXTEND INTO IN DUCTWORK TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS CROSS - SECTION SAMPLING OF THE AIR MOVING THROUGH THE SYSTEM. THE LOCATIONS OF THE DETECTORS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY ALL FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL CODES. B. THE DUCTWORK DETECTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THE POWER WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN THE VENTILATION SYSTEM AND THE AND THE DUCTWORK DETECTOR SHALL BE BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. C. HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION: (UPON DETECTOR ACTIVATION) 1. THE HVAC SYSTEM SHALL BE ° SHUT -DOWN" AS DEFINED BY ALL FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL CODES (MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILTY). 2. SOUND AN AUDIBLE ALARM IN A NORMALLY OCCUPIED AREA AND /OR THROUGH THE BUILDING ERE ALARM SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY). 3. ACTIVATE A REMOTE TROUBLE INDICATOR IN A NORMALLY OCCUPIED AREA AND /OR THROUGH THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY). 4. INSTALLATIONS WHERE THERE IS NO BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM UPON A LOSS OF POWER IN THE DUCTWORK DETECTION SYSTEM AN ALARM SHALL SOUND IN THE REMOTE ALARM PANEL AND IN AN OCCUPIED AREA OF THE STORE. A SILENCE CONTROL AT THE ALARM PANEL SHALL DISABLE THE SIGNALS AND ILLUMINATE AN INTERNAL 001fT AT THE STATION INDICATING THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN SILENCED. THE RESETTING OF THE SYSTEM CIRCUIT POWER SHALL NOT EXTINGUISH THE INTERNAL LIGHT AT THE UNTIL THE SILENCE SWITCH IS RETURNED TO THE NORMAL POSITION. NOTE: THE TROUBLE CONTACTS ARE TO BE IN THE NORMAL OPERATION CONDITION WITH POWER APPUED. END OF SECTION 15900 SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING A RELATED WORK i. HY ATINO. PIPING' SECTIO 15510 2. HEATING, VENNILATON AND N AIR CONDITIONING: SECTION 15800 B. GENFRAI RFQl1IRFMFNTS 1. TESTNG, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY A SEPARATE AND I DEP NDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS CURRENTLY A LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL AABC OR A NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU REVIEWED. BALANCING CONTRACTOR. NO BE DONE ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACCEPTED R CENT STANDARDS AU. SOCIETY. PAYMENT OF ALL COSTS FOR THE TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS BID. ALL • • • _ " "'•' • IRE A PRE- 7 CONTRACTOR AS SP C F • - �:��* ' - -_ . _- -.•inn 3. ALL TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AND REPORTS MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEMS. 4. THE MECH CON S HALL BE PRESENT FOR THE AIR BALANCE VERIFY ACCESSIBIL T O ALL DEVICES, VERIFY ALL OPERATING SEQUENCES AND INSTA LL E NEW FILTERS IN ALL UNITS JUST PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITH THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN THE MINIMUM POSITION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. AIR AND WATER QUANTITIES SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN (+ -) TEN PERCENT (102) OF THE INDICATED QUANTITY AS SHOWN A CALLED ON E RA WINGS. ANY REQUIRD CHANGES IN SHEAVES BELTS, PULLEYS OR T FOR HE ADDITION D OF DAMPERS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED FLOW RATES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION TO THE OWNER. 6. THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE ON THE AABC NATIONAL STANDARD REPORT FORMS OR THE NEBB CERTFlED REPORT FORMS AS PUBLISHED IN THEIR MOST CURRENT EDTIONS AND SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM T HE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: (WHERE APPLICABLE) A AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF SEPARATE AND INDEPENDENT BALANCING CONTRACTOR. B. A COPY OF A CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE WITH NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR THIS PROJECT. C. INSTRUMENTATION UST WITH LAST CALIBRATION DATES. D. .MAKE AND MODEL NUMBER OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TESTED. E. CFM T M AND BE D STATIC UCT PRESSURE READING S (DISCHARGE AND SUCTION) AS MEASURED BY PRO T RAVERS E AT EA U IT. F. MOTOR LEG. NAMEPLATE DATA WITH ACTUAL FIELD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS FOR EACH G. MOTOR AND FAN RPMS, SHEAVE SIZES, AND BELT SIZES. H. OUTSIDE RETURN, MIXED AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES AND VOLUMES SHALL BE MEASURED AT FULL COOUNG WITH MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR. RETURN AND RELIEF SHALL BE BALANCED AND MEASUREMENTS RECORDED BY PROT DUCT TRAVERSE AT FULL ECONOMIZER AND POWER EXHAUST. I. WATER BAL A N CE DING DAT A INCLUDING GPM WITH INLET AND OUTLET TEMPERATURE AND PR SURE REA J. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. K. FINAL BALANCED AIR VOLUMES AT ALL OUTLETS (INCLUDING RETURNS WHEN DUCTED). 7. ALL CONTRO SEQNCES SHALL BE TESD (IMLOCKD UIPMENT. SMOK DETRS S MOKE EVACUATIONUE, ECONOMIZER, ETC.) ANTED OPERAERTING STATUEQS RECORDED IN E T HE TEC RE 8. THREE (3) COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT SHALL RETURN ONE (1 APPROVED BALANCE REPORT TO THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THIS BALANCE REPORT SHALL APPEAR IN THE OPERATIONS MANUAL LEFT ON SITE AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION. 9. APPROVAL. LA ONE (1) COPY OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDLORD FOR 10. THE BALANCI AS ON ( CONTRACTO HEATING COOUNO) R SH ALL MA K A CYCRLE. E TURN INSPECTION OF THE SYSTEM DURING THE NEXT SE OR END OF SECTION 15990 H,V,A,C, CALCULATION FORM BUILDING '52 SUMMER SPACE 76 °F a 50): R.H. OUTSIDE 84 °F db/ 68, wb HEATING SPACE 72 °F OUTSIDE 2PF ROOF If = 0.09 CLTD = 68 ITEM QUANTITY ROOF AREA 2 CORRIDOR WALL 3. OUTSIDE WALL 4. uGNnBG ;IE31E S PEOPLE 6. APPLIANCES 7. OUTSIDE AIR 8. FAN MINORS GLA 2300 SOFT. 0 SOFT. 0 SOFT. CONNECTION 12.575 KV. GIA /100 = 39 PETJPLE SEE APPLIANCE CALL FORM GLAx2 CFR /SOFT. .5CFR ON ROOF HP. TOTALS HEAT LOSS FACTO( 7.65 1734 5508 HTUH 10556 32371 42929 CO TOTAL = (SENSIBLE I. LATENT,. OLING 89170 BTUH 31 EYE LIGHTING IN ENTRY SHALL MATCH FROMTHE ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY ON 'ELECTRICAL DATA FORMS' REMARKS SENSIBLE HEAT GAIN FACTOR 5.33 0.75 3413 315 8.64 2545 HTUH 12259 42919 12285 5054 72517 ATENT HELAT GAIN FACTOR 325 6.80 HTUH 12675 3978 16653 4E WALL FACTOR OUTSIDE WALLS NORTIK a13 EAST = 884 SOUTH 646 WEST = 646 H,V,A,C, SCHEDULES ROOFTOP UNIT (RED SPECIFICATIONS MANUFACTURER TRANF CORI7NR CAPACITY (AT AR. CONDITIONS) NOBEL 01 AIR ENTERING CONDENSER 95 Fdb VOLTS /PHASE/HERTZ P08/30 AIR ENTERING EVAPORATOR Ftlb /Fwb EER RATING 92 TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY iP]000 HTUH TOTAL WT. 1449 -OHS SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY BTUH EVAPORATOR FAN PERFORMANCE r0uoecSSO° I " °UT KW CFM 1460 HEATING CAPACITY EXTERNAL SP. 0.7 'WC GAS (YES) MOTOR HP. 30 HP INPUT OUTSIDE AIR QOM) 585 -CFA 119000 ATRM GUTPUT ACCESSORIES ECONOMRER (NO) OR LOW AMBIENT CONTROL_ TO 0 F (NO) HVAC RELIEF (PWR) HP DOWNTURN U' ANTI -SHORT CYCLE TIMER FULL PERIMETER CURB CRANKCASE HEATER 'THROWAWAY FD_TERS'� 15 -YR COMP. WARRANTY' ZEE AUTO =.222 EIVER T'STAT "" HEAT -COOL- AUTO -OFF AND 'AN- AUTO -ON- SWITCHES IN SUB -BASE DENOTES SECTION THAT IS NOT APPLICABLE REC EIVED CiTY OP TUKWILA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER LLI Ii LLI VJ CD 0 U W u- �� VJ 0 IC NJ 1M M4 Aug. 18, 2000 PHASE I BUILDING 'G2' - - - i`+ Z.,i T H C E N 7 E R MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sheet 1 Of 6 SOUTHCENTER MALL PHASE I SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. HVAC c SPRINKLER SOUTHCENTER MALL BUILDING 'G2' SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. HVAC C. SPRINKLER NORDSTROM MERVYN'S 1. TENANT TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ROOF TOP UNIT(S) SIZED PER 1. TENANT SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SPRINKLER SYSTEM SENSIBLE/TOTAL CALCULATION FORM. HEATING MAY BE GAS OR WNHIN THE LEASED PREMISES FROM THE LANDLORD'S CONNECTION EL ECTRIC FOR BUILDING "G2" TENANTS. GAS 15 AVAILABLE ON POINT. B y REQUIRED ON ALL RTU'S. 3. ALL DESIGN SHALL REAPPROVED BY ALL AUHi0RIT1ES HAVING JURISDICTION, THE LANDLORD AND FACTORY MUTUAL. 2. TENANT SHALL FURNISH AND I ALL A RELIEF. FANS MERVYN'S , TENANT TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SPLIT SYSTEM HEATING AND 1. TENANT SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SPRINKLER AIR CONDTIIONING UNIT(S), SIZED PER SENSIBLE.TOTAL SYSTEM WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES FROM THE CALCULATION FORM. HEATING SHALL BE ELECTRIC FOR PHASE I L ANDLORD'S CONNECTION POINT. 2. SPRINKLER IS REQUIRED ABOVE CEILING AT ALL MINIM FRESH AIR REQUIREM, R INSTALL AN DOOR ELECTRIC MOTORS AND IN AHU MIXING BOX. AIR INTA KE THROUGH ROOF. INSU DUCTWORK PER OUT LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. WHERE TENANT'S ELECTRIC 3. ALL DESIGN SHALL BE APPROVED BY ALL I HEATING REQUIREMENT EXCEEDS 6 KW A HEAT PUMP IS AUTHORITIES HAVING FACTORY MUTUAL. THE NEEDED AS PER WASHINGTON STATE 1994 ENERGY CODE. LANDLORD AND FACTORY MUTUAL. - - - i '- � _ S 0 j /� %% ji/ j - p' / i %%� %•i$ % % % %j - j -- , j vl ,, , j � �/ j P j �j ; i��:�% II ice i i; � �o o �1 0' - % / %G��% j % %- ; % / , j / � % / �% j % / //% � / % �/ % • ��,x � % -. // // // " a I ii/iIi /// JCPENNEY . I.I. 0111 THE BON eL 1� ■ ' ��i ■ II "!II • o JCPENNEY �� � �■ 0 = I �� 1 I� L!J J!!i B. PLUMBING ACTORY MUTUAL DISTRICT OFFICE ;206 - 454 -3931 98009 -9677 ) . / % %/ i / / / / / / //i /%i i• �� I i� / r � � ,1D • / � - - -I •111 ■ B. PLUMBING .0. BOX 96077 BELLEVUE, WA. 8009 ;206 - 454 -3931 -9677 ) "' 1111 % / / / / / / / / /.> ' / / /// F III 11111 � � ° o� • SEARS _ i / / / / / / /i' ■ U / / / / / /// ' D . / / / / / //. r1��l 1. LANDLORD HAS PROVIDED SANITARY, GAS AND DOMESTIC WATER D. SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SERVICES FOR TENANTS TO UTILIZE. SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF SERVICES. 1. TENANT SHALL INSTALL A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE SUPPLY AIR / / / / /// r /./ SEARS i �1�� / 1. T ENANT SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE TOILET ROOM WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES. LANDLORD HAS PROVIDED D. SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS AND DOMESTIC WATER TO SECTION OF THE ROOF TOP UNIT(S). 2. WATER METER IS REQUIRED BY ALL TENANTS. TENANT TO PURCHASE WATER METER FROM LOCAL UTILITY AND INSTALL PER 2. UPON DETECTION OF TENANT SMOKE THE SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL U TILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE METER W. REMOTE SHUT DOWN THE HVAC SYSTEM(S), SOUND AN AUDIO/VISUAL ALARM / \ READOUT AS REQUIRED. KEY PLAN � HORN AT THE FRONT OF THE STORE AND REPORT TO AN 'S SANITARY CONNECTIONS FOR TENANTS UTILIZE. TENANTS SHALL RUN A 4" VENT THRU ROOF. TOILET 1. TENANT SHALL INSTALL A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE ROOMS SHALL CONFORM WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS AND THE SUPPLY AIR SECTION OF THE AIR HANDLING UNIT(S). REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. KEY PLAN 2. UPON DETECTION OF TENANT SMOKE THE SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL SHUT DOWN THE HVAC SYSTEM(5) / \ L WATER METER IS REQUIRED BY ALL TENANTS. TENANT TO ) PURCHASE WATER METER FROM LOCAL UTILITY AND PER AND REPORT TO AN UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES NO SCALE , , ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC . AREA ZONE 3 MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. UNDERWRITERLOCATED LABORATORIES LISTED CENTRAL STATION MONITOR. 3. PROVIDE REMOTE TEST- ALARM -RESET SWITCH /LIGHTS AT REAR DOOR FOR SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. INSTALL NO SCALE ,■, UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE METER WITH REMOTE LISTED CENTRAL STATION MONITOR. READOUT AS REQUIRED. 3. PROVIDE REMOTE TEST- ALARM -RESET SWITCH/LIGHTS AT REAR DOOR FOR SMOKE DETECTOR & LE,D. ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC AREA ZONE 3. MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. IN SALES AREA CEILING TO NOTIFY M.G.R. WHEN SMOKE DETECTOR IS ACTIVATED. UNIT NUMBER DBA H.V.A.C. CALCULATION FORM BUILDING '62 WHENHANGERRODPROJECTS H.V.A.C. CALCULATION FORM PHASE SUMMER SPACE 76 F @ 30% R.H. OUTSIDE 84 Fdb/ 68 F Kt HEATING SPACE 72 F OUTSIDE 21E SUMMER SPACE 76 F @ 5096 R.H. OUTSIDE 84 F db/ 68 F wb HEATING SPACE 72 F OUTSIDE 21 F 1 ROOF "U" = 0.09 CLTD= 68 HEAT LOSS SENSIBLE LATENT HEAT GAIN HEAT GAIN ROOF "U" = 0.08 CLTD = 68 HEAT LOSS SENSIBLE LATENT HEAT GAIN HEAT GAIN ITEM QUANTITY FACTOR. BTUH FACTO' BTUH F CTOR BTUH ITEM QUANTITY FACTOR BTUH FACTO BTUH F CTOR BTUH 1. ROOF AREA G.LA SQ.FT. 4.59 5.33 1. ROOF AREA G.LA SQ.FT. 4.28 5.71 2. CORRIDOR WALL SQ.FT. 7.65 0.75 - ND O AN 6^ EXTENDA ANGLE TO NEXHAN EXTEND 2. CORRIDOR WALL SQ.FT. 4.76 2.52 s. f PM& palm ANa.E 3- OUTSIDE WALL SQ.FT. 17.34 * 3. OUTSIDE WALL SQ.FT. 17.34 ISTFRUta: of JOIST 0 rvur wrm 4. LIGHTING tOIAECTION K.W. 3413 . -._ 4. U. CONNECTION 5. PEOPLE K.W. 3413 GLA/100 = PEOPLE 315 325 ^) 5. PEOPLE GLA/100 = PEOPLE 250 200 ...s 6 (TYPJ , CLAMP ANGIE TO SST. BAIT CHORD 6. APPLIANCES SEE AF PLIANCE CALL FORM 6. APPLIANCES SEE AFPUANCE CALL FORM i/4" MN U E A EAOEO wS THREADED cg4reauH6 ROD T T11, := Y PE OF JOIST 7. OUTSIDE AIR GLA X 2 CFM/SQ.FT. CFM 55.08 8.64 6.80 7. OUTSIDE AIR GLA x 2 CFM /SQ.FT. CFM 55.08 8.64 6.80 8. FAN MOTORS H.P. 2545 8. FAN MOTORS H.P. - 2545 TOTALS TOTALS THIS SHEET & TTG - 01 MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANT'S SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, BIDDING CONTRACTORS AND FOR BUILDING PERMITS SMOG HANGERS EM FOR HANGER ASSEMBLY OF FORA Or THE I A T AL LE D I% NSTALLE WEIGHT. MU, TERME .BOX ETC TOTAL - (SENSIBLE +LATENT)= BTUH COOLING CFM: SENSIBLE BTUH = CFM TOTAL (SENSIBLE +LATENT)= BTUH COOLING 1.089201 T A / LIGHTING KW ENTRY SHALL MATCH FROM THE ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY ON "ELECTRICAL DATA FORMS" SUMMARY * WALL FACTOR OUTSIDE WALLS NORTH= 3.40 A IGHTNG KW ENTRY SHALL MATCH FROM THE ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY ON "ELECTRICAL DATA FORMS" * WALL FACTOR OUTSIDE WALLS NORTH= 4.08 EAST = 6.84 SOUTH= 6.46 WEST 6.46 D WBLE NtR WRH I ` I REMARKS: EAST = 10.88 SOUTH- 5.44 WEST 3.74 REMARKS: z•' OD. T/4" THI WASHER(rn1 aL 2 ANGLE SUPPORT SECURE MT (MIND LOCATE PER EQUIP MFR TO ANGLES METHOD 92 R 4,r, txrs -°; o. - MAx. Arrow ro Eaw Jan. METHOD S1 USE THIS METHOD ONLY WHEN SPACE EXISTS BETWEEN ANGLES FORMING BOTTOM CHORD. H.V.A.C. SCHEDULES H .V.A.C. SCHEDULES D'S APPROVED LOCATION OF HVAC EQ11mMEM WffH tANDLORO'S REPRE3SRATN E 1. BE VERIFY LANDLORD'S BEFORE PROCEEDING. SE9 STRUCINE DRAWINGS FORH.9.AC. EQUIPMENT AND REINFORCED JOIST LOCATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT SPLIT SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS MANUFACTURER SATURATED SUCTION TEMP F REFRIGERANT ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU) SPECIFICATIONS - OVER 2000. E.E.R. RATING SATURATED COND. TEMP F AIR ENTERING CONDENSER Fdb III The Richard E. Jacobs Group B. SITE OF STRUCRRAL SUPPORTS (R005, ANGLE ETC) ARE MINIMUMS AND SHALL BE RESIZED BY TENANT ORTFNPNTCONIRACTORAS RE9XRFD FD l6 091666916 1AND S1ROCIORAL w1EGw1Y. CONDENSING UNIT AIR HANDLING UNIT EVAPORATOR COIL MANUFACTURER COOLING CAPACITY (AT AR. CONDTIIONS) MODEL AIR ENTERING CONDENSER Fdb 95 4. DO N91919 HOLES IN BESTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS UNLESS APPROVED BY LANDLORD IN warms. MODEL NO. MODEL NO. MODEL NO. VOLTS/PHASE /HERTZ AIR ENTERING EVAPORATOR Fdb/ Fwb EER RATING TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY BTUH s. UNLESS NgCA1ED 01HER0LSE ON STRUCTURAL DRAWN.: A MRS TO 1880 IBS. TO WEIGHT SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON A MINIMUM OFTWO (2) JOISTS. WEIGHT WEIGHT AIR ENT. COIL Fdb Fwb LIN LESS THAN 2800 LBS. TOTAL WEIGHT SHALL BE AWPORTED R6 G6EAMIDI VOLTS /PHASE /HZ VOLTS /PHASE /HZ AIR LVG. COIL Fdb Fwb TOTAL WT. IBS. SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY BTUH qN a OF THREE (B)JOlsrs. 11)5911. COMP PWR INPUT KW CFM ROWS CIRC FINS /" EVAPORATOR FAN PERFORMANCE COMPRESSOR INPUT KW C MAXWUM TOTAL WEIGH.. of ONE UNIT IS 2800 Les. TOTAL COOLING BTUH TOTAL S.P. "WC TOTAL COOLING BTUH CFM HEATING CAPACITY EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL FAN RPM HP BHP SENSIBLE COOLING BTUH ACCESSORIES: PRESSURE DROP WC EXTERNAL S. P. "WC GAS (YES) (NO) MOTOR H.P. HP 3S LOW LEAKAGE SEALS ON O.A. DAMPERS COIL FACE AREA SQ.FT. OUTSIDE AIR (MIN.) CFM INPUT OITTPI IT H.T.S. 1r - 11 LOW VELOCITY FILTERS FACE VELOCITY FPM ACCESSORIES ECONOMIZER (YES) (NO) OR LOW AMBIENT CONTROL TO 0 F (YES) (NO) HVAC RELIEF (GRAVTIY) (PWR) HP DOWNTURN PLENUM ANT -SHORT CYCLE TIMER AUTO- CHANGEOVER T'STAT WITH FULL PERIMETER CURB CRANKCASE HEATER HEAT- COOL -AUTO -OFF AND THROWAWAY FILTERS 5 -YR. COMP. WARRANTY FAN - AUTO -ON- SWITCHES IN SUB-BASE REMARKS: SEPARATE POWERED HVAC /SMOKE RELIEF FAN SPECIFICATION SEPARATE ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER SPECIFICATION 91990 NS MANUFACTURER CFM V /PH /HZ HP MANUFACTURER KW STEPS VOLTS /PHASE /HZ MODEL STATIC PRESSURE "WC DRIVE (DIRECT)OR(BELT) RPM MINIMUM CFM CALCULATIONS LEASABLE AREA x 1.5 CFM /SQ.FT. = CFM 3 REVISED 4/20/98 MODEL N0. ACCESSORIES zQ REVISED 1/15/96 NOTE MINIMUM STATIC PRESSURE SHALL BE .25" W.C. FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SLIP -IN MAGNETIC CONTACTORS OTHERS Q REVISED 6/13/95 24V TRANSFORMER ZERO CLEARANCE THERMOSTAT TOILET EXHAUST FAN SPECIFICATION r."411°- RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWRA MG 2 5 D 2., . ,,,-,. TE 2 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DATE MANUFACTURER CFM WATTS /HP V /PH/HZ SCALE JOB NUMBER MODEL STATIC PRESS. "WC RPM REVISED REVISED BD DATE NLENPHE: SCNTTMI DRAWING ralnlaeR: TTM - 1 LOCATION: SOUTHCENTER MALL PHASE 11 FOOD COURT // 5E4T SEATTLE, WpSH iiittill MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sheet 2 Of 6 SOUTHCENTER MALL PHASE II SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS SOUTHCENTER MALL FOOD COURT SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS TROM MERVYN'S A HVAC C. SPRINKLER 1 R SIZED PER ) ER SYSTEM TENANT TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ROOF TOP UN ELECT IC FOR PH . 1. TENANT SHALL FURNSH AND INSTALL A SPRINKL THLEAPRSES FROM THLANDLORD'S 1 T ENANT SH ALL OBTAIN GAS METER FROM LOCAL UTIL AND CTNTTHE INSTALL PER UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS TENANT SHALL ROUTE GAS SERVICE TO THEIR SPACE AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN 2. ALL DESIGN SHALL BE APPROVED BY ALL AUTHORITIES THEIR SPACE. SEE LAN LOCATION. COOLING S OR AN ECONOMIZER CY J!lJ ••• MERVYN'S A. HVAC C. SPRINKLER 1. TENANT TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ROOF TOP UNIT(S) SIZED PER 1. TENANT SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SPRINKLER SYSTEM EMISES '� SHALL OBTAIN GAS METER FROM LOCAL UTILIY STALL PER E .A1.1 OM G ER ETER F IROM SEE LAND NWAPPRO����� GAS METER LOCATION. COOLING SHALL BE ELECTRIC. LOW JURISDICTION, THE LANDLORD AND FACTORY MUTUAL. AMBIENT CONTROL MUST BE UTILIZED. ECONOMIZER NOT � ' �• 7 �' � � /��" / / / /// ��� L - -' %/ j _ I *1. S � __ ` 1 !! ' ; II � I ' � ! L 7 - - = -1 B � eJ !!! - pm I, J m !!�j ll � Iil� p - - � ' ! � I 0 1 1111111111 � . _�.- - -o _ ° ° ° ff JiJI J CPENNEY o JCPENNEY J !ll! 1 H I ! J t ) ME .. � 5 � I r.; PERMITTED. Z. TENANT SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SMOKE RELIEF. FANS S HALL BE SIZED AS iN01 CATED ON CALCULATION FORM. THE LANDLORD'S UNDERWRITER I5: =ACTOR* MUTUAL DISTRICT OFFICE 0900 NE 4h STSUITE 00 �.0. BOX 96D77 BELLEVUE, WA. ;206)- 454 -3931 98009 -9677 2. TENANTS S INSTALL TOILET ROOM INCLUDING EXHAUST FAN T E EXHAUST DUCT TO LANDLORD PROVIDED CENTRAL TOILET EXHAUST SYSTEM. B. PLUMBING THE LANDLORD'S UNDERWRITER IS: = ACTOR* MUTUAL DISTRICT OFFICE 10900 NE 4th ST. SUITE 700 �.0. BOX 96077 BELLEVUE, WA. :206) -054 -3931 98009 -9677 i� _�/ jr � !IIIlII� MINIM �� ®� . , ' r I . s O s -- - - M �1 / y,' /, / �_ D L. i'nj ' • • • o i • . / D B. PLUMBING D. SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS SEARS KEY PLAN f ' - � '� 1 TENANT SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE TOILET ROOM D. FIRE DETECTION AND SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES. LANDLORD HAS PROVIDED SANITARY AND DOMESTIC WATER CONNECTIONS FOR TENANTS TO (FDSCS) UTILIZE. TENANTS SHALL RUN A VENT TO LANDLORD'S VENT 1. TENANT SHALL INSTALL A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE TOILET ROOMS SHALL CONFORM W. ADA REQUIREMENTS SUPPLY AIR SECTION OF THE ROOF TOP UNR(S) AND AT 1 LANDLORD HAS PROVIDED SANITARY, VENT, GAS AND DOMESTIC 1. TENANT SHALL INSTALL A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE SUPPLY AIR WATER SERVICES FOR FOOD COURT TENANTS TO UTILIZE. SEE SECTION OF THE ROOF TOP UNIT(S). LANDLORD'S DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF SERVICES. KEY PLAN /� \ Z. UPON DETECTION OF TENANT SMOKE THE SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL al k \ 2. WATER METER IS REQUIRED BY ALL FOOD COURT TENANTS. TENANT SHUT GOWN THE HVAC SYSTEM MO SOUND AN SMOKE AUDIO/VISUAL ECTOR ALARM NO SCALE AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. . STORE FRONT. ADDITIONAL SMOKE DETECTOR'S ARE 2. WATER METER IS REQUIRED BY ALL LARGE WATER USING TENANTS. REQUIRED EVERY 30' -0" OPEN STORE FRONT. TENANT TO PURCHASE WATER METER AND INSTALL PER 2. TENANTS SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SMOKE RELIEF FAN. LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. TENANTS SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A STARTER FOR CONTROL OF THE SMOKE RELIEF FAN. TO PURCHASE WATER METER FROM LOCAL UTILITY AND INSTALL HORN LOCATED AT THE FRONT OF THE STORE AND REPORT TO AN NO SCALE , I PER UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE METER WITH UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES LISTED CENTRAL STATION REMOTE. READOUT AS REQUIRED. MONITOR. 3. PROVIDE REMOTE TEST - ALARM -RESET SWITCH /LIGHTS AT REAR DOOR FOR SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC AREA ZONE 3. MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. 3. TENANT TO FURNISH AND INSTALL A FIRE DETECTION AND SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM. ALL COMPONENTS TO BE SAME AS LANDLORD'S EXISTING. INTERFACE BETWEEN LANDLORD'S SYSTEM TO SHUT DOWN TENANTS' HVAC SYSTEM AND ENERGIZE TENANT'S SMOKE RELIEF FAN. SEE TTE ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC AREA ZONE 3. MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS RE REQUIRED. DRAWING FOR SCHEMATIC. UNIT NUMBER DBA H.V.A.C. CALCULATION FORM PHASE II H.V.A.C. CALCULATION FORM FOOD COURT SUMMER SPACE 76 F @g0% R.H. OUTSIDE 84 F db/ 68 F Wb HEATING SPACE 72 F OUTSIDE 21 F a D SUMMER SPACE 76 F @ SO% R.H. OUTSIDE 84 F db/ 68 F Wb HEATING SPACE 72 F OUTSIDE 21 F ROOF "U" = 0.05 CLTD = 68 HEAT LOSS SENSIBLE LATENT HEAT GAIN HEAT GAIN ROOF "U "= 0.09 CLTD = 68 HEAT LOSS SENSIBLE LATENT HEAT GAIN HEAT GAIN ITEM QUANTITY FACTOR BTUH FACTO' BTUH F CTOR BTUH REM QUANTITY FACTOR 13TU6 FACTO' BTUH F CTOR BTUH 1. ROOF AREA G.L.A SQ.FT. 2.55 3.4 _ - 1. ROOF AREA G.L.A SQ.FT. 4.59 5.33 2. CORRIDOR WALL SQ.FT. 4.76 2.52 2. CORRIDOR WALL 3. OUTSIDE WALL SQ.FT. 7.65 0.75 SQ.FT. 17.34 3. OUTSIDE WALL SQ.FT- 2.30 * a 4. LIGH Yy.. TING CONNECTION K.W. 3413 - --��.. 4. LIGHTING C --TE.. ONNECTION K.W. 3413 5. PEOPLE GLA/100 = PEOPLE 315 325 5. PEOPLE GLA/100 = PEOPLE 315 325 6. APPLIANCES SEE APPLIANCE CALL FORM - 6. APPLIANCES SEE AFPLIANCE CALL FORM 7. OUTSIDE AIR GLA x 2 CFM / SQ.FT.= CFM 55.08 8.64 6.80 7. OUTSIDE AIR GLA .2 CFM / SQ.FT: CFM 55.08 8.64 6.80 8. FAN MOTORS H.P. 2545 8. FAN MOTORS H.P. 2545 TOTALS TOTALS - - THIS SHEET & TTG - 01 MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANT'S SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, BIDDING CONTRACTORS AND FOR BUILDING PERMITS TOTAL = (SENSIBLE +LATENT)= BTUH COOLING TOTAL = (SENSIBLE ' +LATENT) - BTUH COOLING * * LIGHTING KW ENTRY SHALL MATCH FROM THE ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY ON "ELECTRICAL DATA FORMS" * WALL FACTOR OUTSIDE WALLS NORTH= 0.50 EAST= 1.00 SOUTH= 0.75 WEST 1.00 * / LIGHTING KW ENTRY SHALL MATCH FROM THE ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY ON "ELECTRICAL DATA FORMS" * WALL FACTOR OUTSIDE WALLS NORTH= 4.08 REMARKS REMARKS: EAST= 8.84 SOUTH= 6.46 I WEST 6.46 H.V.A.C. SCHEDULES H.V.A.C. SCHEDULES ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU) SPECIFICATIONS ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU) SPECIFICATIONS MANUFACTURER COOLING CAPACITY MANUFACTURER COOLING CAPACITY (AT AR. CONDITIONS) III •N The Richard E. Jacobs Group MODEL AIR ENTERING CONDENSER Fdb MODEL AIR ENTERING CONDENSER Fdb 95° VOLTS /PHASE /HERTZ AIR ENTERING EVAPORATOR Fdb/ Fwb VOLTS/PHASE/HERTZ AIR ENTERING EVAPORATOR Fdb/ Fwb EER RATING TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY BTUH EER RATING TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY BTUH TOTAL 67. LBS. SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY BTUH TOTAL WT. LBS. SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY BTUH EVAPORATOR FAN PERFORMANCE COMPRESSOR INPUT KW EVAPORATOR FAN PERFORMANCE COMPRESSOR INPUT KW CFM HEATING CAPACITY CFM HEATING CAPACITY EXTERNAL S.P. "WC ELECTRIC (YES) (NO) GAS (YES) (NO) MOTOR H.P. HP KW INPUT EXTERNAL S.P. "WC GAS (YES) (NO) MOTOR H.P. HP OUTSIDE AIR (MIN.) CFM INPUT OUTSIDE AIR (MIN.) CFM STEPS OUTPUT ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES OUTPUT ECONOMIZER (YES) (NO) OR LOW AMBIENT CONTROL TO 0 F (YES) (NO) HVAC RELIEF (GRAVITY) (PWR) HP DOWNTURN PLENUM ANTI -SHORT CYCLE TIMER AUTO - CHANGEOVER T'STAT WITH FULL PERIMETER CURB CRANKCASE HEATER HEAT- COOL - AUTO -OFF AND THROWAWAY FILTERS 5 -YR. COMP. WARRANTY FAN - AUTO -ON- SWITCHES IN SUB -BASE ECONOMZER (YES) (NO) OR LOW AMBIENT CONTROL TO 0 F (YES) (NO) HVAC RELIEF (GRAVITY) (PWR) HP DOWNTURN PLENUM ANTI -SHORT CYCLE TIMER AUTO - CHANGEOVER T'STAT WITH FULL PERIMETER CURB CRANKCASE HEATER HEAT- COOL - AUTO -OFF AND THROWAWAY FILTERS 5 -YR. COMP. WARRANTY FAN-AUTO-ON-SWITCHES IN SUB -BASE TOILET EXHAUST FAN SPECIFICATION KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN MANUFACTURER CFM WATTS /HP V /PH /HZ MANUFACTURER MOTOR H.P. CFM POWER V/ HZ PH REVISIONS STATIC PRESS. "WC RPM � MODEL FAN R.P.M. E.S.P. DRIVE BELT - U2N0) MOUNTING (CURB) Q REVISED 4/20/9e SEPARATE POWERED HVAC /SMOKE RELIEF FAN SPECIFICATION Q REVISED 1/15/96 MANUFACTURER CFM V /PH /HZ HP v/ SEPARATE POWERED HVAC /SMOKE RELIEF FAN SPECIFICATION A REVISED 6/13/95 MODEL STATIC PRESSURE "WC DRIVE (DIRECT)OR(BELT) RPM MANUFACTURER CFM v /PH /HZ Hp MODEL STATIC PRESSURE "WC DRIVE (DIRECT OR (BELT) RPM DRAWN DT: DATE: MINIMUM CFM CALCULATIONS LEASABLE AREA x 1.5 CFM /SQ.FT. = CFM JOB NUMBER NOTE: MINIMUM STATIC PRESSURE SHALL BE .25" W.C. MINIMUM CFM CALCULATIONS LEASABLE AREA ,s 1.5 CFM /SQ.FT. = CFM NOTE: MINIMUM STATIC PRESSURE SHALL BE .25" W.C. REVISED BY: DATE FILE NAME: SCNTTM2 RECENED CITY OF TUKWU AU& 2 5 2000 HERBult CENTER DRAWING NIMIRER: 1 1 M -2 SOUOiCENTER MALL • 1. GENERAL A ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE J. ALL TENANT ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED W. A AB. FIRE DETECTION AND SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM CODES AND LANDLORD'S MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS STATED: HEREIN; IN THE 1 O. GAS METER LANDLORD SUPPLIED LABEL THE TENANT SHALL CONTACT THE MALL LEASE; AND /OR IN THE TENANT MANUAL CODE REQUIREMENTS, IF MORE G. REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR ALL COSTS OF DRAINING AND REFILLING MANAGEMENT FOR THE NECESSARY LABEL IF THE LANDLORD'S LABEL IS NOT 1. THE HVAC SYSTEM SHALL INCORPORATE AN INTEGRATED SMOKE REST ICTVE THAN LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.AND a. GAS METER - PHASE I - NOT APPLICABLE LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM WHERE SAME IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE AVAILABLE THE ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MARKED WTUI THE TENANTS CONTROL SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: VICE/VERSA TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM. NAME AND UNIT NUMBER W. A MINIMUM OF 1 -1 /2° STENCILED LETTERS. b. GAS METER - "62" - PHASE II - FOOD COURT a. FURNISH AND INSTALL, IN THE SUPPLY DUCT SECTION OF B. GENERAL AND SPEC7ALCONa11ON5 OF MA 201 AND TENANT'S GENERAL WHERE GAS IS REQUIRED BY TENANT'S APPROVED DESIGN, H. ALL OTHER CODE OR LANDLORD REQUIRED FIRE PREVENTION SYSTEMS AND K. FRAME ALL SIDES OF ROOF PENETRATIONS, IF ONE SIDE OF PENETRATION IS THE ROOFTOP UNIT OR AIR HANDLER, U.L LISTED CONDITIONS REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL AT NO EXPENSE TO LANDLORD, A GAS MEt W ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INCORPORATED AS PART OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. GREATER THAN 121NCHES, WITH 3" X 3" X 1 /4" ANGLE TO SUPPORT THE IONIZATION DUCT TYPE SMOKE DETECTORS. LOCATE SMOKE COMPLETE WITH REGULATOR(,), SHUT OFF VALVES, UNIONS METAL DECK ANGLES SHALL BE CLAMPED OR WELDED TO THE STRUCTURAL DETECTORS IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION, COMPLETE WITH G ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF WORK AND ALL OTHER ACCESSORIES PER LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. I. TENANT'S SPRINKLER PIPING 4" AND LARGER SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STEEL JOISTS, BEAMS, OR GIRDERS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO THE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR SERVICING AND RESETTING OF THE BY THE TENANT AND THE LANDLORD. LOCATE METER AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD AND UTILITY. HANGERS AT EVERY BAR JOIST WHEN INSTALLED PERPENDICULAR TO BAR BOTTOM OF THE ROOF DECK. INSTALLATION SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE SMOKE DETECTOR W. INDICATOR LIGHTS. JOISTS, AND WITH HANGERS SUPPORTED FROM TWO BAR JOISTS EVERY 10b" LANDLORD. DD NOT DRILL JOISTS, D. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS UNLESS FIELD 1 t. ALL FOOD TENANTS AND ANY HIGH HAZARD TENANT SHALL FURNISH ON CENTERS WHEN INSTALLED PARALLEL TO BAR JOISTS. ALL HANGERS 2. PHASE I - CONDITIONS REQUIRE MINOR CHANGES TO BE MADE. MINOR CHANGES SHALL AND INSTALL A REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTIER. AND /OR SUPPORTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 6" OF A JOIST PANEL L ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT PROJECTIONS: NONE OF TENANTS HVAC BE MADE WITH NO ADOMONAL COST TO THE TENANT. POINT. EQUIPMENT OR ANY OTHER TENANT ROOF MOUNTED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE a. SMOKE DETECTOR, UPON ACTIVATION, SHALL SHUT DOWN THE 12. WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AURORRES AND UTILITIES ALL VISIBLE ABOVE THE EXTERIOR WALL PARAPET, UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED HVAC SYSTEM AND NOTIFY AN APPROVED CENTRAL STATION E. ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF LANDLORD'S SERVICES MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED, TENANTS SHALL INSTALL BACKFLOW PREVENTION. J. THE MALL MANAGEMENT, THE LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CASUAL, INSI)RER, AND -- BY LANDLORD. IF PERMITTED, TENANT SHALL, AT TENANT'S EXPENSE, MONITORING COMPANY. CONSULT CUR' OF TUKWILA FOR A CHANGES TO CONFORM TO LANDLORD'S SERVICE LOCATIONS SHALL BE MADE AT TIE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT MUST BE NOTIFIED AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR PAINT ALL SUCH HVAC EQUIPMENT OR ROOF MOUNTED CONSTRUCTION AND /OR LIST OF UL LISTED AND APPROVED CENTRAL STATION NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT AND /OR LANDLORD. E. CONNECT TO LANDLORD'S SANITARY AND COLD WATER PIPING AT LANDLORD'S TO MAKING ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PROVIDE SCREENING FOR SAME AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. MONITORS. POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION. PHASE I AND FOOD COURT TENANTS SHALL SYSTEM(,). WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED SO THAT ONLY ONE (1) RISER OR F. MANUFACTURERS' NAMES ON WHICH THIS SPECIFICATION IS BASED INDICATE CONNECT TO LANDLORD SUPPLIED SANITARY VENT SYSTEM. WHERE BULKMAIN IS SHUTDOWN FOR ANY GIVEN TIME. SPRINKLER SYSTEM(S) M. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES. AND REGISTERS SHALL BE STEEL OR ALUMINUM AS 3. PHASE II - THE MINIMUM QUALTY OF PRODUCT REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. SUBSTTUTONS ADDITIONAL PONES) OR INCREASED SIZE OF SERVICE IS REQUIRED (AND SERVICE SHALL BE RESTORED TO THE AREAS AFFECTED AT THE END OF EACH MANUFACTURED BY TITUS, BARBER- COLMAN, CARNE, OR OTTER APPROVED MAY BE MADE TO THOSE SPECIFIED IF DEEMED EQIJWALENT BY LANDLORD. APPROVED BY LANDLORD) EMPLOY LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM THE WORKING DAY WRING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.. W. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS RETURN AIR BETWEEN STOCK AND SALES a, TENANT SHALL INSTALL AN ADDITIONAL SMOKE DETECTOR AT ITEMS NOT SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL MEET LANDLORD'S APPROVAL IF A WORK PER THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA AT NO EXPENSE TO LANDLORD. SEE AREA SHALL NOT RELY UPON ANY ACCESS WAY (DOORWAYS, WINDOW OPENINGS, THE STORE FRONT AND ADDITIONAL SMOKE DETECTORS FOR CONFLICT OCCURS, THE LANDLORD SHALL RESOLVE SUCH CONFLICT AND THE PLAN FOR LOCATION. ETC.) BETWEEN STOCK AND SALES AREAS. EACH 30' OF OPEN STORE FRONT. TENANTS CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORD'S DECISION. K PIPING TEST - ALL ABOVE GRADE PIPING INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR F. ALL TENANT WORK PERFORMED ABOVE THE CEILING OF OTHER TENANTS SHALL SHALL BE TESTED AT A PRESSURE OF 200 IBS. HYDROSTATIC FOR TWO (2) N. AIR BALANCE ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ROOFTOP UNIT, DIFFUSERS, b. THE SMOKE DETECTOR, UPON ACTIVATION, SHALL SHUTDOWN G. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT FOR APPROVAL BE COORDINATED LOTH OTHER TENANT(,) AND LANDLORD. HOURS AND ALL NOTICEABLE LEAKS TO BE REPAIRED UNTILTIGHT. TEST REGISTERS, AND GRILLES TO THE AIR QUANTITIES INDICATED DN THE PLANS THE HVAC SYSTEM, NOTIFY LANDLORD'S FIRE DETECTION SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE AIR AND WATER BALANCE REPORTS. SHALL BE WITNESSED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND WRITTEN OR ON THE SCHEDULE TO WITHIN 1 095 OF VALUES. AND SMOKE CONTROL SYSYTEM AND ACTIVATE A SEPARATE G. AIR CHAMBERS ARE REQUIRED ON EACH HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY TO EACH CERTIFICATION OF SUCCESSFUL TESTING SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ROOF MOUNTED SMOKE RELIEF FAN FURNISHED WITH A H. AS BUILT DRAWINGS- PREPARE AND SUBMIT TO LANDLORD AND TO TENANT PLUMBING FIXTURE OR PROVIDE SYSTEM SHOCK ABSORBERS SIMILAR TO J.R. ENGINEER PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE O. FLDUBLE CONNECTORS WHICH ARE CODE APPROVED ARE REQUIRED ON ALL MOTORIZED DAMPER AND INSTALLED ON A FABRICATED CURB 7 A5 BUILT' DRAWINGS INDICATING THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DUCTWORK, SMITH "HYDROTROL" SERIES 5000. SIZE AS REQUIRED BY TENANT PLUMBING REQUIRED TO PERFORM ALL OTHER TESTS REQUIRED BY THE PREVIOUS DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS TO AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ROOFTOP AIR PER DETAIL THE SYSTEM SHALL ACTIVATE AN AUDIBLE APING, AND ALL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING THE EQUIPMENT'S "AS INSTALLED" SYSTEM. SPECIFIED AGENCY HAVING AUTHORITY. HANDLING UNIT(,), AND FAN(,). /VISUAL ALARM AT THE FRONT OF THE STORE UPON S.(5). MANUFACTURER, MODEL NUMBERS AND PERFORMANCE RATINGS. ACTIVATION. H. PLUMBING FIXTURES - THE FOLLOWING IS A MINIMUM SPECIFICATION FOR L. EXHAUST HOODS WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES AND /OR LANDLORD'S PROPERTY P. FIRE DAMPERS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN ANY OPENING IN ANY I. SUPPORTS - EQUIPMENT, RANG, ..WORK, OR ANY OTHER ACCESSORY FIXTURES: AND CASUALTY INSURER(,), SHALL INCORPORATE AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC PARTITION WHERE THE OPENING OCCURS BELOW THE LEVEL OF THE SPRINKLER c. MNSUM CFM CAPACITY OF ROOF MOUNTED SMOKE RELIEF SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM LANDLORD'S CEILING, SOFFIT, NEUTRAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM(S) COMPLETE WITH FAN INTERLOCK, AUTOMATIC PROTECTION ON ONE SIDE OF THE PARTITION AND ABOVE THE SPRINKLER FAN SHALL BE ONE AND ONE HALF CFMPER SQUARE FOOT OF PIERS, PIPING, DUCTWORK, METAL ROOF DECK, LATERAL BRACING, 1. INTERCEPTORS GAS APPLIANCE SHUT -OFF SOLENOID VALVE, ELECTRICAL INTERLOCK(SHUNT PROTECTION ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE PARTITION, AND PENETRATIONS OF GROSS LEASABLE AREA AT 0.25 INCH WATER COLUMN STATIC BRIDGING, OR CONDUIT. ITEMS SHALL ONLY BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE TRIPS), MANUAL RELEASES, ETC., PER APPLICABLE CODES, NFPA,AND /OR FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION PER CODE. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE U.L PRESSURE. PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL CONTROLS REQUIRED TO WHICH HAS BEEN APPROVED BY LANDLORD FOR SUPPORT. a. GREASE INTERCEPTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE REQUIRED LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURER(S). LISTED AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. FIRE PERMIT THE SEQUENCE DESCRIBED ABOVE, INCLUDING CLOSING BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS DAMPER(5) SHALL BE RUSKIN, AIR BALANCE, OR OTHER LANDLORD APPROVED. OF THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER IN THE HVAC LINT. J. ALL ROOF WORK PENETRATIONS AND REPAIRS SHAT. L BE TOTALLY PERFORMED TO RECEIVE GREASE LADEN WASTE TENANTS SUBMITTAL TOY STORES AND OTHER STORES THAT HAVE HIGH FILED STORAGE OF PLASTIC BY ONLY THOSE ROOFING CONTRACTORS APPROVED BY LANDLORD AND SHALL BE DRAWINGS SHALL STATE INTERCEPTOR FLOW CAPACITY IN MATERIAL AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND /OR LANDLORD'S Q. ALL NON-HOODED DUCTWORK, FITTING, HANGERS, FABRICATIONS, 4. FOOD COURT AND G2 PERFORMED AT THE TENANTS EXPENSE G.P.M. AND POUNDS OF GREASE STORAGE. FLOW CAP.. FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURER SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR .3 GPM PER INSTALLATIONS, MATERIALS AND METHODS SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET AND POUNDS OF GREASE STORAGE SHALL BE CALCULATED PER SQ FT. OVER THE MOST REMOTE 3000 SQ ET. VERIFY REQUIREMENT, METAL FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST a. THE SMOKE DElECi SIHALL,,WON ACTIVATION, SHIT DOWN K INSTALLATION OF ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED THE GREASE TRAP MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES. CO. EDITION OF SMACNA, NEPA, ALL CODES AND AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS THE HVAC SYSTEM, SOUND AN Aii AL ALARM HORN WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE. RACTOR SHALL VENT ALL FIXTURES DRAINING TO GREASE IV. HVAC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SPRY, RERR N, AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK STALL LO('ATED AT THE RONT OF THE STORE. TRAPS AND THE GREASE TRAP. BE CONSTRUCTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE 1" W. G. POSTIVEMEGATIVE L TENANTS CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL FEES ASSOCIATED LOTH THE A TENANT HVAC SYSTEM CRITERIA PRESSURE TABLE. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS b. AS PHASE II; ITEMS b,c and d AND AS PHASE I. CONSTRUCTER OF THE SPACE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO. UTILITY b. GREASE INTERCEPTOR SHALL BE CAST IRON J.R. SMITH POSSIBLE COMPANY CONNECTIONS, SERVICE AND /OR TAPPING FEES: LOCAL, COUNTY, 8000 SERIES, COMPLETE WITH FLOW CONTROL INSTALL IN 1. TENANT SHALL DESIGN, FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE HVAC 5. PROVIDE ALL ADDMONAL CONTROS REQUIRED TO PERMIT THE OR STATE SERVICE CHARGES, INSPECTION CHARGES AND PERMIT FEES; LOCATION AND METHOD APROVED BY LANDLORD AND THE SYSTEM TO HEAT AND COOL THE ENTIRE PREMISES IN STRICT R WHERE APPROVED FOR INSTALLATION BY THE LANDLORD, R.R.A. SEQUENCE DESCRIBED ABOVE LANDLORD'S CONNECTION FEES, LANDLORD'S UTILITY C HARGE,LANDLORD, LOCAL PLUMBING AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT CODES. CONFORMANCE WITH THE CRITERIA AND DESCRIPTION CONTAINED ON DUCTWORK SHALL BE 1 -1/2" OWENS/CORNING TYNE 800 FRIT INSTALLED PER METERING CHARGES AND /OR LANDLORDS EQUIPMENT CHARGES. WORK SINKS FOR HAIR SALON, PET SHOPS, AND EYEGLASS LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL DETAIL AND SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS, THE THE MANUFACTURER'S AND SMACNA'S REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN AC. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, WIRING AND MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS LABORATORIES. INTERCEPTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO J.R. LEASE AND /OR TENANT MANUALO AIR DUCTWORK M. WHERE THE TENANT ELECTS TO RE-USE, AND THE LANDLORD HAS APPROVED SMITH 8700 SERIES. 2. THE HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEM DESIGN SHALL BE BASED ON THE 1. ALL CONTROLS SHALL RE A PNEUMATIC CONNECT TO LANDLORD'S THE RE-USE OR RENOVATION OF AN EXISTING HVAC AND /OR PLUMBING APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODE(S) AND THE INFORMATION S. INSULATE ALL SUPPLY AIR, OUTSIDE AIR, AND COMBUSTION AIR DUCTWORK CENTRAL PNEUMATIC AIR SYSTEM. SYSTEM, REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL OR PART OF THE HVAC AND /OR PLUMBING 2. FOOD PREPARATION PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL PROVIDED ON THE ATTACHED CALCULATION FORM, WHICH IS DERIVER, WITH 1 -1 /2" THICK EXTERIOR FIBERGLASS DUCT INSULATION WITH VAPOR EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE PROPER AND EFFICIENT OPERATION OF THE AND SHALL BE FURNISED, INSTALLED AND CONSTRUCTED TO CONFORM FROM THE MOST RECENT DESIGN CONDITIONS LISTED IN THE BARRIER PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. IF L ALL OTHER CONRO.S SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 24 VOLTS. ALL SYSTEM(,), ENSURE THE HVAC SYSTEM B CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING THE TO ALL CODES, HEALTH DEPARTMENT, AND NATIONAL SANITATION AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION AND CONDENSATE FORMS ON ANY MALL OR TENANT SURFACE, INSULATE AS CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WTH SPACE TEMPERATURES WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES IN ACCORDANCE WITH FOUNDATION. AIR- CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, (AS.H.LAE.) MANUAL REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE THE CONDENSATION. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. THE LANDLORD'S, LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS: AND PROVIDE WRITTEN CONFIRMATION TO LANDLORD OF ALL WARRANTIES IMPLIED. 3. WATER CLOSET - AMERICAN STANDARD 21 08.408 CADET WITH CHROME 3. HEAT GAIN'. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE MONTH, DAY T. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL ONLY BE PERMITTED TO BE INSTALLED FOR THE 3. ALL EXHAUST FANS (EXCEPT TOILET EXHAUST FAN) SHALL SUPPLY AND STOP VALVE, AND OPEN FRONT WHITE SEAT AND SEAT AND HOUR OF PEAK SOLAR, THERMAL AND INTERNAL HEAT GAINS FINAL VERTICAL CONNECTION TO DIFFUSERS. THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INCORPORATE STARTERS N. TENANT ELECTS NOT TO .--USE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, PIPING OR COVER. SET AT ADA HEIGHT. USING CODE REQUIRED, MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR QUANRTIES AT DESIGN FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE METED TO 5'-0" FOR ANY ONE DIFFUSR FIXTURES INCLUDING BUT NOT LMITED TO ANY ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, CONDRONS. CONNECTION. FLEXIBLE DUCT MATERIAL SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD LESS 4. ALL EXISTING AND NEW WIRING IN PLENUM AREAS SHALL BE TENANT SHALL AT TENANTS EXPENSE REMOVE SIGH PARTS OF THE SYSTEM, 4. 'LAVATORY - AMERICAN STANDARD 91 40.01 1 WHEEL CHAIR LAVATORY THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING LESS THAN 50. SECURE BOTH ENDS MOWED AND /OR INSTALLED IN CONDUIT OR BE CABLE LISTED FOR AND EQUIPMENT NOT BEING REUSED INCLUDING CURBS AND UTILITY 27 X 20" WITH WALL HANGER, CHROME SUPPLIES AND STOPS, AND 4.: HEAT LOSS CALCULATIONS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE FULL HEAT WITH APPROVED PLENUM MATERIAL' USE IN PLENUM AREAS. FELD VERIFY ALL 1.1 ND WIRING TO SERVICES TO SICU EQUIPMENT, CAP ALL RRNG AT LANDLORD MAINS. 1 -1 /2" CHROME TRAP WITH CLEANOUT. FURNISH WITH CENTER SET ' LOSS AND CODE REQUIRED MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS AT : DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF THE REQUIRED MODIFICATION TENANT SHALL PERFORM ALL NECESSARY REPAIRS TO THE ROOFING SYSTEM FAUCET, SELF CLOSING WITH FLOW REGULATION, AMERICAN STANDARD DESIGN CONDMONS (CREDIT SHALL NOT BE TAKEN FOR INTERNAL U. DUCTED RETURN AIR SYSTEMS SHALL ONLY BE INSTALLED WHEN REQUIRED OR AND /OR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE LOTH THE LANDLORD'S OR EQUAL, CHROME PLATED WITH 7723.01 B GRID OWN /OFFSET TAIL ' HEAT GAINS): APPROVED BY LANDLORD. WHEN A DUCTED RETURN Alit SYSTEM IS REQUIRED CRITERIA AND DETAILS INDICATED ON LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL DETAILS AND PIECE. (OR PERMITTED) BY LANDLORD; FURNISH AND INSTALL RELIEF GRILLES IN SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS. 5. THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO THE CALCIRATIONS FOR CEILING TO PREVENT FREEZING. RELIEF GRILLES ...BE SIZED AT 1 5. WATER HEATER (MINIMUM) - A.O. SMITH - 6 GALLON, 1 500 WATTS SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES (E.G., BEAUTY SALONS, PET S10P, BARBER SQ. FT. PER 300 SQ. FT. LEASABLE AREA. DUCTED RETURN AIR SYSTEM 6. THERMOSTATS FOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL SHALL BE OF THE O. DEFIOENGES AND NONCONFORMING ITEMS - IF, A T ANY THE DURING THE INSULATED PER ENERGY CODE. T R , VALVE SHALL BE PIPED FULL SHOP, GAME OR AMUSEMENT FACIWES, PHOTOFINISHING GRILLES SHALL BE SIZED FORA MAXIMUM OF 500 F.P.M.VELOCTY. PNEUMATIC TYPE, REVERSE ACING, OR OTHER LANDLORD APPROVED. TERM OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD DETERMINES TENANTS EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM SIZE AND SAFEWASTED TO A DRAIN PAN OR FLOOR DRAIN. HEATER ESTABLISHMENTS, RESTAURANTS, ETC.): MODIFY INSTALLATION OF ALL EXISTING CONTROLS AS REQUIRED BY HAS NOT BEEN INSTALLED OR IS NOT OPERATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SHALL HAVE A 5 -YEAR WARRANTY. V. SEAL DUCT PENETRATIONS AT DEMISING WALLS WITH MATERIAL APPROVED BY LANDLORD FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEMS. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OR LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, LANDLORD a. CODE REQUIRED OCCUPANCY LEVEL APR, CABLE CODE AUTHORITIES. MAY, N ADDITION TO ANY OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES T MAY HAVE, 6. WATER HEATERS SHALL CONFORM TO ALL ENERGY CODES AND SHALL AFTER GIVING FIVE (5) DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO TENANT OF ITS INCORPORATE A 2 -GALLON THERMAL EXPANSION TANK HEATER .ALL b. CODE REQUIRED OUTSIDE AIR QUANTITIES. W. TENANTS WHICH, IN THE SOLE OPINION OF THE LANDLORD, PRODUCE ODOR INTENTION TO DO SQ CORRECT SUCH DERCIENCES AS LANDLORD MAY ELECT BE ELECTRIC OR GAS FIRED AND SHALL INCORPORATE A SHALL PROVIDE AN EXHAUST SYSTEM AND /OR OTHER SYSTEMS, WHICH WILL TO PERFORM FOR AND ON TENANT'S BEHALF. TENANT SHALL REIMBURSE TEMPERATURE- PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE PIPED TO A ROOK DRAIN. c. ALL HEAT PRODUCING GAS OR ELECTRIC APPLIANCE LOADS PREVENT SUCH ODORS FROM ENTERING THE MALL COMMON AREA OR OTHER LANDLORD FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED BY LANDLORD FOR THE CORRECTION OF LOTH LA ELECTRIC LORDAPPROVED DIVERSITY FACTORS. TENANT SPACES. THE DEFICIENCIES PLUS A FIFTEEN PERCENT a 5 40 ADMINISTRATIVE 7. WHERE WATER HEATERS ARE INSTALLED ABOVE THE FINISHED AD. TRANT SHALL INSTALL ROOF TREAD PADS AROUND ALL ROOF MOUNTED CHARGE THE TOTAL SHALL BE DIE AND PAYABLE TO LANDLORD UPON CEILING, INSTALL HEATERS IN A 3" DEEP WATER TIGHT PAN WITH d. LANDLORD MAKE -IIP AIR REQUIREMENTS. ALL MAKEUP AIR X TENANT'S MUST TAKE THE FOLLOWING ACTON FOR THE START TIP EQUIPMENTAND TO LANDLORD'S MAIN TT AISLE CONSULT LANDLORD DEMAND. RELIEF VALVE PIPED TO PAN AND PAN SAFE WASTED TO AN APPROVED MUST BE CONDMONED. OF ALL NEW HVAC UNITS, PRIOR TO OPENING THE PREMISES FOR BUSINESS ROOF FOR APPROVED TREAD PADS. FLOOR DRAIN. GASEIRED WATER HEATERS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED CONTRACTOR SOUL PROVIDE LANDLORD. WITH WRITTEN VERIFICATION FROM AN P. FOR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO IN CONCEALED SPACES AND SHALL BE LOCATED IN A SEPARATE ROOM. 6. FOOD TYPE OR OTHER ODOR PRODUCING TENANT' HVAC SYSTEM SHALL AMORE, REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INSTALLED HVAC EQUIPMENT AE. NO HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTS, ETC: SHALL BE INSTALLED IN DEMISING LANDLORD'S DETAIL DRAWINGS AND MECHANICAL DETAIL AND SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE COMBUSTION AIR FOR GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS WITHIN A MAINTAIN A SLIGHT NEGATIVE PRESSURE DEFERENT BE TWEEN THE MANUFACTURER THAT THE HVAC EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED AND OPERATING IN WALLS. DRAWINGS. ZERO TO POSITIVE PRESSURE ENVIRONMENT. INSTANTANEOUS PREMISES AND THE ENCLOSED MALL AND OTHER COMMON AREAS OF THE ACCORDANCE LOTH THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. IN THE UNDERSINK TYPE WATER HEATERS ARE ALSO ACCEPTABLE. SHOPPING CENTER.. EVENT THE LANDLORD DETERMINES TENANTS HVAC EQUIPMENT IS NOT AF. PAINT ALL EXTERIOR EXPOSED METAL WITH RUST PREVENTIVE PAINT. OPERATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S 8. HAND SINK, FAUCETS AND SPECIALTIES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND 7. NON -ODOR PRODUCING TENANT'S HVAC SYSTEM SHALL MAINTAIN A RECOMMENDATIONS, LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE SHALL, WITHIN AG. ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES AND PANG SHALL BE INSTALLED PER HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS AND ALL SLIGHT POSITIVE PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL BETWEEN THE PREMISES FIVE (5) DAYS FROM LANDLORD'S WHITEN NOTICE TO TENANT OR TENANT'S INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC AREA ZONE MODIFY APPLICABLE CODES. AND THE ENCLOSED MALL AND OTHER COMMON AREAS OF TIE SHOPPING CONTRACTOR OF SAME, CORRECT SUCH OPERATION. DEFICIENCY. INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. CENTER. II. PLUMBING A PLUMBING SERVICES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED FOR TENANT'S USE. TENANT SHALL EXTEND SERVICES PER TENANT'S AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENT, SEE LANDLORD'S BUILDING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION. THE LANDLORD HAS PROVIDED A DOMESTIC WATER, SANITARY VENT AND SANITARY SERVICE. THE TENANT SHALL CONNECT TO THE SERVICES. (MANDATORY) TENANT SHALL EXTEND SERVICE PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. B. NO RRNG SHALL BE INSTALLED IN DEMISING WALL C A HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM IS REQUIRED IN EACH TENANT SPACE, EXCEPT FOOD COURT AND G2 AREA TENANTS. G2 AREA TENANTS WHO ELECT AND ALL NON- FOODCOURT TENANTS WHERE SAME DOES NOT EXIST, FURNISH AND INSTALL A MINIMUM OF ONE WATER CLOSET, ONE LAVATORY, ONE FLOOR DRAIN; ONE 6- GALLON WATER HEATER, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT FORA COMPLETE TOILET ROOM. TOILET ROOMS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES AND ADA. D. MATERIALS 1. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW. USED MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE 9. FLOOR DRAIN - J.R. SMITH FIGURE 2010 - WITH A NICKEL BRONZE OR SATIN BRONZE FINISH WITH PRIMER TAPPING WHEN REQUIRED. FLOOR DRAINS SERVING ALL SODA DISPENSER WASTE LINES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TRAP PRIMERS 10. CLEANOUTS- J.R. SETH 4000 SERIES MTH NICKEL BRONZE OR SATIN BRONZE FINISH TOP AND TAPER THREAD BRONZE PLUG OF SUS SHOWN ON PLANS. ALL CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN FINISHED FLOOR OR ABOVE. CT.EANOUTS UNDER SLAB ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 11. TRAP SEAL PRIMER VALVE - J.R. SMITH FIGURE 2699. 12. WATER METER a. 8. UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY LANDLORD, OUTSIDE AIR, RELIEF AIR, .HAUST AR OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF OPENING OR GRILLE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED IN OR ON ANY DEMISING PARTITION, SERVICE CORRIDOR WALL OR EXTERIOR WALL OF THE REMISES OR EXTERIOR WALL OF THE SHOPPING CENTER. 9. TENANT HVAC SYSTEM Y. EXHAUST FANS 1. EACH TOILET ROOM SHALL HAVE A TOILET EXHAUST FAN, CONTROLLED BY A LIGHT SCOTCH, SIZED PER CODE AND RATED AT MINIMUM .25'EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE TOILET EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE CONNECTED TO LANDLORD'S TOILET EXHAUST DUCT. TOILET EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED WITH INTEGRAL GRILLE, AND BACKORAFT DAMPER. FAN SHALL BE PENN, GREENHECK, NUFONE OR OTHER APPROVED. a. PHASE II, G2 AND FOOD COURT - WHERE A HVAC UNIT(S) IS TO BE REPLACED OR, WHERE A NEW INSTALLATION IS 2. ROOF MOUNTED GREASE EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE BELT DRIVEN, REQUIRED BY TENANTS, THE HVAC SYSTEM SHALL 8E UPBLAST CENTRIFUGAL TYPE APPROVED FOR GREASE LADEN AIR. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED CONSISTING OF A GAS OR MOTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED OUT OF THE AIR STREAM, COMPLETE ELECTRIC HEATING /ELECTRIC COOING ROOFTOP UNIT(,) TO WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH. FANS SHALL BE SIMILAR TO "GREENHECK SERVE THE ENTIRE PREMISES. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUAL " MODEL CUBE, MEETING NFPA 96 REQUIREMENTS ALL ARE TO HAVE PHASE I, G2 AND FOOD COURT - INSTALL AT NO EXPENSE TO CARRIER, TRANS, OR YORK. PHASE II TENANTS SHALL GREASE GUARD INSTALLED. SEE DETAIL TO LANDLORD, A WATER METER IN AN APPROVED LOCATION CONNECT TO LANDLORD'S TOILET EXHAUST DUCT. PERMITTED. PER THE LOCAL WATER UTILITY COMPANY AND LANDLORD'S 3. ALL FANS REQUIRED FOR RELIEF, MAKE-UP AIR OR EXHAUST (EXCEPT REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEES AND b. PHASE! - TENANTS SHALL INSTALL A SPOT SYSTEM AIR TOILET ROOM) SHALL BE AN URBVST ROOF MOUNTED AND OF A L GAS PIPING LANDLORD CHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH METER AND METER CONDITIONER, WITH ELECTRIC OUCH HEAT; LOCATED IN ' CENTRIFUGAL TYPE WITH A BELT OR DIRECT DRIVEN ENCLOSED MOTOR INSTALLATION. AREAS DESIGNATED ON LANDLORD DRAWING. THE UNIT SHALL OUTSIDE THE AIR STREAM. CLASS B TYPE MOTORS SHALL BE USED a. SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PPE WITH MALLEABLE SCREWED BE CONNECTED TO THE LANDLORD'S MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS: ALL ROOF MOUNTED FANS FIRINGS INSTALLED PR LANDLORD'S, STATE AND LOCAL b. PHASE 11- WATER SUB-METER IS REQUIRED ONLY BY LARGE DUCT WHERE ROVIDED. THE AIR HANDLING LINT SHALL BE SHALL INCORPORATE A COUNTERBALANCED BACK DRAFT DAMPER OR A AUTHOR. , AND THE UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. WATER CONSUMING TENANTS. WATER METER TO BE MODULAR, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, DRAW THRU AND SUPPORTED MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER INTERLOCKED WITFI FAN OPERATION AND A GAS COCKS 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCREWED IRON PLUG INSTALLED BY TENANT COMPLETE WITH UNIONS AND SERVICE FROM STRUCTURE ONLY IN AREAS APPROVED BY LANDLORD SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH AT THE FAN. VALVE 200 PSI, 2 -1/2" AND LARGER SHALL BE IRON VALVES. TENANT TO PURCHASE AND INSTALL BADGER MODEL AND PER LANDLORD DETAILS. THE CONDENSER UNIT SHALL . FLANGED, PLUG VALVE, 200 PSI. SC-ER OR APPROVED EQUAL, DIGITAL READ OUT IN CU. FT. BE ROOF MOUNTED AND SUPPORTED BY CURB AT LANDLORD'S 4. PHASE 11; G2 AND FOODCOURT SHALL INSTALL A SMOKE RELIEF FAN LOCATE METER 4'-6" AFF IN ARFAOLY ACCESSIBLE DESIGNATED LOCATION. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE WITH MOTORIZED DAMPER. THE FAN CAPACITY SHALL BE 1 AND ONE b. PAINT ALL GAS PANG EXTERIOR TO THE BUILDING, WHICH LOCATION. ROUTED THROUGH LANDLORD DESIGNATED CHASES AND HALF CFM PER SQUARE FOOT OF LEASEABLE AREA AT 0.25 INCH W.C. WAS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, WTI TWO COATS OF DOCUMENTED IN DESIGN DRAWINGS CONDENSATE SHALL BE DARK BROWN RUST RESISTANT PAINT. PIPE SHALL BE III. FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS RUN TO LL PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN IN CORRIDOR; L HOODED EXHAUST SYSTEMS CLEANED PRIOR TO PAINTING. WHEN PROVIDED, OR TO SANITARY SEWER OR A. TENANTS SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED FROM LANDLORD'S PUMPED TO LL APPROVED SEWER. TENANT SHALL ROUTE 1. HOODS, DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE SIZED, CONSTRUCTED c. GAS PIPING ON ROOF SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED SPRINKLER BULK MAIN SERVICE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD FOR THE REMISES AS APPROVED BY LL AND INSTALLED PER NEPA 96 AND ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES, AND PER DETAILS. IN THE EVENT A SPRINKLER SYSTEM EMS, MODIFY THE EXISTING LANDLORD'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER, HOODS SHALL BE U.L. SYSTEM. IN THE EVENT TENANT REQUIRES LARGER SPRINKLER SERVICE, B. PHASE I - FOOD COURT - FOOD TENANTS AND ODOR PRODUCING TENANTS- LISTED. d. THERE SHALL BE NO VALVES OR UNIONS INSTALLED IN TENANTS CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL LOW AMBIENT CONTROL OF MECHANICAL COOLING DOWN TO 0 DEGREES F. RETURN AIR PLENUMS. INCREASED SIZE OF SERVICE PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THERE SHALL BE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS REQUIRED ON ALL FOOD, FOOD COURT OR ODOR ONLY ONE CONNECTION PER TENANT. THERE SHALL BE NO CROSS FEEDS TO PRODUCING TENANT ROOFTOP HVAC SYSTEMS AND ALL PHASE I SPLIT 3. BURIED UNDERGROUND AND BELOW ROOK SEWER AND VENT PIPING OTHER TENANTS OR MALL SYSTEMS. SYSTEMS. POWERED EXHAUST IS REQUIRED FOR FOOD AND ODOR PRODUCING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPE WITH APPROVED TENANTS. COMPRESSION JOINTS. UNDERGROUND SEWER PIPING SHALL BE A B. PROVIDE A SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE ENTIRE REMISES INCLUDING ALL MINIMUM 517E OF 2 ", MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT OF SLOPE. NO- PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE C. PHASE II - NON FOOD TENANTS - LOW AMBIENT CONTROL OR ECONOMIZER HUB JOINTS ARE NOT PERMITTED. CODES, FACTORY MUTUAL NEPA -13, LANDLORD AND LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CYCLE IS REQUIRED ON ALL PHASE II NON ODOR PRODUCING TENANTS. IF AN 3. ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS SHALL HAVE UQIUID TIGHT CONTINUOUS CASUALTY INSURER. ECONOMIZER CYCLE IS INCORPORATED, THE HVAC SYSTEM SHALL INCORPORATE EXTERNAL WELDS. 33. UNDERGROUND SEWER PIPING AND FETING, MAY BE PVC -0W V ASTM- A GRAVITY OR INTEGRAL POWERED RELIEF IN THE ROOFTOP LINT. D2663 -78 SCHEDULE 40 WITH SOLVENT WELDED JOINTS. UNDERGROUND C. ALL RRNG SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED AND INSTALLED PER 4. DUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT FORMING DRIPS AND TRAPS SEWER P OF SHALL BE A MINIMUM SIZE OF MINIMUM OF 1 /8" NFPA -13 ORDINARY HAZARD, CLASSIFICATION GROUP II. HYDRAULIC D. RASE II, G2 AND FODO COURT- SUPPORT RTUs ON FULL PERIMETER CIIRB WHICH MIGHT COLLECT RESIDUES. SLOPE DUCT TOWARD HOOD. ALL PER F00 OF SLOPE. CRITERIA FOR SYSTEM DESIGN SHALL BE DENSITY 0.18 GPM PER AS SUPPLIED BY THE UNIT MANUFACTURR ONLY IN AREAS SIitUCTIIRALLY AND HOOD EXHAUST DUCTS SHALL RE INSULATED WTI HIGH TEMPERATURE SQFT. - FIRE AREA - MOST REMOTE 25000 SQFT. WITH A 500 GPM HOSE AESTHETICALLY APPROVED BY LANDLORD DETAILS. C -5 X 6.7 LEIS /FT INSULATION. 4. ABOVE GROUND, ABOVE OR BELOW FLOOR. SEWER AND VENT PIPING ALLOWANCE. OBTAIN FLOW AND PRESSURE FROM LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR STRUCTURAL STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORTS TO SPAN JOISTS UNDER MU CURB. SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPE MTH NO HUB JOINTS. LANDLORD'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER. PIPING SHALL BE PER NFPA, OR IF 5. THE AIR THROUGH ANY DUCT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN PVC AND ABS PIPING ARE NOT PERMITTED. MORE STRINGENT FM APPROVED. E. ALL TENANT ROOF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED AT A MINIMUM OF FIFTEEN 1,500 FEET PER MINUTE NOR GREATER THAN 2200 FEET PER MINUTE. (15) FEET ROM ANY M A L L AND ROM ANY OTHER TENANT'S ROOF 5. UNDERGROUND AND BELOW FLOOR HOT AND COW WATER PIPING SHALL D. MAXIMUM SPACING OF SPRINKLER HEADS SEAL BE 130 SQ... PER HEAD IN EQUIPMENT. NOTIFY LANDLORD'S ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICT, OBTAIN G. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE GASKETED AND PROVIDED FOR INSPECTION BE TYPE 'K' COPPER PIPE OR TUBING WITH EL -FOS 15 SILVER SALES AREA AND 100 SOFT. PER HEAD IN STORAGE AREAS OR HIGH HAZARD LANDLORD FIELD REPRESENTATIVE'S WRITTEN APPROVAL SETO. CURING AND CLEANING AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH CHANGE OF BRAZED JOINTS. AREAS. ROOF. DIRECTION. 2. DUCTWORK AND HOOD MATERIAL SHALL BE WELDED 16 GAUGE STEEL OR 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL OR AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY CODES. STAINLESS STE. CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED BELOW FINISHED CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. 5. CONTROL WIRING FOR HVAC CONTROL SHALL BE MULTICOLORED CABLE. (8) -16 AWG WITH 600V JACKET INSULATION. 7. .CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH 'AS BUILT" DRAWINGS OF THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT CONTROL DIAGRAMS AS SUPPLIED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND ALL FIELD INSTALLED W LONG AND CONR015. AH. ALL TENANTS SHALL PROVIDE PROTABLE ABC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL FIRE PREVENTION AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE LOCATED TO HAVE A MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM ANY POINT IN THE TENANT SPACE TO AN EXTINGUISHER OF SEVENTY -EWE (75) FEET. THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT SHALL BE TWO EXTINGUISHERS WHICH ONE SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE SALES AREA AND ONE IN THE STORAGE AREA (OR REAR OF UNIT) AI. NO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTD IN OU ORRIDOR. .T......., T... -.,.. MIHIP4)M 75 PEQ ( VER CF1' OS REQ LOTH ARCH R AL ...TENANTS ROOFTOP HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDE) WITH A MANUFACTURERS OPTIAL DENSR GUARD TTOTECT AGAINST HAIL DAMAGE, DEBRIS ON AND VANDCONALS. COL GU y O2OW2?) SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE; WASHINGTON MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sheet 3 of 6 UNIT NUMBER DBA THIS SHEET & TTG -01 MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANTS SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, BIDDING CONTRACTORS AND FOR BUILDING PERMITS 6. ABOVE FLOOR HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" E. SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE SALES AREA SHALL BE CONCEALED /FWSI OR SEMI - RECESSED F. GOOSENECKS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY COPPER RR WITH 95 -5 SOLDERED JOINTS OR SILf05 15 SILVER PENDANT WITH AN ESCUTCHEON. SPRINKLER HEADS IN STOCK ROOM SHALL BE RECESSED OR LANDLORD. 7. GREASE LADEN AIR SHALL BE DISCHARGED VERTICALLY ABOVE ROOF BRAZED JOINTS. UPRIGHT, BRASS OR CHROME. SPRINKLER HEADS IN CONTROL AREA (STOREFRONT POP -OUT) AT CODE REQUIRED HEIGHT. SHALL BE CONCEALED /FLUSH TYPE, FACTORY PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. G. TEMPORARY WORK PLATFORM (MIN. 4'-0" WIDE) IS REQUIRED CONSISTING OF 7. INSULATE ALL ABOVE GROUND, ABOVE OR BROW FLOOR, HOT AND TEMPERATURE RATINGS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURER PLYWOOD COMPLETELY SURROUNDING THE ROOFTOP UNIT(,) AND OTHER 8. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A "GREASE COLD WATER PIPING WITH A MINIMUM OF 1" THICK FIBERGLASS PIPE EQUIPMENT OR DUCTS THROUGH THE ROOF. THE ENTIRE WORKING AREA SHALL GUARD" SYSTEM FOR ALL GREASE EXHAUST FANS. "GREASE GUARD" AND /OR AUT IY HOR HAVING JURISDICTION. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS MUST BE UNDERWRITER'S INSULATION WITH A VAPOR BARRIER AND PLENUM RATED PRE - MOLDED REMAIN ON ROOF DURING THE ENTRE PERIOD OF INSTALLATION AND SHALL SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY "GREASE GUARD" (1- 800 - 2,8273) LABORATORIES LISTED AND FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVED. FITTING COVERS OR 1 " THICK CLOSED CELL PLENUM RATED Q BE REMOVED FROM THE ROOF AND THE SHOPPING CENTER SITE UPON MUTATION. INSULATE ALL SANITARY ARY LINES SERVING SPACE COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION BY CONTRACTOR. 9. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCES BETWEEN DUCT AND OTHER WHEN REQUIRED TO PREVENT CONDENSATION RESULTING FROM STRUCTURES AS REQUIRED BY CODE. TENANT'S OPERATION. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE INSULATED AND F. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM LANDLORD THE LANDLORD'S FIRE AND H. ALL ROOF MOUNTED FANS; TOILET EXHAUSTER,, AND MISCELLANEOUS SEALED WM1 VAPOR BARRIER CEMENT. ALL INSULATION, VAPOR CASUALTY INSURERS NAME, ADDRESS, AND PROJECT INDEX NUMBER. PRIOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OF ALUMINUM CONSRUCTDN, WITH FABRICATED ROOF 10. INSULATE AND /OR ENCASE DUCT ABOVE CEILINGS. INSTALL AS BARRIERS, PRE- MOLDED FTTING COVERS, ETC. SHALL HAVE SURFACE TO INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEVEN (7) SETS OF CURBS AS DETAILED ON LANDLORD'S TYPICAL TENANT'S MECHANICAL DETAILS REQUIRED BY CODE AND PROVIDE CLEARANCES FROM COMBUSTIBLES AS BURNING CHARACTERISTICS NOT EXCEEDING A FLAME SPREAD RATING CALCULATIONS AND SEVEN (7) SETS OF PINTS OF SPRINKLER DESIGN TO AND SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS. REQUIRED BY CODE. OF 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50. LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURER FOR APPROVAL UPON APPROVAL AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL FORWARD ONE (1) I. ROUTE ELECTRIC POWER AND CONTROL WIRING THROUGH A SEPARATE ROOF ' AA. EWES SHALL BE METALBESTOS TYPE B OR, IF MORE STRINGENT, AS 8. FURNISH AND INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS FOR DISSIMILAR PIPING REPRODUCIBLE SEPIA OF THE APPROVED DESIGN AND TWO (2) BLUE UNE PENETRATION FOR EACH OF THE CONDUITS. FLASH PENETRATION PER REQUIRED BY CODE. INSTALL IN A 1 HOUR FIRE RATED SHAT, NON MATERIALS, ALL BACKELOW REVENTORS, VALVES, UNIONS, BYPASS PRINT, WHICH SHALL HAVE THE LANDLORD'S INSURER'S APPROVAL STAMP, LANDLORD DETAILS. DO NOT ROUTE POWER CONDUIT THROUGH ROOF CURB I COMBUSTIBLE CONSFRUCTION, WITH CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES AND PIPING AND TESTING AS REQUIRED BY THE Mall. MANUFACTURER, TO THE LANDLORD FOR LANDLORD'S APPROVAL AND RECORDS. CONTRACTOR TO WALL DO NOT DULL HOLES IN CONDENSATE PAN OR COAPRESSOR/CONDENSER INSULATED W. FIRE RATED INSULATION, UP THROUGH ROOF. NO FIRE BY THE LOCAL UTILITY AND CODES. OBTAIN ALL OTHER APPROVALS FROM APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES AND SUBMIT SECTION FLOOR. DAMPER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN HOOD EXHAUST. APPROVED PRINTS TO LANDLORD FOR LANDLORD'S RECORDS 9. PROVIDE ACCEPTABLE SUPPORTING DEVICES FOR ALL PIPING. ALLOW FOR PR EXPANSION AND PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYSIS. SUPPORTING DEVICES NOT PROTECTED WITH A SHOP PLATING /FINISH SHALL BE COATED WITH A RUST INHIBITING RIMER. SUPPORT PER SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR ZONE 3. ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC AREA ZONE 3. MODIFY INSTALLATION DETAILS TO CONFORM AS REQUIRED. REOEIVED are OFTUKWBA AUG 2 5 2000 PERMIT CENTER REVISIONS A REVISED 7/15/98 REVISED 1/15/96 Q REVISED 6/13/95 1Q REVISED 4/13/95 DRAWN BY: REVISE)B, FILE NAME: SCNTTM3 DRAWING NUMBER TTM -3 DATE: JOB NUMBER. DATE OATIIX: SOUTHCENTER MALL ■ The Richard E. Jacobs Group FLOOR SLAB REMOVE CONCRETE FLOOR FOR PIPE PENETRATION ONLY. DO NOT CUT REBAR REPLACE CONCRETE SLEEVE 1 /2" CLEAR MIN., 3/4" CLEAR MAX. PACK WITH OAKUM & APPLY SEALANT AT TOP FOR GAS SEAL. FLUSH WITH FLOOR.* 1 /2" WIDE x 3/4 "DEEP RECESS AT PERIM. OF CONC. PATCH. FILL WITH SEALANT FOR GAS SEAL. t M IN 101159009MilielMana I! IALLYOOHENED JOINT ' PIPE FORM UNDERSIDE OF SLAB TUNNEL UNDER EXISNNG SLAB FOR PIPING HANGER STUCTURAL SLAB PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL 19 NTS NOTE: SEALANT TO BE MIN. OF 1 /2" THICKNESS OF BFC BETASEAL NO. 169 BEG DIVISION OF ESSEX CHEMICAL CORPORATION OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT OF MINNESOTA MINING AND MANUFACTURING CO., OR BENJAMIN FOSTER. NOTE: ALL DUCTWORK BELOW SLAB SHALL BE CONSIDERED CONFINED SPACE. NOTES: 1. H.V.A.C. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION W /LANDLORD'S ROOFER FOR PROPER SEQUENCE TO PERMIT FLASHING & COUNTERFLASHING INSTALLATION. O.A. INTAKE GRAVITY RELIEF DETAIL N.T.S. SECURE BASE TO CURB WITH LAG SCREWS 12" O.C. MIN. OF (2) PER SIDE EXISTING METAL DECK DUCT INSULATION SEE SPEUFICATION NOTES: 1. H.V.AC. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION W /LANDLORD'S ROOFER FOR PROPER SEQUENCE TO PERMIT FLASHING & COUNTERFLASHING INSTALLATION. EXHAUSTER DETAIL (TOILET, SMOKE, MISC.) N.T.S. GREENHECK GRS- SERIES OR EQUAL RESILIENT GASKET SEAL EXHAUSTER BASE EXISTING INSULATION SECURE CURB TO DECK W/ SCREWS 12" O.C. MN. OF (2) PER SIDE. 3 "x3 "xl /4" ANGLE FRAMING MOTORIZED DAMPER (4) SIDES SEE CURB DETAIL 26 AS REQUIRED TT -11 11 ON ROOF GAS LINE SUPPORT SEE DETAI, 3O 41 I_'n uu II r m11, 21ilnm...nn∎ 1105011 ". r r��eL�1 wf vireta lnt 45 6r t —1 EXISTING J ROOF STEEL WASHER CLEVIS HANGERS PIPES 1 -1 /4" & SMALLER 8'-0" MAX. O.C. PIPES 1 -1/2" & LARGER 10'-0" MAX. D.C. GAS LINE _I GAS VALVE ANGLE IRON COPED EACH END TO FIT OVER JOIST CLAMP OR WELD ANGLE TO JOIST. 2' -0" MAX. DISTANCE 1ST SUPPORT FOR PIPE AND /OR CONDUIT FLASHING THRU ROOF SEE DETAIL O9 4" DIRT LEG 3" MIN. ABOVE ROOF DIRT LEG MIN. 6" AT EACH CHANGE OF ELEVATION. DOUBLE NUTTED 3/V ROD (MIN.) GROUND JOINT UNION EXISTING INSULATION 3 "x3 "x1/4" ANGLE ANCHOR PIPE TO ANGLE WITH STD. U -BOLT GAS PIPE MIN. 1 -1/4" GAS PIPE THROUGH ROOF DETAIL O A N.T.S. EXISTING ROOFING MEMBRANE/ROOF GREASE COLLECTION DEVICE IS REQUIRED. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. TENANT MUST EMPLOY GREASE GUARD, TO INSTALL CALL 1-800-2848273 FOR INSTALLATION N.T.S. REQUIREMENTS ALUMINUM ROOF UPBLAST FAN RESILIENT GASKET VENTED CURB EXTENSION (AIR VENTS ON ALL(4) SIDES) RESILIENT GASKET FLASHING BY GREASE GAURD CONTRACTOR 16 GA. FABRICATED CURB -SEE DETAIL 26 SEE DETAIL 26 FOR FRAMING NOTES: 1. FOR BALLAST SYSTEMS REPLACE BALLAST AFTER WORK IS COMPLETED. 2. NEW INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING INSULATION HEIGHT AND OF THE SAME OR GREATER THERMAL RESISTANCE VALUE. 3. ROOFING TO BE INSTALLED AND FLASHED -IN WITH MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING. INSTALL MATERIAL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS 4. HVAC CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH LANDLORD'S ROOFER FOR PROPER SEQUENCE TO PERMIT FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING INSTALLATION. S. USE SELF DRILLING FASTENERS FOR METAL DECK,TOGGLES FOR GYPSUM DECKS. RESTAURANT GREASE FAN AND PAN DETAIL TT -21 LOCATE AWAY FROM BUILDING WALL & 15," FROM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES EXTEND FLASHING OVER TOP OF INSULATION AND FASTEN AT 8"O.C. NON -COMB. INSULATION -CUT TO FIT AS REQ'D. CONDUIT SEE DETAIL 9 PENETRATION EXISTING INSULATION EXISTING ROOF DECK MOU T ROOF BOLTED PIPE CLAMP CONTINUOUS FASTENING STRIP AND APPROVED FASTENERS AT 8 "0.C. CAP SEAL OFF METAL DECK FROM DUCT OPENING W/26 GA SHEET METAL ALL SIDES SECURE BASE TO CURB WITH LAG SCREWS 12" O.C. MIN. OF 2 PER SIDE ONE PIECE WELDED ALUMINUM FAN SUB -BASE CONTINUOUS PIANO TYPE PIANO HINGE FABRICATED CURB SEE CURB DETAIL EXISTING ROOF DECK RIGID CONDUIT BY ELECTRICAL MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER CORNER TO BE CUT FOR CONDUIT ROUTING REQUIRED FREE AREA SIZED ON 500 FT./MIN 3 "x3 "x1 /4" ANGLE FRAMING VELOCITY (4) SIDES- SEE CURB DETAIL NOTE: — FT.V.A.L. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATON W /LANDLORD'S ROOFER FOR PROPER SEQUENCE TO PERMIT FLASHING & COUNTERFLASHING INSTALLATION. RELIEF /ROOF EXHAUST FAN DETAIL N.T.S. TT-10 NOTE: TO BE USED FOR HVAC RELIEF /SMOKE REUEF AND ROOF EXHAUST FANS. ALUMINUM ROOF UPSLAST FAN RESIDENT GASKET SEAL FAN BASE HOLD DOWN CUP EXISTING INSULATION SECURE CURB TO DECK W/ SCREWS 12" O.C. MIN. OF 2 PER SIDE. NON DUCTED EXHAUST AIR SYSTEM ABOVE CEILINGS INSTALLED 2" DEEP SOLDERED UQUIDTIAHT DRIP PANS 1 /4" x 6 "LG. GALVANIZED STEEL LAG BOLTS- BOLTS TO HOLD BLOCKING TOGETHER' 1 /4 "x2 "LG. LAG BOLT FASTEN UP TO BLOCKING PIPE C PLAN PLOWING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE GAS UNE SUPPORTS FOR ALL GAS ONES INCLUDING TENANTS PIPE SLEEVE AND CLIP. NOTES: SECTION 1. SUPPORT REQUIRED EVERY 10'.0 O.C. AND AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION. 2. INCREASE HEIGHT AS REQ'D FOR ROUTING ABOVE ROOF MOUNTED ACCESSORIES SUCH AS EXPANSION JOINTS 3. PVC PIPE SLEEVE SHALL BE THE NEXT SIZE PIPE DIAMETER LARGER THAN THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE. N.T.S. TT -3 OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT PATE CO. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT STYLE ES-2B 5 -1 /2"x1 S" MIN. 18 GA- ALL WELDED EIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. ALL (4) SIDES OF CURB. NOMINAL. 6" WIDE x THICKNESS TO MATCH INSULATION THICKNESS. NOTCH WOOD TO LAY FLAT OVER CHANNEL VIBRATION ISOLATION GROMMET 1" RUBBER SHEAR P. OR SPRING ISOLATOR FOR ROOF MID. EQUIPMENT PATE SHEET METAL CURB CAP PLAN SECTION A CONDENSING UNIT AND OTHER SPECIAL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL NTS TT -18 SECURE CURB CAP TO CURB WPM SHEET METAL SCREWS AT 12" O.C. PATE WOOD NAILER RIGID INSULATION THICKNESS TO MATCH NAILER OVERHANG - ADHERED TO CURB CUT INSULATION TO MEET WOOD BLOCKING EXISTING INSULATION EXISTING NATAL DECK BOLT CHANNEL TO EACH JOIST WITH MACHINE BOLT, NUT AND WASHER DO NOT GRILL JOIST. REINFORCED JOUST INDICATED ON MECHANICAL AND /OR STRNRAL PLANS WfTH 1. STUB UC COLUMNS. 2. BEAS 3. JOISTS LOCK OUT AR MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ( *). 4. VERIFY LOCATION wan LANDLORD REPRESENTRNE NOTE UNITS UP TO 1880 LBS. TOTAL. WEIGHT SHALL BE SUPPORTED MM(2) JOISTS 2. UNITS GREATER THAN 1880 LBS. BUT LESS THAN 2800 LBS. TOTAL WEIGHT SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON MIN.(3)IOISTS. 3. HVAC CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW ROOFER TO INSTALL COUNTERFLASHING PRIOR TO INSTALLING PATE CURB CAP. D L 6°8 18 GAS LINE SUPPORT DETAIL O SECTION - "A" PLAN SECTION-"C" SECTION - "B" ROOF CHASE AND PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL NOTE SHOW REFRIGERANT %RANG ROUTING FROM CONDENSER TO AIR HANDLING UNIT ON PLAN. N.T.S. TT, RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWp,q NOTES: AUG 2 5 1. HVAC ONTRACTOR INATOCOORDTEIN ATI STALLONMTHLANDLORD' SROOFERFORPROPERSEQUENCE 2000 RIA AND AEY RD NG IN RMSE RRP =RR SSE A U N T. BE R ICONE BAS AND WA ICI 1 4 COATED, PINNED ON 4" CENTERS AND GLUED TO SHEET METAL PERMITCE n REFRIGERANT PIPING SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sheet 4 of 6 UNIT NUMBER DBA THIS SHEET & TTG -07 MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANT'S SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, BIDDING CONTRACTORS AND FOR BUILDING PERMITS The Richard E. Jacobs Group A REVISED 7/15/98 A REVISED 1/15/96 A REVISED 7/10/95 DRAWN BT: SCALE REVISED BT: FILE NAME: SCNTTM4 RAPING NUMBER: LOCAD TTM -4 SOUTRCENTER ALL DATE: JOB NUMBER DATE SEE NOTE 42 "METALBESTOS "CAP ,� °r u , }� E N T E R gAT WASHINGTON MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sheet 5 of 6 APPLIANCE HEAT GAIN CALCULATIONS 12" MIN. SEE NOTE 41 ILiLilljlJ1 B IRDPROOF - NO LIANCE MOTORS K.W. FACTOR INPUT FACTOR E HEAT GAIN FACTOR HEAT GAIN "METALBESTOS" TYPE RV FOR 8" OR SMALLER TYPE QC FOR 10" OR LARGER DOUBLE WALL. METALBESTOS" TALL CONE TURN DOWN FLASHING FLANGE ALL SIDES TO FORM CURB CAP (SOLDER CORNERS.) _ RESILIENT GASKET ■■ "METALBESi05" STORM COLLAR - _® _�_�- - - - - ® - ®� 2,4" FIRE TREATED WOOD NAILER. SECURE TO CURB AT 12 O.C. (MIN. 2 PER SIDE).. FABRICATED 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET USE THIS DETAIL USE EQUIPMENT 11/2" 1/2 4, 1p I �,,,,RRRy���y FOR NON- 2"x2" FIRE TREATED WOOD NAILER. (2) PER SIDE) AT 12'O.C.(MN1 ROOF JOISTS ®_ ®- w 2 i -� _ S. ®_ 1 _ ®_ ® ®_� -- ®- - - - -- -. METAL ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION. PAINT AFTER PANT WITH RUST RESISTANT AFTER FABRICATION. FABRICATE HGT. OF CURB is USE THIS DETAIL FOR REMOVEABLE EQUIPMENT f LAP ANGLE MIN. 2' OVER JOIST ANGLE FRAMING FOR DUCT PENETRATION METAL DECK I I SET IN SEALANT. SECURE TALL CONE 70 CURB MIN. 2 PER SIDE @ 12 O.C. w a w , p ° _�_�_� OTHERS - ®- SO THAT H(T.ABV.ROOFING SURFACE IS A MIN. 10 ". SEA HO EXHAUSS SYDECKS SEAL OFT OPENINGS IN DECK W/ METAL PLATE SECURE CURB TO DECK -- �ul� � _- -� �_� _.. __ _ KNCHEN FJWAUST FAN ® -_- - -. RIGID INSULATION TO MATCH THICKNESS �� OF NAILER. ADHERED TO CURB. 14 ��� - II Illillai,---=-Rilim ' - , [�F �ma Ixi o '---- �', ® I I� h �{ ' ATEDCURB SFF CII SFF C.IIRB DETAIL 26 ., �R � � . dam CUT INSULATION TO MEET WOOD BLOCKING , - . - MANUFACTURER MOTOR H.P. C.F.M. POWER V/ HL 0 r= O Ic ° CSKn� EXISTING INSULATION MODEL FAN R.P.M. E.S.P. ORNE BELT EXISTING INSULATION TO REMAIN. REPLACE REPLACE ALL DAMAGED INSULATION • = � I � + �i MOUNTING CURB WITH SCREWS AT 8" O.C. �-`_ �-! l� TO MATCH EXISTING. METAL DECK _ � 1 ► - EXISTING METAL DECK II � iii� �� q� MINIMUM SECURE CURB TO DECK W/ SCREWS 12" 0.C. MIN. (2) PER SIDE SECURE FLUE TO DECK AT 1/4 POINTS W. MIN. OF (4) 2 "x1-1 /2" WIDE 16 GA. SHEET METAL CLIP ANGLES RIVE FED TO FLUE, SECURED TO DECK. FOR MODEL QC VENTS USE" METALBESTOS" SUPPORT PLATE. W/ LANDLORD'S ROOFER FOR INSTALLATION. - 9"0" CURB, FOR FLUES GREATER THAN a "ROUND DETAIL 4 APPLIANCE SCHEDULE 3,3,1 /4" ANGLE FRAMING ALL IDES OF DUCT j EXISTING JOIST FIRE TREATED BLOCKING ALL (4) SIDES TIERED JOINTS WELDED AND OF CURB. NOMINAL 6 "WIDE x THICKNESS GROUND SMOOTH ON CURB MP.) TO MATCH INSULATION THICKNESS. PLAN SHALL BE 12 "x12 ". OF FABRICATED CURB 0. .■ PENETRATION, WELDED OR BOLTED TOGETHER. COPE ANGLES PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS TO ALLOW TOP LEG TO SET ON TOP CHORD OF JOIST. WELD OR CLAMP ANGLES TO JOIST. ANGLE MAY BE OMITTED ON SIDE OF DUCT OPENING WITHIN 6" OF JOIST. SECTION 'A' - MIN. OF 3' -O" HEIGHT SHALL BE AS REQ'D BY LOCAL CODE. LOCATE 25'-0" FROM BLDG. WALL AND 15'-0" FROM OUTSIDE AN INTAKE. CONTACT LANDLORD. APPLIANCE NUMBER APPLIANCE FUEL TYPE GAS /ELECT FUEL RATING B7UH /KW HOODED UNHOODED NOTES: 1. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT. SEE DETAILS. 2. EXTERIOR MIN. DIMENSIONS OF CURB FOR FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING DETAIL DETAIL NOTES; 1. H.V.A.C. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION PROPER SEQUENCE TO PERMIT FLASHING & COUNTERFLASHING 2. CURB INTERNAL SIZES: FOR FLUES 3" THRU 5" ROUND CURB, FORE DES C"NSULT WITH L W ROUND LAND CONSU THE LANDLO GAS FLUE THRU ROOF UNIT NUMBER N.T.S. TT -26 FOR HOOD EXHAUST OR WHERE CODE DOES NOT PERMIT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING, OMIT WOOD BLOCKING AND UTILIZE ROOFING MATERIAL PER CODE. 0 N.T.S.. 11-4 DBA R.TU ANG FRANG FOR REINFORCED JOISTS INDICATED ON SET CURB LEVEL WITHIN UNIT LE I:!.Eim • GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR (WHERE 'EQUALED) GAS COCK GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DUCT ®IIMM=117&_�\ 1II�, METAL STRAP CLAMP (TYPICAL) 2 PLACES INSULATED FLEXIBLE RSMAINY AIR �1 r_� � VOLUME DAMPER == �� �� 1 -1 /2" THICK FIBERGLASS �� �� INSULATION W/ FOIL FACING == �� -- __ II����II '� UNION ill, ° REINFORCED JOISTS INDICATED ON MECHANICAL AND /OR STRUCTURAL PLANS WITH DUCT PEN TYP. 4 SID00J000 N6 ES/OPG S" x fi.] # /FT. CHANNEL SUPPORT MECHANICAL AND /OR STRUCTURAL MFR'S. RECOMMENDATIONS PLANS WITH: RE .. ENT GASKET CONTINUOUS 1. BLOCK OUT AREA. 2. JOIST MARKED W/ ASTERISK.' FIRE TREATED WOOD NAILER BY UNIT MANUFACTURER �.I GAS SERVICE ■ (WHERE REQUIRED) a" DIRT LEG COPPER (NOT PVC) (ALL S � ) TE DRAIN .�� i. BLOCK OUT AREA. 1 2 . JOIST MARKED AN ASERISK ` METAL DECK 1LIZ E NM I 1 ON TOP OF DECK 6 O.C. MAX. SPAN. MINIMUM OF 3 JOISTS 4 MUL - _ a "MIN. LAP ANGLE OVER JpST MK OF 2" 5'x6.7 # /FT_ (ANNEL SUPPORT N TOP OF DEIX -0° O.0 MAX SPAN TWO JOIST MIN. OUSONE OF R.T.U. t ANGLE NOT REQ'D WHEN �CK OPENING IS I j-� II I RIGID INSUL TO 14...1 ' II MN. 1'°'THKK CK a 5 . D .. ) N VERTICAL ONLY. _ SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER. 11 1 I� WfIHIN 6° OF JgST TOP EQUIPMENT CURB . �,GF 1';11 3x3xi/4 WR O TYP4 SI OPG PG. POWER &CONTROL FRAMING LAP ANGLE OVER I JOIST MIN. OF 2" OURINE OF RT.U. I I I � f�O �� ® 1 I z POWER &CONTROL Z PROVIDE STEEL SHIMS BETWEEN MATCN THICKNESS �� • i I i11 I! -' I ROOF �I1 I. CURB &CHANNEL @ 24 O.C. IF RE FOR IF/E(1NG. OF NAILE , '4E1 .., .. 11111 I'll - -Il a RO OF RAVEL j;; _ FLEXIBLE DUCT MOUNTING DETAIL 99 ��.11=11 -J WHEN (ORB PROJECTS J BEYOND JOIST I!UI1 WHERE EN, * i, -TWOI�� INSU LATI O 18 EXTEND CHANNEL NEXT Lois, TO I FULL PERIMETER ROOF R.T.U. CURB I I ' I �!_ III .11 (1 .1/--- -11MIM .5 5111 � ! ' ( V - ! /�-/ = - ? METAL K ,D'" 0u PFJB -10 RT.U. DLRB METHOD #1 THIS SHEET & TTG -01 MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANTS SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, BIDDING CONTRACTORS AND FOR BUILDING PERMITS , li -I I �.I y 5 ^x6.7e /rT. CHANNEL N.T.S. TT-89 O FLEX DUCT BOLT W/MACH. TO Tana waS0 Do NOT DRILL JOIST. (TYPICAL FRAMING FOR RTU'S UP T010001B5. TOTAL MGM') RTU STRUCTURAL FRAMING PLAN ANGLE NOT R IS WHEN CONNECTION DECK OPENING IS WITHIN BOLT 0 0000FL To s" OF JOIST MmMNA EA JOOT (TYP) METHOD #2 - - JOIST N.T.S 3^ x 3" x 1/4° ANGLE FRAMING FIRE TREATED WIKID BLOCKING. (TYPICAL FRAMBIG FOR RN BETWEEN 1880 LBS. & 2800 LBS. TOTAL WEIGHTRNA ALL IDES OF DUCT PENETRATION, ALL FOUR IDES OF cURB WELDED OR BOLTED TOGETHER. NOM. 6 " WIDE %THICKNESS. RTU STRUCTURAL FRAMING PLAN COPE ANGLES PERPENDICULAR TO To MATCH MS LA00NTHICKNESS JOISTS TO ALLOW TOP EXSTNG OPENING TO BE COVERED WITH A MIN.OF 20 GA GPLV. L OR LESS F ARGEST DIMOR ENSIONV NGS.1 I6" .LARGER THAN 16" USE METAL DECK OF PROHLE AND GAU GE AS EXISTING. ■ NEW INSULATION 0 N.T.S. ON TOP WORD OF JOIST. qi SECURE CURB TO CHANNEL CLAMP ANGLES TO JOIST. ANGLE W/ 3/B" ROUND STD. MACNNE MAYBE OMITTED ON SIDE OF DUCT BOLTS MIN. 0 PER IINR. GENERA/ NOTES- OPENING WITHIN 6" OF JOIST. 4' -0" O.C. (MAX) 1. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF RTU PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. ALL SHOWN BY TENANT CONTR. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 3. PROVIDE INSULATION IF WOOD NOT PERMHTED BY CODE. SECTION "A" 1 RTU STRUCTURAL FRAMING PLANS AND SECTION O i sEcu T 6' rot SENRE TO ROOF DECK . 787I.; "' a " LER N.T.S. 17 - O D? LARG " III ■ The Richard E. Jacobs Group 18" MIN. SQ. LEAD MAIN WALKWAY BY LANDLORD BY TENANT SEE NOTE #2 STAINLES CLAMPING S OLDER J4 ROOFING MEMBRANE FLASHING F SEE NOTE 3 FOR PLUMBING VENTS i NOTE #2 TURN LEAD FLASHING DOWN INTO VENT PIPE AINLESS STEEL A MIN. OF i "BELOW TOP OF PIPE AMPING RING LB. VIRGIN LEAD E - MOLD ED PIPE SEAL ''��1 RUBBER ROOFING MEMBRANE II SPLICING CEMENT LAP SEALANT PLAN OF EXISTING ROOF DECK NEW ROOF INSULATION MI ' 11WWRIZI 111 V0111V/I/11 7VaTAiMAil1U} � 1111X11 01.1111= ' NEW METAL DE[K TO MATCH (ALTERNATE PROFILES ARE TREAD PAD (CONSULT LANDLORD ROOFER FOR TREAD PAD) ( / A/ ������ �® ������������� ������ 8 "MIN ' 8' MIN. IN SULATION ,�_ VENT PIPE INSULATION DO NOT TRIM DECK FLANGE EVSl1NG ANGLE FRA PENAffhD PROVIDED NEW WILL "NEST" W (PROVIDE NEW 3" x 3" x 1 /4" EXISTING. ANGLE FRAME IF NONE FJOSTS) SECTION. T -1 PROFILE WITH (FOR O PENIN G L ARGE R THAN 16�') _ NEW ROOF INSULAn / / fNDTE NOTES: 1. FOR BALLAST SYSTEMS, REPLACE BALLAST AFTER WORK IS COMPLETED. 1. PRE - MOLDED PIPE SEAL CANNOT BE CUT VERTICALLY TO BE INSTALLED. 2. 4 LB. LEAD FLASHING SHALL BE 1 /4" MAX. DIAMETER LARGER THAN PIPE 2, PRE - MOLDED PIPE SEAL MUST HAVE INTACT RIB AT TOP EDGE REGARDLESS OF ALL JOINTS TO BE SOLDERED. PIPE DIAMETER. 3. FLANGE SHALL BE SET BY ROOFER CONTACT L.L. FOR LIST OF APPROVED 3. WHEN PREFABRICATED PIPE SEAL CANNOT BE INSTALLED, USE FIELD FABRICATED ROOFING CONTRACTORS PIPE SEAL. SEE ALTERNATE PIPE FLASHING DETAIL. 4. ALL ROOFWRK TO BE PERFORMED BY MALL APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR 4. FR BALLAST SYSTEMS, REPLACE BALLAST AFTER WORK IS COMPLETED. S. VENTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10' -0" FROM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. 5. FLANGE SHALL BE SET BY ROOFER. CONTACT LL FOR LIST OF APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTORS 6. ALL ROOFWORK TO BE PERFORMED BY MALL APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR 7. VENTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10'-0 ". TYPICAL DETAIL - LEAD - BUR TYPICAL DETAIL - PREMOLDED - RUBBER ROOF RE VI9oN5 I =r MIN. X 111 11 -1 1111 T11111T11W1111 1iJiT1T1 U1W -/1 1 JOINT IN ROOF INSULATION ROOF ...1 OPENING 20 GA. GALV. STEEL P L 2 RENTED 7/15/98 A MUST BE SUPPORTED BY DECK SECTION 2 - 2 A REVISED 1/15/96 (FOR OPENINGS 16" a SMALLER) MMES: 1. NEW INSULATION TO MATCH 000I10G INSULATION HEIGHT & OF THE SAME RECEIVED OR GREATER THERMAL RESISTANCE VALUE. CITY OF TUKWILA 2. ROOFING TO BE INSTALLED AND FLASHED -IN WITH MATERIALS TO MATCH 2 EIOOTNG. INSTALL MATERIALS PER MANUFAONRER'SREC000001An0NS. AUG 2 5 2000 3. IF METAL DECK FOR OPENINGS LARGER THAN 16" IS NOT AVAILABLE, CONTACT U U ANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PERMIT CENTER REPAIRS TO THE METAL DECK SYSTEM DRAWN BY: DATE SCALE JOB NUMBER REVISED BT: OATS FILENAME, SCNTTMS ROOF TREAD PAD LAYOUT 8(` N.T.S. N.T.S. N.T.S. PIPE /CONDUIT OR VENT THROUGH ROOF FLASHING DETAILS 0 N.T.S. . Tr -as DRAWING N.ML ER: n � TT IVI -S N.T.S. n - 2 O N.T.S. FIELD VERIFY TYPE OF ROOF AND USE APPROPRIATE DETAIL. (BUR/RUBBER) Locanox: SOUDICENTER MALL NOH BON PIPING ABOVE COUPLING 11111 =I -78 / - p A p *� p ! \ !\ SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON MECHANICAL DETAILS Sheet 6 of 6 -. NORDSTROM MERVYN'S . W I � 1 i / J �� / / � / �/ � � (SEE NOTE 3) 51.46 PVC TO A MAXIMUM OF �� 9' - 0" ABOVE FIN. F.. �/ 0 1 �� . 1 i i % THE BON I ��r I , 11 . J 1 ■ 1 ', 0 CLEANOUT INSTALLED BY LANDLORD BY LANDLORD S 1Iii1IIIII CAST IRON NO UB � A \\ \ PIPING SHALL BE USED BELOW UPPER LEVEL FLOOR SLAB TO SERVE UPPER LEVEL TENANTS. • _ l IiH \ Ii# PVC /IBS STAMPED ASTM # D2665 AST IRON COUPLJNG (SEE NOTE 6) IP” hdl SPOOL%ECE COUPLING 3) SEE NOTE 5 FOR ALTERNATE SANITARY CTION UTU = Q 1 : ,% „`��` ' � _ _ %. _ ice: I. = - . MI �i � "/ % / � /�� � / �/ . ' � ' JCPENNEY � � t' ; �� � ''��� I � � ��l,� /,�1„'� 1,1 � ■ -,,3,,,,,--,-------, �����/I/ ���� � I / `ft ° I /, /,��� , _ 4`( _I �� ;� „/„ 1 rr�- /����li�l zi � ��4, , �11���r i_- 1111 _ �%�r� %/ / / /z r„ A1 ( ,� /111111111 c - , I I FOOD. C OURT . f.P F.O ar,./ Z A4 / // /Z0 , , I J1 i : : ►� . . �� ��� „� / / // UNIT NUMBER INVERT ELEVATION AS SHOWN ON LANDLORD'S DRAWINGS 1 . TENANT SHALL CONNECT SANITARY DRAIN TO CONNECTIONS PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. 2. TENANT SHALL NOT MODIFY LANDLORD'S DRAIN OR MAKE CONNECTIONS TO SANITARY MAIN. 3. ABOVE AND UNDERGROUND COUPLINGS SHALL BE "CLAMP -ALL" DRAIN COUPLING MODEL- HI -TORQ I25. 4. NO PVC PIPING SHALL BE ALLOWED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS. 5, IF EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED UPPER SANITARY TENANT CONNECTION CANNOT BE USED, CONTRACTOR SHALL USE LOWER ALTERNATE SANITARY CONNECTION: 6. TENANT MAY USE CAST IRON BELL AND SPIGOT WITH APPROVED COMPRESSION FITTINGS BELOW GROUND. TENANT SANITARY PIPING DETAIL Q SEARS \ \\ 5” REF CONC. SLAB ON GRADE I ill - 9-1 /2” REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB TYPCAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3: THERE ARE LOCATIONS BELOW THE FLOOR SLAB AT WHICH SPECIAL EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN LOCATED. FIELD VERIFICATION OF THESE IS THE TENANTS RESPONSIBILITY. 4: UNDER FLOOR AREAS ARE HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS DUE TO CONFINED SPACES AND FLAMABLE GAS FORMATION. 0 1 5. DO NOT CHANNEL FLOORS. STRUCTURAL DAMAGE WILL RESULT. Q DBA NOTE. 1. THE "SPECIAL BUILDING CONDMONS" NOTED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL BE CONSIDERED BUILDING /CONSTRUCTION RESTRICTIONS. ALL CONDITIONS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED BY TENANT. 2. NONE OF THE NOTED CONDTONS MAY BE ALTERED IN ANY WAY: NO FLOOR PENETRATIONS ARE PERMITTED UNLESS REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD'S ENGINEERS AND ALL PRESIDING GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES. N.T.S. 0 PE STRAPS & MIN. GALVANIZED ANIEEO PIPE RODE MOUNDNG EQUIPMENT - -- LAG BOLT WITH FLAT WASHER MERVYN'S THIS SHEET & TTG -01 MUST BE INCLUDED AS PART OF TENANT'S SUBMITTAL TO THE LANDLORD, BIDDING CONTRACTORS AND BUILDING PERMITS - 3 '. • THE BON • NORDSTROM E€ ll ■ . _ CADIUM PLATED BOL 3 " x3 "z1 /m STEEL ac. -- ,• 111 c. 1111 ALVANIZED NUTS 1.1 . The Richard E. Jacobs Group O E3 V=MO - [ . , RA E^�_ , - ' JCPENNEY OR 1 - ® ° I 1" RUBBER SHEAR PAD r--?1 ELD THREADED R ROOF .I -, i i- �� CONCRETE EQUIP. PAD EXPANSION BOLT ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT 1i 'I i � .ice O MA I I II a d I II r • / •I ]� III-4 ,,,f Mil EQUIPMENT PAD 1111IUMII • \ , - -- 1 FOOD. REVISIONS SUPPORT DETAIL _ ° ®o 0 COURT I \ a NTS TT -135 Q3 REVISED 6/26/98 SEARS LANDLORD'S • • y i j H 11 1 ,.-M- 2 REVISED 5/7/96 PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL ® iQ REVISED 1/15/96 0 DUCTS 0 DRAWN BY: DATE SCALE: JOB NUMBER NTS TT - 135 REVISED BY: DATE FILE NAME: scNTMs olrvaFTURwmp r c , Wyly .�i 20r, 20r, PERMIT CENTER 1. iN� -b LOCATI SOU HCENTER MALL